Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine defin... Show more
Courses of Study
COURSES OFFERED
DESCRIPTIONS
OF THE COURSES offered in 1960-62 are given on the
following pages. Unforesem circumstances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a comma
(1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive credit
for one semestm without completing the other.
SYMBOLS
f Continuation course. To receive credit for this course a student must
complete both semesters.
# Course may be taken with consent of the instructor irrespective of
prerequisites.
CREDITS
CREDITSSHOWN are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses. the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 18 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student i? 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVlSIOjVAL ORGANIZATION
THE COLLEGE COURSES are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Division of Religion and Philosophy
MR. P. A. QUANBECX,
Chairman
THROUGHTHE STUDY of religion and philosophy, the individual is apprised
of the central realities of li,fe and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to G r i s t
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
DEPARTMENT OF RELIGION
THE COURSES in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in i n ~ t r ~ c t i oi n. ~to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
The graduation requirement is 14 credits in the Department of Religion. Of
these credits, 8 must be lower division and at least 4 must be upper division
credits. Courses 9, 58, and 60 fulfill major and minor requirements but do
not fulfill the religion requirement for graduation.
Students are required to take one two-credit course each semester during
their first two years and six credits during their last two years. In this area the
sequence required of Freshmen is Basic Bible. Total hours to ,be earned by transfer students will be determined by classification given them a t the time of admission. Six credits from Greek 5 I , 52, 53, or 54 may apply toward the religion
requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Upper division credits in Greek may
apply toward the major or minor in religion.
I,2. BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by a study of the Old Testament,
including the history of Israel and special attention to one or two Old Testament books. The second semester is devoted to the study of the New Testament
with special attention to two or three books including Romans. Reading assignments include the entire New Testament.
3, 4. CHURCHHISTORY. I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of
developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 4 5
7. CLASSICS
IN CHRISTIAN
I)EvoTIoN. I.
2 Cr.
The approaches to the Christian life as seen in some of the classical devotional
writings of different periods in the history of the church.
8. THE MISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.11.
2 0.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands.
PRINCIPLES
OF CHRISTIAN
EDUCATION.I.
2 Cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
9.
lo. HYMNSAND IMUSIC OF THE CHURCH. n.
See Course 10 under the Department of Music.
2
Cr.
Upper Bvision Courses
5 I, 5 2. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of ten or twelve of
the great non-Christian religions of the world.
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.Prereq. 3, 4. I.
3 Cr.
5 3 . FUNDAMENTALS
The fundamental doctrines of the Christian faith and attention to the historical
development of some of these doctrines.
CHRISTIANE m ~ c s . Prereq. 3, 4 , 5 3 or #. 11
3 Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God. The
main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
preservation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
54.
5 5. THELUTHERANCHURCH. Prereq. 3 , 4 or #. I.
2 Cr.
The Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices, with special reference to
some of the confessional writings. Attention is given also to Lutheranism in
America and to the basic princi.ples of the Lutheran Free Church.
5 6 . THE CHRISTIANCHURCHES. Prereq. 3, 4 or #. 11.
2 Cr.
Aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development, doctrinal
psition, and practices of the various branches of the-Christian Church.
1 8 . PARISHWORK. 11.
2 cr.
Seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. Ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures are supplemented by actual field work.
4 6 / Division of Religion and Philosophy
60.
YOUTHWORKIN
THE
CHURCH. II.
r Cr.
A study af principles, methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose of
developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
61. GODAND MAN IN THE OLD TESTAMENT. I.
3 cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
62. THEMESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT. 11.
3 Cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
TO CONTEMPORARY
THEOLOGICAL
THOUGHT.
INTRODUCTION
Prereq. 3, 4 o r #. I.
3 Cr.
A study of some representative trends in Christian theological thought today,
as seen from the perspective of the enduring theological task of the Christian
Church.
63.
64. THE CHRISTIAN
FAITHIN THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to the
student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of the
present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
THE COURSES
IN PHILOSOPHY seek to assist the student to become conversant
with the great men and intellectual movements i n the history of Western
civilization, to cultivate an understanding of the principles of sound reasoning,
and to develop a mature understanding of the foundations of our knowledge in
such areas as religion, art, and morals.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 1 8 credits. Courses 23, 24, 41, 42 are required for
the major. Courses 23, 4 1 , 42 are required for the minor.
23.
LOGIC. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. The course includes a
brief introduction to the notation of symbolic logic.
24. INTRODUCTION
TO PHILOSOPHY.11.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected source material, supplemented ,by cclssroclm lecture
and discussion, the student is acquainted with the terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected philosophical problems are treated, including those of ethics,
metaphysics, and theory of knowledge.
Division of Religion and Philosophy / 47
HISTORYO F PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
An historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant. Some reading in
selected primary sources.
41, 42.
Upper Division Courses
53. PLATOAND ARISTOTLE. Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A careful study and analysis of selected writings of each of these two great
philosophers. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND AQUINAS. Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
54. AUGUSTINE
A careful study and analysis af the most important philosophical writings of
each. Extensive reading required. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 cr.
6j. RATIONALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
A study of this important movement through the writings of its chief exponents: Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz. Extensive reading required. (Offered 196162.)
3 0.
64. EMPIRICISM.Prereq. 42. 11.
A study of this important and influential movement through the writings of its
outstanding modern representatives. Emphasis is placed upon the works of Locke,
Berkeley, and Hume. (Offered 1961-62.)
65. GERMANIDEALISM.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Kant and his immediate successors. Reading of selected primary
sources supplements classroom lectures and discussion. The first half of the
course is devoted entirely to a careful study of the philosophy of Kant. (Offered
1960-61.)
66. EXISTENTIALISM.
Prereq. 42. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of modern existentialism from Kierkegaard to the present day. Emphasis is placed upon the reading of selected primary source materials. (Offered
1960-61.)
7 I . CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 Cr.
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Some reading in primary sources. (Offered 1961-62.)
OF ART. Prereq. 23 or 24. 11.
3 Cr.
72. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHY
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered
1961-62.)
85. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and experience. (Offered 1960-61 .)
86. MORALPHILOSOPHY. Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. 11.
3 Cr.
An inquiry into the nature of moral experience, and an analysis of the language
of moral discourses. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Humanities
IT IS THE PURPOSE of the Division of the Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as these are found in language, literature, and the h e arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
DEPARTMENT OF NEW TESTAMENT GREEK, LATIN,
AND HEBREW
THECOURSES in this department aim to give the students a direct insight into
our biblical and classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard prerequisite for admission
to most theologicaI seminari&.
Combined Major in Greek and Latin: 20 credits in New Testament Greek and
1 4 credits in ,Latin.
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
Minor:
20
credits.
,
1 - 2 4 ELEMENTSOF NEW TESTAMENTGREEK. I, 11..
8 Cr.
In addition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar cd the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of the Greek text of the New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Prereq. 2. I, II.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections &om the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax of the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.Prereq. 52. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. S.pecial emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
LATIN
I-2.t
BEGINNINGLATIN. Fr. I, 11.
Grammar and exercises in translation.
8 Cr.
3, 4. CZSAR,
AND ST. AUGUSTINE. Prereq. 2. So. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar ,and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Galhc WIW and
St. Augmtine's Confessions. (Offered 1960-61 .)
Division of the Humanities / 49
HEBREW
83-84.f HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.I, 11.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Seminary.
85, 86. HEBREWEXEGESIS.I, 11.
See Course 17, 1 8 under Theological Seminary.
6 0.
2,
2
Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ENGLISH
T m DEPARTMENT
OF E-UCLIF~ a h to train students in t h e proper use ofEnglish in oral md wrirtcn expfiwion: to increvc proficiency in reading uld
U
I a n a l p k g literary texts; to acqusinr the scudents with the dmeIopment d
the literatute of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundaments! truths and realiries o f life revcdcd in great Iiteraturc.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department may exempt
a few well qualified students from course I. Those exempted fmm course I
may satisfy the English requirement by courses z and 21. Students who do not
achieve a satisfactory standard in their writing in course I must repeat the
course before they enroll in course 2.
All students are required to take an English test at the end of the sophomore
year and must demonstrate a proficiency in writing in order to qualify for the
A.B. degree.
Major: 28 credits above course 2, including courses 21, 22, 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, 62, and 74.
Minor: z I credits above course 2, including courses 21, 3I , 32, 5 I, 52, 61,
and 62.
Teaching Major: 28 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching major plus 71 and the second year of a foreign language.
Teaching Minor: 2 1 credits above course 2, including the courses listed for
the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library science, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan on graduate study in English should include courses 76,
78, 92, 94, 95, history 12, German, and French.
Recommended sequence of required courses for major: sophomores, first
semester, 21, 31; second semester, 22, 32; juniors, first semester, 51, 61, 74;
second semester, 52, 62, plus 71 for teaching majors.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING. Fr. (Wered both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to improve reading speed and comprehension. May be taken by upper
classmen, but only freshmen may receive credit.
1-2. FRESHMANENGLISH. ( M e r e d both semesters.)
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
50
/ D i ~ d i o nof
thc Hzrmanities
5. ENGLISHFOR THE FOREIGN-BORN.
I.
z Cr.
AII introduction to colloquial English. Training in speaking, writing, and
listening. To be taken by foreign-born students before Freshman English.
9. COMMUNICATION
FOR NURSES. I.
2 Cr.
A study of the communication skills of reading, writing, speaking, and listening
12. FORMSOF JOUKNALISTIC
WRITING.
See course 12 under Journalism.
IT.
2
Cr.
21, 22. LITERATURE
OF THE WESTERN
WORLD. Prereq. 2.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Various
literary movements and the influence of the classical tradition. Course 2 1 offered
both semesters. Course zr offered I1 semester 1960-61; both semesters I 961-62.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
CREATIVE
WRITING. Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in rhe composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
26.
31.
MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
I.
z Cr.
Literature of the Middle Ages, chiefly English. Special attention given to
Chaucer.
32.
RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.Prereq.
2.
11.
z Cr.
Literature of England from 1485 to the death of Shakespeare. Some attention
given to non-English works.
Upper Division Courses
JUNIORENGLISH. Prereq. 2. (Offered ,both semesters.)
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Recommended for students
who rank low in the sophomore English test.
56.
5 I,
52.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.Prereq.
?.
I, JI.
2,
z Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 5.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
Scc course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA- n.
z cr.
See course 5 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
57. THEBRITISHNOVEL. Prereq.
2.
I.
2
Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Hilmanities / 5 I
58. MODERNFICTION. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 cr.
The modem novel and short story. British, American, and continental writers.
yy. MODERNPOETRY. Prereq. 2. I.
Analysis of the techniques of modern poetry.
3 Cr.
60. MODERNDRAMA. Prereq. 2. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Bsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
BRITISHLITERATURE
O F THE SEVENTEENTH
AND EIGHTEENTH
CENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 2. I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTHCENTURY. Prereq. 2. 11. j Cr.
62. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
71. INTRODUCTION
TO MODERNENGLISH. Prereq. 2.
5 cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school Englis4 teachers an introduction to the study of
language. (Offered I Sem., 1960-61; ZI Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM. Prereq. 2. I.
A study of basic texts, with emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
74. SHAKESPEARE.Prereq. 32 or #.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given t o the princitples of drama and
the historical background. (Offered I1 Sem., 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61 o r #. II.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. ( m e r e d 196162.)
z Cr.
78. CHAUCER. Prereq. 3 I or #. 11.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales. (Offered 1960-61.)
83. MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE. Prereq. 6 crs. in Br. lit. or #. I.
a cr.
The important literary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and notable productions. (Offered 1960-61.)
8 5 . CONTEMPORARY
AMERICANLITERATURE.Prereq. yz or 8. 1.
Major writers since World War I. (Ofiered 1961-62.)
2
Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
2 Cr.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature.
52
/ Division
of the Humanities
STUDY. Prereq. Jr. or Sr. major and consent of de94, 95. INDEPENDENT
partment chaiman. Offered both semesters.
I , I Cr.
JOURNALISM
r 1. SURVEY
OF MASSCOMMUNICATIONS.
I.
z Cr.
Attention is given to patterns of operations in mass media with emphasis on
analysis of content and audiences. Contributions of other disciplines to the
reporting of news and the functions of the press and other communication
agencies in the formation of public opinion are studied.
12. FORMSOF JOURNALISTIC WRITING. 11.
2 0.
An introduction to news, feature, and editorial writing. Some attention given to
editing and headline writing.
DEPARTMENT OF SPEECH
THISDEPARTMENTaims to foster in students those speech skills which contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. I t seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in intempretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of fine literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which .prepares the student
to teach speech in the secondary schools and to take graduate work in speech,
theater, or speech pathology.
II
All students are required to earn 2 credits in speech for graduation. Speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fright should contact the head of the department
for individual attention.
Mapr: 24 credia above Speech I I. For education students courses I z, 3 I, 32,
66, and 76. Philosophy 23 is required of all majors.
Minor: 18 credits ambove Speech
I 1.
For Education students courses 12, 3 I,
32, 5 1 or $3, and 66.
I I.
BEGINNINGSPEECH. SO. Offered both semesters.
Basic prablems of effective speaking and critical listening.
12.
ARGUMENTATION.
50. II.
Applications of logic in public speaking, discussion, and debate.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
16. STORYTELLING
AND CREATIVE
DRAMATICS.SO. Il.
z Cr.
Selection of stories for various age groups. Techniques, observation, and practice
id story telling and creative dramatics. Recommended for parish workers and
elementary school teachers. (Offered 1960-61.)
Division of the Hxmanities / 5 3
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
21-2z.t INTERCOLLEGIATE
z Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
25. INTERCOLLEGIATE
SPEECH. Open to all students. I.
Preparation for and participation in intercollegiate speech contests.
I
Cr.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS. Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
29. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 I . INTERPRETATIVEREADING.So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice .in reading various
kinds of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. ACTING. So. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPLEADERSHIP
AND DISCUSSION.Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theories of leadership; principles and types of discussion. Practice in group
discussion techniques. (Offered I 960-61 .)
53. ADVANCED
PUBLICSPEAKING. Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to classics in rhetoric; analysis of great speeches; practical work
in speech writing. (Offered 1961-62.)
5 5. PERSUASION
AND PROPAGANDA.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
The psychology of persuasion; techniques used in public speaking, advertising,
selling, and propaganda. Ethical implications of persuasive techniques. (Offered
1960-61.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAF~.Jr., Sr. 11.
A study of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. ( m e r e d
1361-62.)
3 Cr.
66- STAGEDIRECTION.Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. TI.
Theory and practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
productions and conducting rehearsals.
76.
SPEECHPATHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction to principles and methods of speech correction.
54 / Division of the Humanities
92. SPEECH SEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in rhetorical theory; individual projects with emphasis on rhe
uie of primary sources and the methodology of research.
94. DRAMASEMINAR. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Selected topics in drama; individual projects as indicated by personal needs and
interests.
DEPARTMENT OF MODERN LANGUAGES
THIS DEPARTMENT
aims to impart to the student the knowledge of a modem
language as a 'factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and a mastery of the
rules of grammar and pronunciation. It furthermore seeks to develop an interest
in the history, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious heritage.
A special aim is to provide language facility and technical training for those who
plan to teach, study theology, or become candidates for higher academic degrees.
GERMAN
Minor, 20 credits.
8 Cr.
I-2.f BEGINNING
GERMAN. I, 11.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
GERMAN. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy (prose and poetry. Special work in conversation is required of all
students planning to teach.
Upper Division Cou.rses
1I , 12. GERMANLITERATURE.I, 11.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
3. 3 Cr.
SCANDINAVIAN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Minor, 24 credits.
I-2.f BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.Fr. I, II.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1961-62.)
Division of the Humanities / 5 5
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered 1961-62.)
Upper Division Courses
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. Jr., Sr. I.
Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma Lagerlgif,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. ( m e r e d
1960-61.)
5 5.
2
56. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA. Jr., Sr. 11.
t Cr.
The course includes dramas by Bjernson, Zbsen, and Stridberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 1960-61.)
FRENCH
Minor, t o credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGFRENCH. I, H.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study af grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nineteenth centuries.
52.
FRENCHPHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION. 11.
3 CC
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
phonetic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition.
SPANISH
Minor,
20
credits.
8 Cr.
I-z.? BEGINNINGSPANISH. I, 11.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentiat of grammar, elementary conversation, and
background reading in Spanish on the I.atin American countries.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading d
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
56
/ Division
of the Humanities
Upper Division. Courses
5 I . SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports.
52. SPAXBH CONVERSAT~ON
~m Cornsmow. 11.
3 cr.
A course aiming to fncilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
and composition, including original themes. Lzhratory, including audio-visual
aids, inregrared wirh classroom work and instruction.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
THE DEPARTMENT
OF MUSICoffers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, directors of choral and instrumental ensembles, or who are
primarily interested in performance, as well as preparatiod for those who expect
to pursue specialized study in the field of music. General instruction is afforded
other students who also wish to broaden their cultural background with an
understanding of and appreciation for the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Major: 40 credits. Excepting 3 and lo, courses I through 58, 61-6r* or 6364*, 6 9 , 77 or 78, 80, and 10 credits in applied music, of which 4 must be in
private lessons in voice or on an instrument, and 4 as a member of a musical
organization. At least 2 credits in private instruction must be earned in the
junior and senior years. Non-education studears may subsrirute 10 for 77 or 78.
One public performance in their area of specialization is required of juniors
y
in
and seniors. This requirement may be fuifilled by s a r i ~ f ~ c t o rparticipation
the monthly Performance Smnhtrs. Fomzl public recitals are encouraged and,
upon recommendation of the department, may be given in fulfillment of the
requirement.
Sophomores, Juniors, and Seniors are required to attend monthly Performance
Seminars. Freshmen are encouraged to attend. The seminars are student recitals
which provide opportunity for public performance and acquaint the students
with a repertory of musical excellence.
All majors are required to pass a piano proficiency examination, preferably by
the end of the sophomore year. Ir includes: the major and minor scales in a
moderate tempo; three pieces in different styles, such as (a) a Bach invention
or a dance from one of the suites, (b) one of the easier sonatas of Haydn,
Mozart, or Beethoven, and (c) one of the shorter pieces by a nineteenth or
twentieth century composer; sight-reading songs af hymn-tune grade.
Minor: 2 6 credits. Excepting 3 and 10, courses I through 5 8 , 61-62" or 6 3 64*, and 6 credits in applied music, 2 of which must 'be in private lessons in
vocal or instrumental music.
A maximtlm of 10 credits in applied music may count toward the Bachelor
of Arts degree.
"A student in education should prepare for both vocal and instrumental work.
Therefore, unless he takes both technique courses, he should take Choral Technique if his applied music is largely instrumental, and Instrumental Technique
if hi applied music is largely vocal.
I , z. THEORY.
I, 11.
z, z Cr.
A basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the principles of nota-
tion, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms; aural skills; sight
reading, dictation, and part singing.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO MUSIC. 11.
z Cr.
A course for non-majors. To promote understanding and enjoyment of music.
Fulfills the fine arts requirement.
7, 8. HISTORYAND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
An historical survey of western music from its beginnings to 1900. Supple-
mented by musical scores and recorded performances.
10. HYMNS
AND MUSICOF THE CHURCH. 11.
2 G.
Development of the music cd the Christian Church, with special attention to
Protestant hymnody. Designed for the general student, organists, choir directors,
and pre-theological students. Fulfills the requirements of a course in religion.
I 5-16.?
HARMONY.
I, 11.
4 cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportunity for simple creative writing.
Upper Divisionl Courses
5 5, 5 6. ADVANCED
HARMONY.Prereq. z, 16. I, U.
2, 2 Cr.
Continuation of I 5-16, with advanced work in harmonization of figured bass
and given melodies. Modulation, advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments of music.
CONDUCTING.Prereq. 2, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
Jr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Techniques of conducting choral and instrumental music; organization and
administration of choral and instrumental ensembles in school, church, and
community. Students in music education should ,take the course in their junior
year.
57, 58.
61, 62. INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, H.
z, z Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and #percussion instruments, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and
orchestra.
63, 64. CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Class instruction in the ,fundamentals of voice culture as related to choral
ensemble. For public school music teachers and directors of vocal music.
69.
TWENTIETHCENTURYMUSIC. Prereq. 8, 56. Jr., Sr.
I.
z Cr.
A survey of western music with emphasis on contemporary trends.
77. COUNTERPOINT. Prereq. 5 5. Sr. I.
z Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three, and tour-part writing in all the species.
58
/ Division of
the Humanities
78. MUSICALANALYSIS. Prereq. $ 5 and 77 o r #. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study of
the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
80, 81. SENIORSEMINAR. Prereq. Sr. and Music Major. I, 11.
I , I Ct.
Advanced topics in music. Choral, vocal, and instrumental literature. Bibliographies and research.
APPLZED MUSZC
Vocal and instrumental instruction is available to all students. Beginners must
complete two semesters of private lessons in order to receive credit. Others
receive one credit for a minimum of sixteen thirty-minute lessons per semester.
Occasional lessons are available without credit. For statement of fees see under
Financial Information.
I, I Cr.
PIANO. I, 11.
Technique as needed, repertory, pedormance, accompanying. Music majors and
minors must pass the proficiency examination. Only those credits earned after this
examination has been passed apply toward the major o r minor.
ORGAN. Prereq. Basic piano technique and consent of instructor. I, II. I , I Cr.
Technique as needed, repertory, performance, hymn playing, accompanying.
I, I Cr.
VOICE. I, 11.
Includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation, breath control,
flexi,bility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song classics, both
sacred and secular.
WOOD-WINDINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
BRASSINSTRUMENTS. I, 11.
I, I
Cr.
2
Cr.
I, I
Cr.
CHOIR.;
I, 11.
CONCERTBAND. I, 11.
WOMEN'S CHORUS(Cantorians) . I, 11.
%, % Cr.
%, % Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for the benefit of the music student but
for any student who wishes to participate in groups affording opportunity for
musical expression.
PERFORMANCE
SEMINAR I, 11.
o Cr.
DEPARTMENT OF ART
THE D E P A R ~ E N OF
T ART endeavors to further the student's technical and
conceptual understanding of art. Besides experience in the disciplines of drawing,
painting, and sculpture, emphasis is given to the function of a r t in history
Dfvisim of the Humanities / 59
and religion. Because of the impact art has on contemporary life, students are
encouraged to find opportunities in teaching, graduate study, commercial designing, and avocational art.
Minor: 16 credits, including I, 17 or 18, 21 or 22, and 71.
I.
BASICDESIGN. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
Theory and application of basic art principles, in drawing, painting, l e t t e ~ h ~ ,
.and sculpture.
ART IN DAILYLIVING. I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3.
3 Cr.
17, I 8. O m PAINTING.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Investigation of the technical and expressive possibilities of oil paint. Still life,
landscape, and portrait painting.
21, rz. SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures, and
animal forms. Ceramic and plaster casting.
32. WATERCOLOR
PAINTING.11.
z Cr.
Use of transparent and opaque water color techniques, with emphasis on landscape painting.
Upper Division Courses
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. CI.
See course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
71. HISTORY
OF PAINTING.I.
3 Cr.
A historical survey of painting in western civilization from early Mediterranean
cultures to modern times.
The 65-voice Augsburg College Choir,
directed b y Leland B. Sateren, and the
55-piece Augsburg College Band, directed by Mayo Savold, perform distinctive music works and tour annua2ly.
Division of the Social Sciences
MR. CHRISLOCK,
Chairman
IT IS THE GENERAL PURPOSE of the work in this division to improve the
student's understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their
importance and value, especially in their Christian interpretation. The work
proceeding under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore
intended to develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's
adaptation to his vocation.
DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY AND POLITICAL SCIENCE
THE WORK
OF THIS DEPARTMENT is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations
of the .phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. I t affords
preparation for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, 30 credits; minor, 2 1 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, ~rere~uisites
may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I , 2.
WESTERN
CIVILIZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Designed to lay the foundation for ,future work in History.
21, 22. UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
So. I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their ideas
afid institutions. First semester, from early explorations to 186s; second semester,
the 'beginning of the reconstruction period to the present.
Upper Division Courses
52. ENGLAND
TO I 8 3 2.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Emphasis placed on the constitutional development of England. (Offered 196061.)
5 3. HISTORY
OF CANADA.Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations u, the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Oflered 1961-62.)
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
UNITED
STATES. Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The United States from about 1900 to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken 'fbr one additional credit on approval of
kstructor.
Wision of the Social Scimces / 61
AMERICANDIPLOMATICHISTORY. Prereq. 6 Cr. in History or Pol. Sci.
or #. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The history of American foreign policy. The period from 1898 to the present
is emphasized. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for
one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1961-62.)
56.
AND PROBLEMS
OF SOUTHAND SOUTHEAST
ASIA.
GOVERNMENTS
Jr., Sr. I.
See course 57 under Political Science
57.
58. POLITICSAND PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr.
See course 58 under Political Science.
H.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
61. ANCIENTHISTORY. Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contribution
to modern cultures. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
63. MEDIEVALEUROPE,300-1200. Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
From the decline of Rome, through the political, economic, and cultural revival
of 12th century Europe. (Offered 1961-62.;
64. MEDIEVAL
EUROPE,1200-1500.
Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
hledieval culture at its height in the 13th century, the rise of western monarchies,
decline of the medieval ,papacy and empire, late Middle Ages and the 'Italian
Renaissance. ( m e r e d 1961-62.)
3 cr.
65. EARLY MODERNEUROPE, I 500-1648. Jr., Sr. I.
Emphasizes the religious crises of the Reformation and the religious wars.
(Offered 1960-61.)
3 cr.
66. EARLYMODERNEUROPE,164-1789. Jr., Sr. II.
A study of divine-right absolutism of Louis XlV and its influence in Europe,
contrasting political pattern af England, scientific developments and their
effects on areas of thought, 18th century background of the French Revolution. (Offered 1960-61.)
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A ,political and cultural survey of these countries from ancient times to the
nineteenth century. (Offered 1961-62.)
67.
PRE-NINETEENTHCENTURYINDIA, CHINA, AND
JAPAN.
AND JAPAN, I 850 TO PRESENT. Jr., Sr. n.
3 Cr.
68. CHINA
A survey of the internal developments in China and Japan, their relations with
each other and with the West. (Offered 1961-62.)
FRENCHREVOLUTION
AND EARLYNINETEENTH
CENTURYEUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in History. Jr., Sr. I.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from 1789 to
I 8 50. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, the Revolution of
1848.
7I.
62 / Division of the Social Sciences
LATE NINETEENTHCENTURYEUROPE. Prereq. 12 credits in History.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Political, economic, social, and cultural development in Europe from, 1848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, the rise of imperialism,
and the background of World War I.
72.
Jr., Sr. I.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
See course 75 under Political Science.
TWENTIETH
CENTURYEUROPE. Prereq.
3 Cr.
credits in History. Sr. 11.
z Cr.
A survey of recent developments in the world, extending from the outbreak of
World War I to the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course
may be taken for one additional credit on approval cif instructor.
82.
12
99. SEMINARIN NORTHWEST
HISTORY. Prereq. #., Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required. (Offered 1960-61.)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
Minor: I 5 credits.
AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I, 11.
6 cr.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government.
41-42.$
Upper Division Courses
5 6. AMERICANDIPLOMATIC
HISTORY.
11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
57.
GOVERNMENTS
AND PROBLEMSOF SOUTH AND SOUTHEAST
ASIA. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The emergence of the new national states in this area; their political and
economic problems. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. P O L I ~ CAND
S
PROBLEMS
OF THE MIDDLEEAST. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A survey of the contemporary political and economic problems in the Middle
East. (Offered 1960-61.)
PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. 41-42 or Economics I 1 for Political Science
3 Cr.
minors. Jr., Sr. I.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
61.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
75. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHEORY.
A survey of the high points in the development of political theory from the
Greeks to the present. (Offered 1961-62.)
GEOGRAPHY
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.Fr., So. 11.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Division of the Social Sciences / 63
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching: 24 credits in History (including History 2 I and 22) and Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics I 5 , 16;
Political Science 4 1 -42.
Minor in Social Science: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political
Science 4 1-42; and 3 credits in Economics.
DEPARTMENT OF SOCIOLOGY
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are to help students attain a better
understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare studenu
for social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2 . Reuired in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22; Psychology 5 .
Minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology.
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curriculum.
I.
INTRODUCTION
TO SOCIOLOGY.Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2.
SOCIALPROBLEMS.Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.Fr., So. 11.
See course 4, under Business Administration and Economics.
3
e.
5 . SOCIOLOGY.I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the field of sociology, designed especially for student nurses.
I 6.
MODERNSCANDINAVIA.11.
See course r 6 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2 I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.So. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of,contemporary rural A.merica.
URBANSOCIOLOGY.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growrh, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22.
42. ~ ~ A R R I A G EAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.II.
See course 42 under Department of Home Economics.
3
cr.
64 /Division of the Social Sciences
Upper Division; Courses
5 I. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in contemporary society. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
52. RACERELATIONS
AND ,MINORITY
PROBLEMS.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an
examination of social action programs. (Offered 1960-61.)
5 6. LABOR
AND MANAGEMENT
RELATIONS.Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 19.61-62.)
3 Cr.
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
An introductory exploration of the scope, nature, and functions of social work.
A survey of private and public social agencies in the field of family welfare,
child welfare, medical social work, group work, and other community agencies.
3 G60. PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. H.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institctional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of contemporary public welfare and social security. (Offered 1960-61.)
Prereq. I, Psy. 5 . Jr., Sr. I.
3 a61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Society and the individual, the socialization .process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
PSYCHOLOGY.
62. ABNORMAL
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64. INTRODUC~ON
TO METHODS
OFSOCIAL
WORK. Prereq. #. II.
3 Cr.
Princi.ples and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social work. (Offered 1961-6s.)
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY AND EDUCATION
PSYCHOLOGY
THE CURRICULUM IN PSYCHOLOGY is designed to acquaint students with the
data and methods used in the scientific study of human behavior. The work in
psychology is further designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
#fellowmen.
Minor: 15 credits.
Division of. the Social Sciences / 6y
GENEU PSYCHOLOGY.
Offered both semesters.
y.
3 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general principles, methods and problems of psychology are discussed.
7. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.I.
z Cr.
An introductory course intended for student nurses. Special emphasis is placed
upon normal and abnormal reactions to stress and frustration, mental hygiene,
and to methods of therapy.
10. PSYCHOLOGY
OF ADJOSTATENT.
Prereq. y . So. 11.
3 Cr.
Motivations of man with emphasis on behaviors necessary for adequate living,
theories of adjustment, defense mechanisms and adjustive techniques considered
with respect to personality and mental hygiene.
Upper Division Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.Jr., Sr. I.
Sec course 61 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
62. ABNORMAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modern methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
64.. EXPERIMENTAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. y. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Experiments to illustrate the basic methods used by psychology as a contemporary science. Demonstrations and experiments in human and animal
learning, problem-solving, perception, measurement of abilities and personality
traits. One two-hour and one three-hour period per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
IN PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. y, and 8.Jr., Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
66. TOPICS
A study of special problems. For students desiring to continue investigations
begun in the regular courses or to carry out individual research on topics of
their choice.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Jr. I.
See course 71 under Education.
3 Cr.
EDUCATION
THE EDUCATION
CURRICULUM has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do public school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the graduate ifor teaching on the elementary or the junior and
senior high school level, as well as for further study in the field of education.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATIOh7
PLANNING FOR elementary school teaching are required to follow
STUDENTS
the prescribed course of study. See under curriculum for Elementary Education.
Formal admission to the program takes place in the sophomore year. During
this year the student has regular conferences with the Director for orientation
66 / Division of the Social Sciences
ar;d counseling purposes, and is tested in the subject matter of the fields which
are taught in elementary schools. Students with deficiencies may be required to
take additional work. Each student wishing to complete the program must
make written application on the form provided and must be recommended by
the Director and approved by the Committee on Teacher Education.
2, 2 Cr.
50,51. CHILDPSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5 , Jr. I, 11.
This is a study of child development and the process of learning. I t includes
consideration of the techniques of studying children.
METHODSAND MATERIALS
OF THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLCURRICULUM.
Prereq. Psy. 5, and concurrent registration in Ed. yo and 1 1 . Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
A study of the methods and the materials o;f the curriculum of the elementary
school in the fields of mathematics, science and health, physical education, music,
and art; it utilizes staff assistance from several of the academic departments involved. Special attention is given to the content of the mathematics program of
the elementary school.
5 2 , J 3.
METHODSAND MATERIALSIN SOCIALSTUDIES
AND THE LANGUAGE
ARTS
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 5 I . Sr. I.
j Cr.
The methods and the materials of the curriculum of the elementary school in
the fields of social studies and language arts.
54.
IN THE
Prereq. 53. Jr. I, 11. Sr. I.
5 y, 56, 57. %SERVATION OF TEACHING.
A combination of laboratory experience and seminar. Students spend two to
three hours a week in observing teaching in an elementary school and may
assist the room teacher with certain classroom tasks. One seminar or discussion
hour a week. I credit per semester.
J
8.
TEACHING
OF READING. Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Deals with the problems of teaching reading to elementary school children. T h e
materials and methods are studied in the context of learning theory.
19.
CHILDREN'SLITERATURE.Prereq. 5 I. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This is a study of literature suitable for children of elementary school age. I t
requires extensive reading and evaluation of books.
60.
SEMINARIN TEACHING.
Prereq. 5 5. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
This deals with the practical problems o;f teaching as they arise in the student
teaching experience.
62.
DIRECTED
TEACHING
IN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 55. Sr. 11.
8 Cr.
Students spend half days for a full semester observing, assisting the regular
teacher, and much of the time in actual teaching in cooperating schools.
Supervision is carried out by the classroom cooperating teacher and the college
staff.
Division of the Social Sci,mces/ 67
SEGONDARY EDUCATION
ADMISSION
TO THE SECONDARY EDUCATION CURRICULUM requires an application
to be approved .by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be
made during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to
complete the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on
the basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics,
and a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major,
a 1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. Except in
special fields the applicant should be preparing for competency in at least two
subjects that are taught on the high school level, that is, he should complete
a major and a minor or two majors.
All students admitted to the secondary education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 71
and 72. They are also required to have a course in health and three semester
hours in general psychology, the latter to be completed before taking Ed. 71.
For a proposed course of study see under Curriculum for High School Teaching.
71. EDUCATIONAL
PSYCHOLOGY.Prereq. Psy. 5, Jr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
72. TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. Prereq. 71. Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities; and
developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
73, 74. GROUP ACTNITY. I. 11.
I, I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
71,72; Religion 9, 58; Physical Education 6, I I, 13, 14, 81,82. The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
nlay include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected, A student may not receive more than z credits in Group
Activity.
76. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE. Prereq. 71.Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques
used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance,
including counseling.
78. ISSUESm CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
OF NATURAL
SCIENCESIN
79. TEACHING
THE
SECONDARY
SCHO~L. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
68 / Division of the Social Sciences
81.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS
IN
THE
a3. TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS
IN
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2
Cr.
85.
TEACHINGOF SOCIALSTUDIES
IN
87.
TEACHINGOF HEALTH
EDUCATIONAND PHYSICALEDUCATION
M THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
s Cr.
88.
TEACHING
OF MUSICIN
THE
ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL.
89. TEACHINGOF MUSICIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
91.
THE
TEACHINGOF HOME ECONOMICS
nu
m E
JT.
11.
2
cr.
2
Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
AND ADULTE D U C A ~ OIN
N HOMEECONOMICS.Sr. 11. z Cr.
92. EVALUATION
93.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISHIN
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
OF MODERNLANGUAGES
IN
94. TEACHING
THE
z Cr.
SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
z Cr.
95 . TEACHINGOF SPEECHIN THE SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Courses 79 through 91 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare 4or student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
a major or a ,minor in the field and Education 7 2 .
97. STLTDENT
TEACHINGIN m E SECONDARY
SCHOOL. Prereq. 72. Offered
4-5 Cr.
both semesters.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control
of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the college
supervisor and selected critic teachers.
99. TOPICS
IN EDUCATION.Offered both semesters. Sr.
1-2 Cr.
Independent study offering students an opportunity to explore areas of specialization in education. Each student does research and presents a report of hi
tindings on the requirements, present status, and future possibilities of his own
field of interest. Conducted largely on a seminar ,basis. Open to seniors with the
approval of the department.
LIBRARY SCIENCE
THE FOLLOWING COURSES prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of books
for the. school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for hi own needs as a teacher.
M i o r , 16 credits.
Division of the Socid Sciences / 69
55-56.?
OF
BASICFUNCTIONS
THE
SCHOOLLIBRARY.So., Jr. I, TI.
3 Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school administration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
57-58.i
4 Cr.
ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Library materials for the elementary school lhrary; book selection, principles
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction; periodicals and other non-,book materials, standard lists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Wered
1961-62.)
61. PRACTICAL
~ ~ T H O D S . Prereq. 5 6. Sr. I.
I Cr.
Giving the student practice experience in school libraries; teaching the use of
thc library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READINGGUIDANCE. Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
DEPARTMENT OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND
ECONOMICS, AND SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THE
OBJECTIVE OF m I s DEPARTMENT is to help students gain a broad
knowledge and sound perspective of business and our economic society. The
business major prepares a student for positions in the business community. T h e
economics major provides the background necessary for further study in
gaduate school. Together with secretarial studies, the department also provides
a teaching major and minor.
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION AND ECONOMICS
Major in Business Administration: 36 credits, including courses
16, 53, 72. In addition, Psychology 5 is required.
I , 2,
3, 4, 15,
Major in Economics: 24 credits, including courses 4, 15, 16, 60, and twelve
credits from 51, 54, 56, 61, 62. In addition, I, z, and Math. 13 are required.
Minor in Business Administration: 21 credits, including courses I, z, 3, 15,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics: 15 credits, including courses 15, 16 and nine credits
from 51, 54, 56, 60, 61, 62.
70
/ Division oj
the Social Sciences
I, 2, PRINCIPLES
OF A C C O U N ~ N GSO.
. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporation; preparation of hancial
statements; and procedure in recording and classifying business transactions.
Meets four hours per week.
3. ILVTRQIY~CT~OK
TO Busn~ss. Fr. I.
f Cr.
An introductory survey of busincss and b&ws mamgement including a study
of rhc varicry, namre and inrerrrlariomhip of problems of 8 b m i u aperation.
~
Finance, p w n n e i , prduction, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governrnenrd relationships are a few o f the topics cowred.
INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific methods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
graphs and tables, as well as &dina measurer of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound rnethds of sampling.
4.
I 5, I 6.
PRINCIPLES OF ECONOWCS. So. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; ,production, employment and prices; and
public policy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
policy problems.
Upper Division, Courses
5 I. MONEYAND BANKING. Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., ST. I.
3 Cr.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary and
fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level with
high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1960-61.)
53. BUSINESS
LAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING. Prereq. I 1, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introductory course in which the functions and institutions of marketing
are studied. Problems in selecting channels of distri,bution and in determining
merchandising and pricing plicies are also considered. (Offered 1961-62.)
RELATIONS. Jr., Sr. 11.
56. LABORAND MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
3 Cr.
58. INDUSTRIAL
,MANAGEMENT.Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1960-61.)
3 Cr.
59. COSTACCOUNTING.Prereq. I, 2. Jr., Sr. I.
Essential features of accounting for manufacturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; job order and
process costs. (Offered 1960-61.)
Divisim of the Social Sciences / 7 I
60. INTERMEDUTE
ECONOMIC
ANALYSIS.Prereq. 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
An advanced course in economic analysis, problems, and policies. (Offered 196162.)
61. PUBLICFINANCE. Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Governmental taxation, spending and ,borrowing, and the impact of governmental finance on economic activity. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
62. CORPORATION
FINANCE. Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. 11.
The various methods in financing of private businesses, and the means of
financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements of
corporations. (Oflered 1960-61.)
63. TAXATION.
Prereq. 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will give particular emphasis to the income tax, attempting to give
a knowledge of tax requirements, procedures and prablems as they relate to
business and individuals. ( m e r e d I 961-62.)
72. SEMINAR
IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Coven p ~ b l e m sof special concern to business majors and serves as a capstone of
previous work. The course is designed to encourage advanced study by students
in areas of particular interest to them.
SECRETARIAL STUDIES
THESE COURSES ARE PLANNED to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business ofices, to assist in the preparation for the teaching
of business education in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide
an opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major: 31 credits above I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 5 1, 52, 53-54,
Business Administration I , 2, 3, 53.
Business education major: 37 credits above I, including courses listed for
graduation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16. Minor, 25 credits above
I, including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business Administration I, 2, or
I 5, 16. S
i
x credits less will be required on the majors or minor, if the student
can demonstrate satisfactory achievement in course 3-4.
I.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWRTTING.
M e r e d both semesters.
I Cr.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11.
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
3-4.t ELEMENTARY
SHORTHAND.I, n.
6 Cr.
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
8. OFFICE MACHINES. Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
72
/ Divisim
of
the Social Sciences
Upper Division Courses
5 1. ADVANCED
TYPEWRITING.Prereq. z or equivalent. I.
z Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique in ,business lemer arrangement,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legd documents. Open ro students having
attained a speed of 5 0 words per minute. Four hours per week.
5 z. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE. Prereq. z, 3-4, 11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephonhg, me of bwiness and legal
forms, personality development, writing appIication Ieerers, nad making application for a job. Mimeographing also taughr for chose who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
53-14.? ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
DEPARTMENT OF HOME ECONOMICS
THE OBJECTIVES OF THIS DEPARTMENT are threefold: to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; to ofTer
training for homemaking; and to offer training for the teaching of home
economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home economics
departments. Courses are open to all students and recommended for general
education.
Non-teaching major: 33 credits; courses are I, z, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, ~ 7 ,
66, 67, 71, 73. Also required are: Chemistry 5 or 5-6 or 5-52; Physics 3;
Economics 11; Sociology I; Biology 1-2 or 4 or 13-14,and 54; Psychology 5
and 3 additional credits in Social Science.
Non-teaching minor:
22
credits, including
I,
3 , 8, 39, 40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major: 38 credits; courses listed for non-teaching major plus 33
and 75. Also required of students preparing to teach Home Economics are
Education 91 and 92.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CAREAND REPAIR. I.
3 Cr.
Line and design in dress, wardrobe planning, clothing costs and budgets,
quality in ready made garments, textile fabrics, problems related to storing
and caring for clothing. Three single class hours per week.
2. CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.11.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making three simple garments from fabrics of dieerent
fiber content. One lecture and two double laboratory ,periods per week.
3. ART IN DAILY
LIVING. I.
3 Cr.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
Division of tbe Social Sciences / 73
8. ELEMENTSOF NV~RITION.
TI.
A study of the nutrienrs n e c e s s q for maintenance of good health
all of life starting from prcnaral needs and continuing through old
emphasis is placed on the needs of the college student. Dietaries of
bers and published recommended dietaries will be analyzed. Three
periods per week.
3 Cr.
throughout
age. Special
class memsingle class
3 3. COLORAND DESIGN. I.
3 Cr.
Principles of design and color related to selecting and arranging household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing. Some craft experience. Home
Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics majors. Three double laboratory
periods per week.
36.
CRAFTS.
11.
2
cr.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Two double laboratory periods per week. (Offered
1961-62.)
AND MANAGEMENT,Prereq. 8 o r #. I, II. 3, 3 Cr.
39, 40. FOODPREPARATION
Laboratory experience in food preparation, menu planning, and table service.
Study of time and money management as related to family meals; food preservation; food costs and purchasing of food. Three double laboratory ,periods per
week.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.11.
3 Cr.
P, coprse applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects.
Regular lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
r Cr.
44. CHLLDDEVELOPMENT. 11.
The physical, mental and social development of the young child. Observations
in local nursery schools; a two week play school is conducted at the college fbr
10 to 12 children of pre-school age. One lecture period plus one double
laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
57.
T ~ x m s . I.
2
Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratoxy
hours a week. (Offered 1961-62.)
64. HISTORYAND APPRECIATIONOF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Three regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. (Offered 1960-61 .)
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING. 11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 33 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods
per week.
74 / Division of the Social Sciences
67. FAMILYHEALTH. I.
z Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.I.
z Cr.
Consideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
HOME MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.I.
t Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipme-nt. Six weeks residence in a home management
house with one conference hour per week. Food costs to be determined by the
group.
73.
z Cr.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATIONAND INCOME MANAGEMENT. U.
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHINGCONSTRUCTION. Prereq. 2. I.
z Cr.
Laboratory experience in making garments of wool. More advanced problems in
fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2. Some experience also
given in planning and constructing garments for children. Two three-hour
laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
Many practical demonstrations are carried
out in the home econ o m i c s department.
T h e help studem in
their personal develop
ment, prepare them for
the responsibilities of
home-making and give
training for a professional career.
Division of Natural Sciences
and Mathematics
MR. NASH, Chairman
ITLS THE PURPOSE of this division to provide training In methods and techniques of natural science and mathematics; to inrerpret Natural Science in the
light of the Word of
to acquaint rhe student with the significance of
science and rnathem~dccin 2 modern, changing world; ro emphasize a sound
mind and a strong b d y : ra train for vocations ia ~ a r i o ufields; and to equip
the student with r scientific bsckgmund which will enrich his life and the
liws of his felbw men.
a;
DEPARTMENT OF BIOLOGY
THE AIM OF ~ I I SDEPARTMENT
is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 28 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26, and at least 3 Upper
Division courses not including 60. Also required are 8 credits in Chemistrp.
Minor for high school teaching, 20 credits, including courses 13-14, 25-26,
and at least one Upper Division course not including 60.
'
I-2.i
GENERALBIOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of the broad principles of biology to meet the needs of non-science
majors. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
3. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. For student nurses. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for
Biol. 3.
HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
both structure and function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
4.
7. GENERALBAC~ERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
diseases. Laboratory techniques. Designed especially for student nurses. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
I 3-14.?
GENERALZOOLOGY. Fr. I, 11.
8 cr.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adalptation, and- reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
76 / Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
25-16.? GENERALBOTANY. So., Jr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of rhe plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed o n botanical principles.
Flowering plants are idenrified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periodr per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GENETICS. Prereq. 13-14, or 25-26. So., Jr. I.
4 cr.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
(Offered 1961-62.)
52. ECOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14 or 25-26. So., Jr. II.
4 Cr.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
53. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.Prereq. 13-14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offered
1960-61.)
Prereq. Chem. 6. 11.
4 Cr.
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double 1aboratory.periods per week.
cr-
PLANTS. Prereq. 25-26. Sr. 11.
3
56. TAXONOMYOF FLOWERING
Taxonomy af flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1960-61.)
58. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMYOF VERTEBRATES.Prereq. 13-14. TI.
4 Cr.
A camparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. (Offered 1961-62.)
60. BIOLOGYSEMINAR. Sr. 11.
A review of biological techniques. (Offered 1960-61.)
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
IT IS
THE PURPOSE of this department to give students an understanding and an
appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways by which this has been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity to examine
the chemical aspect of the structure, the power, and beauty of one of the great
intellectual accomplishments of man-modern science, and it provides dramatic
examples of effective ways to handle certain types of problems.
Division of hTatural Sciences and Mathematics / 77
Courses in chemistry are offered not only as part of a liberal arts education,
but also to prepare for: ( I ) high school teaching, ( 2 ) the study of medicine,
dentistry, ~ h a r m a c ~medical
,
technology, nursing, and allied professions, ( 3 )
-graduate study, and (4) the chemical profession.
Major: 24 credits. Minor: 16 credits. Also strongly recommended are: Physics
J , 6; Mathematics 13, 14. Course 3 does not count toward the major or minor.
Recommended for pre-medical students: I J , 16, 53, 54, 61, 78; for pre-dental
students and majors in medical technology: J , 6, 32, 61; for graduate study:
I 5 , 16, and all courses above 50.
Majors will participate in informal, bi-weekly seminars during the junior and
senior years.
See under Curriculums for a course of study to meet recommendations of
the American Chemical Society.
3 Cr.
3. ELEMENTARY
CHEMISTRY.Fr. I. Prereq. H. S. Chem. or #.
Study of inorganic, organic, physiological, and pathological chemistry. Designed
especially to meet the needs of the Schools of Nursing of Lutheran Deaconess,
Swedish, and Fairview Hospitals. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory per
week.
INTRODUCTORY
CHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.Fr. I, 11.
4, 4 Cr.
For pre-dental, home economics, elementary education, medical technologists,
and other students not majoring in chemistry. Laws and theories of chemistry
and of non-metals and metals and their compounds. Organic chemistry is considered. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations is the main laboratory work the second semester. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory
per week.
5, 6.
AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY. Fr. I,
17, 16. INORGANIC
TI.
4. 4
(3.
For majors in chemistry, including pre-medical students; others by permission
of instructor. An intensive course. First semester devoted to fundamental principles and second to inorganic chemistry and qualitative analysis. Three lectures
and four hours of laboratory per week. Prereq.: High school chemistry, elementary algebra, and geometry.
32.
ELEMENTARY
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 5 or 15. So. 11.
4 Cr.
Designed for pre-dental students, medical technologists, and home economics
students. Aliphatic and aromatic compounds with frequent reference to biochemistry. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
5 3. 54.
ORGANICCHEMISTRY.Prereq.
I 6.
So. I,
TI.
4. 4 Cr-
The important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds. Cbrrelations based
on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts of reaction mechanisms. Laboratory work is study of technique and the preparation and study
of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and four hours of laboratory per
week.
78 / Division of h7atural Sciences and Matkmatics
61. QUANTITATIVE
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 6 or 16. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Gravimetric and volumetric analysis. Ionic equilibria with many problems to
solve. Some contact with instrumental analysis. Two lectures and six hours of
laboratory per week.
72. ADVANCED
ORGANICAND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54. Jr. 11.
4 Cr.
Lectures stress mechanism of organic reactions. Laboratory is qualitative analysis
of organic compounds and mixtures. The ultraviolet and infrared spec,trophotometers are utilized. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
O NPHYSICALCHEMIS~RY.Prereq. 54 and Math 14. Jr.
78. I N T R ~ D U C ~TO
11.
4 Cr.
For premedical students. Thermodynamics, thermochernistry, equilibrium, soluticns, electrochemistry, kinetics, colloids, states of matter, gas laws, and atomic
structure. Three lectures, one recitation, and three hours of laboratory per week.
82, 83. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 54 and Math 52. Jr. 11, Sr. I. 3, 3 Cr.
For prospective graduate students and industrial chemists. Atomic structure,
states of matter, gas laws, thermodynamics, thermochemistry, equilibrium,
solutions, phase rule, electrochemistry, kinetics, and colloids. Three lectures per
week.
84, 85. PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY.
Jr. II, Sr. I.
I, I Cr.
Laboratory course to accompany Chemistry 82, 83. Four hours per week.
86. ADVANCED
PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 83. Sr. II.
3 cr.
Topics introducing statistical thermodynamics, introductory quantum chemistry,
and theories of chemical binding. Three lectures per week.
85 . INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUES.
Prereq. 61 and 83. Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A laboratory course, usually taken with Chem. 86. Instrumental analysis
utilizing optical and electrochemical methods of measurement. Four hours of
laboratory per week.
ADVANCED
INORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.Prereq. 78 or 82. Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
Review of atomic structure. Nuclear chemistry, the ~eriodictable, h~drides,
and coordination chemistry. Preparations of inorganic compounds utilizing hottube reactions, air free systems, and similar techniques. Three lectures and four
hours of laboratory per week.
90.
93, 94, 9 5 , 96. CHEMISTRYSEMINARS.Jr., Sr. I, 11.
o Cr.
During the junior and senior years all chemistry majors will participate in these
informal bi-weekly seminars to discuess topics of general interest.
97, 98. CHEMISTRY
RESEARCH. Sr. I, 11.
Cr. Arr.
During the senior year each chemistry major preparing for graduate study in
chemistry, will participate in independent research in cooperation with a staff
member.
Division of ATlotarpl Sciences and Mathem~tics/ 79
DEPARTMENT OF PHYSICS
RECEXT DEYELCIPME~-TS in rhe field of phgsics make it imperafive dut excelleut
training be provided for those who intend to continue their smdies in gradlute
schml or who inturd ro p u m r a career in the teaching of physics. Ir is the
zim of this department ro assure the needed training far both of these groups
and m provide cht nun-science major with sugcient bckgrouud to make i t
possible for him to foIIow, with some degrec of comprehension, rht dmtloprnents in the geld of science zs they come to him from the medium of &su'entXc publica&ns.
Major: 27 credits including courses 5 3 , 5 4 .
Minor: I 6 credits.
Courses 2 and 3 do not apply toward the major or minor.
2.
D a s c m - r t v ~-~ST~ONOMY*FI, XI.
3 Cr.
A study of our galaxy with parriculnr ernphasi on the origin of our wfar
q r c m and the dkcribution and composition of the plancts aud srarr The location of wme of rhc more prominent consrcllarions and the use of the telesurpe
znd specrrmrope will h scudied. J h r c e lcceures pcr week. P e d i c evening
meetings ra observe the sky.
3. PRINCWLW
OF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecrure, demonstration-labratory course in the principles of physics including
mechanics, fluids, h a t , illecrriciry, magnetism, light and sound. Thii course is
intended for studma in home economics and c l e m e n t a ~education, and others
who Gsh some hasic information in rhc field of physics. T h e e lectures, one
mo-hour hboratory. Students with high school physics m a y nor: receive credit
for Physics 3 except hi). permission of r n m c w r .
GENERAL
PHYSICS. Prereq. Math I 3 or concurrent registration in Math I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 fi.
A general course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures, one quiz, and
one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
6. GENERALPHYSICS. Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. 5 and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
Upper Division Courses
INTRODUCTION
TO ATOMICAND NUCLEAR
PHYSICS. Prereq. 6, and Math.
3 Cr.
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. 11.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "e8'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Three hours lecture per
week.
52.
ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I or concurrent
3 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I . So., Jr. I.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuiu, electrical
instruments. Three hours lecture per week.
53.
So /Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
E L E C T R I C AND
I ~ MAGNETISM.Prereq. 53 and Math. 5 2 or concurrent
registration in Math jz. So., Jr. 11.
3 Cr.
Continuation of Physics 53, including also electronics and field theory.
54.
OPTICS. Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51
Jr. I.
3 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refractior. by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1960-61.)
57.
61, 62. MECHANICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51. Jr. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion of a rigid body, work, kinetic energy, vibrations in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field.
63. 64. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Experiments will be penformed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
HEAT AND THERMODYNAMICS.
registration in Math. 5 I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
second laws of thermodynamics, h e ~ tengines. (Offered in 1961-62.)
71.
3 Cr.
72. MATHEMATICAL.PHYSICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 I . Sr. II.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics with applications to various
fields such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1961-62.)
.
73, 74. ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in
I , I Cr.
an upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week.
Combined Science Major f o r Teaching: 46 credits, including Chemistry y, 6,
(or 15, 16) 32, 61; Biology 13-14 and 25-26; Physics 5, 6, and 6 credits in
Upper Division courses.
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
THE DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sufficient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to
afford students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller
understanding of their subjects. I t aims to open to those who major in the
subject a wider horizon with experience that will make them ef3icient workers
in their chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, 20 credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics / 81
I.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
o Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. For students who did not
have higher algebra in high school.
2.
SOLIDGEOMETRY.Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. 11.
o Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5. ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with .an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours a week.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIPTIVE
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 5. TI. 3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and alrtebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. higher algebra
3, I 4. INTRODUCTION
or equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5, 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
I
Upper Division Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.Prereq. I 3,
14. So., Jr. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I , y 2.
53. SOLIDANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surfaces and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
51.
THEORYOF EQUATIONS.Prereq. Math. y I. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
This course inc1,udes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations af higher degree.
6 I , 62. ADVANCED
CALCULUS.Prereq. 52. Jr., Sr. I , TI.
3. 3 Cr.
Operations with infinite series, derivatives, integrals, partial differentiation, implicit functions, line integrals, vector analysis, and complex variables. Emphasis
is placed on applications to physics and engineering problems.
DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION
THE AIM OF THE DEPARTMENT of Health and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further ,the worthy use of
leisure time, and to ~rovide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
e s /Division of Nat~iralSciences and Mathematics
All students are required .to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of the ~hysicaleducation program.
One year of physical activities, course 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men: 3 2 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 23, 51,
57, 58, 73, 74 and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women: 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
18, 23, 57, 58, 73, 74, and 84. Biology 4 also required.
Minor, r r credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 11, 12, 51, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13,14, 17,1 8 , 73, 74 for women.
PERSONAL
A N D COMMUNITY
HEALTH. Fr. Offered ,both semesters. 2 Cr.
A study of modern concepts and practices of health and healthful living applied
to the individual and the community.
2.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
3, 4. PHYSICAL
ACTNITIES. (Women). Fr. I, 11.
Two hours per week.
%, % Cr.
5. INTRODUCTION
TO
HEALTH EDUCATION,PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
R E C R E A ~ O NFr.
. I.
2 Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education,
pbysical education, and recreation.
I Cr.
6. RECREATIONAL
ACTIVITIES. Fr. 11.
Theory and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
8. FIRSTAID. Fr., So. 11.
American Red Cross First Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAM
SPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES. (Men). So.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
volleyball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
I 2.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAI. SPORTS. (Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shuffleboard, handball, aerial darts,
table tennis, horseshoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2 , 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN. So.
Theory and ~racticein zhe coaching and of6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
baske~ball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (Offered I1 Sern.
1960-61; I and I1 Sem. 1961-62.)
2 Cr.
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Women). So.
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling. Body mechanics. Three
hours per week. (Offered 11 Sem. 1960-61; I Sem. 1961-62.)
Divisia of Natural Sciences and Mathemtics
/ 83
\
I 8.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS. (Women). So. 11.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, ,badminton, table tennis, s h d e board, archery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Offered
I y 60-.6 I.)
23. RHYTHMS. So. I.
Simple rhythmic games, folk and square dancing.
z Cr.
z Cr.
29. OFFICIATING. (Men). So. I.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of 05iciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 1. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES. (Men). Jr.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours per week. (Offered II Sem. 1960-61; I Sem.
1961-61.)
57. KINESIOLOGY.Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the effecting of
escient movements.
5 8.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTED
PHYSICALEDUCATION. Prereq.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
z Cr.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic a~bnormalities and suggested adapted activi,ties for atypical cases.
I Cr.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
COURSEIN FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
Methods and materials in teaching the American Red Cross First Aid Course.
PRINCIPLESAND CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. I.
j Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives of health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health education and physical
education curriculum.
73.
ORGANIZATIONAND ADMINISTRATIONO F HEALTH EDUCATIONAN D
PHYSICALEDUCATION.Prereq. 5 . Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
74.
8 I. COACHINGOF SPORTS:FOOTBALI.AND BASKETBALL.Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82. COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALL
AND TRACK.Sr. II.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques c*f coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.Sr. 11.
I Cr.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1961-62.)
86. COMMUNITY
RECREATION.Jr., Sr. 11
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work. (Offered 1960-61.)
Curriculums
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in planning a program in accordance with his major
field of study and vocational objective.
GENERAL LIBERAL ARTS
THE COURSE OF STUDY given below suggests a sequence which may be
followed to include the required general education courses. For electives, students should take care to include all courses required for the
major field of study. Requirements for the major are listed under
departmental headings.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion L, Z
.2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3,
3
History or Sacfalogy
.3
Foreign Lanwage ......... . 4
4
Natural Science
..3 or 4
3 or 4
Physical Education 3. 4 .... M
M
.............
......
.......
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem, I1 Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............... .Z
Foreign Language ......... -3
Social Science
.3
Natural Science
Electives ................... .P
.............
............-
Cr.
2
3
SENIOR
ISem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... .3
3
Speech
2
Social Science or History . 3
Electives ................... 10
12
-
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Fine Arts .................. . 3
Literature or Philosophy
.Electives .................. .14
..
Cr.
3
14
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
COMPLETIONOF
THE PRE-SEMINARY curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which
prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries.
The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary course. It
does not specify a major or a minor. The student should seek the
counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Sonnack; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Basic Bible ................
Freshman English ......... . 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
Western Civilization ...... . 3
Physical Education ........ $4
Natural Science ........... . 3
Electives .................... 2
Cr.
2
3
4
3
95
3
2
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
e.
Religion .................... Z
Fine Arts ...................Natural Science ........... ,Psychology ................. . 3
Foreign Language ......... 3
Typewriting ............... .1
New Testament Greek ... - 3
Electives ....................3
Cr.
2
3
3
Curriculums / 8 5
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
.3
3
2
.....
.....................
N e w Testament Greek
Speech
History ..................... 3
Sociology or Economics or
Political Science ........ - 3
Electives ................... .5
SENIOR
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Y o u t h W o r k in t h e Church2
Philosophy ................ . 3
English Literature ........ . 3
Electives .................... 8
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH AND MISSIONARY WORKERS
THE PURPOSE
OF T H ~ SCOURSE is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is. a teachers m vacation, week-day, and Srmday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arraned that the student will, upon its
satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and a h a certzcate
indicating that he o r she is a qualified parish worker,
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
the chairman of the department of religion.
The suggested whedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it p o ~ i b l eto plan for a major in History. English: Philosophp, or
Sociology. It i s also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Ce~ificateare italicized in the outline below.
FRESHlYIAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem.
.
................ .Z
Basic Bible
Fi-eshrnan English
.3
Natural Science ........--.-3
Typewriting ............... .I
Physical Activities
'5
Foreign Language ......... . 4
Sociology 1, 2 .............. . 3
.........
.........
I1 Sem.
Cr.
2
3
3
2
'h
4
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Chzrrch History
.-2
Speech 11 ................ ..2
3
Speech 12 ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
General Psychology
.3
3
Fine Arts ...................1
First Aid ..............-....
Natural Science ........... .3
2
Speech 16 ................. .Electives ....................
3
3
...........
.........
.......
-
SENIOR
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
T h e Missionary Enterprise .
Principles of Christian
Education ................ .2
2
T h e Christian Churches
T h e Lutheran Church ..... .%
Social Psychology or Urban
Sociology ................ .3
Acting
3
Crafts
2
Elementary Shorthand .... .3
3
Recreational Activities .....
1
Electives .................. .6
4
.-
...-
-
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Parish W o r k ............... .Y o x t h W o r k i n t h e Church 2
Educational Psychology ... .3
H y m n s and Music o f t h e
Church .................. .2
Journalistic Writing .. .: ...
2
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Fields o f Social W o r k ...... . 3
Secretarial Practice .........3
Electives .................. .8
6
-
HIGH SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Except with special majors such
as music, home economics, combined natural science, students should
usually prepare for competency in at least two subject-matter fields
in which high schools offer work. Areas in which they may obtain
teaching majors or minors include English, speech, music, history,
social science, business education, home economics, biology, physics,
chemistry, natural science, mathematics, and physical education. Minors
are also offered in German, Scandinavian language and literature,
French, Spanish, art, political science, and library science.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion 1, 2 .............
English 1, 2 .............. . 3
History or Sociology ..... 3
Foreign Language
.4
'Natural Science ....... . 3 or 4
Health ................... .Physical Education 3, 4 . . '$
.......
.JUNIOR
Cr.
2
3
3
4
3 or 4
2
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. .2
Foreign Language
.3
Psychology
.Natural Science ........ . 3 or 4
Fine Arts ................ .Electives in Major or
Minor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.......
...............
Cr.
2
3
3
-
3
6
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
3
Religion ...................
Education 71. 72 .......... .3
Education 73. 74
-1
Speech ....................
Electives in Major
or Minor ................ 10
........
-
Cr.
3
3
1
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
3
Education 76 ..............
Education 78 ..............
3
Special Methods ......... .4
Education 97 ............. .4-5
Literature or Philosophy . .
3
Electives in Major or
Minor ..................... 7
--
-
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years, may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements. They are required to complete courses in general psychology, 3 credits, and health, 2 credits. On the recommendation of
their registration adviser and the approval of the Committee on Admissions and Student Standing, they may secure exemption from one or
more of the following, not to exceed a total of 9 credits: Freshman
English, 3 credits; literature or philosophy, 3 credits; speech, 2 credits;
fine arts. 2 credits: natural science. 3 credits: social science. 3 credits:
foreign iianPage, 6 credits. (At Ieast one yea; of foreign lambage must
be taken in college, unless rhe student completed four pears of a language in high school) To be valid, approval of exemption mast be
f i l ~ din the Registrar's a5ce prior to registration for the j d o r year.
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Students planning for elementary school teaching are required to
complete the following curriculum. Except where a choice is indicated,
substitutions can be made only upon the approval of the Director of
Elementary Education. As with other students, certain exemptions are
possible. Since the optional subjects and free electives are so limited, the
program must be followed carefully from the first year. The major in
this program is Elementary Education; each student is required to take
a minor in at least one of the subject matter fields taught in the elementary schools. Variations in the requirements of the minor from
those described by the department may be permitted subject to special
departmental appreval.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................... 2
2
3
Freshman English ......... .3
Western Civilization
.3
3
Modern Foreign Language 4
4
Physical Science ....... .3 or 4
3 or 4
(Selected from Physics 3,
Astronomy, Chemistry 5,
6. 32)
Physical Activities ........ Yi
'h
......
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ...................
.2
Literature .................. 3
Child Psychology .......... .2
Art (Basic Design) ....... .Introd. to Music ....., .. ,..
Methods & Materials of the
c&I
~ l e m e n t a -~SchoGl
r~
culum (Music, Science &
Health. Art, Mathematics.
Physical Education) ... .3
Observation of Teaching . .I
Electives
.6
-
..................
2
SOPHOMORE
ISm.
Cr.
Sem.
Cr.
-
3
2
Religion ................... .2
General Biology ...........9
Speech .....................
General Psychology ....... . 3
Geography .................
U. S. History .............. .3
Modem Foreign Language ..3
Health .................... . 2
.-
SENIOR
'
a
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
.2
Religion ...................
Observation of Teaching . I
Teaching of Reading ...... .3
Seminar in Teaching .......
Directed Teachine .........
Children's ite era cure .......3
Methods & Materials of the
Elementary School Curriculum (Social Studies &
Language Arts) ......... . 3
Government ............... . 3
Electives ....................2
Cr.
.
-
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
Work in the Department of Home Economics is intended to equip
students for the teaching of home economics in high school, to prepare
them for homemaking, and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management, home economics and journalism, and home economics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. A cur~riculumfor a home economics
education major Is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for Vocational Education to teach in federally-aided secondary school home
economics departments (Smith-Hughes). Courses in italics are not
required for a general home economics major.
88
/ Curriculums
FRESHMAN
..
.............. 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion 1. 2
Physical Education ........ J'2
English ..................... 3
Sociology ................... 3
Biology 1-2. or 4 or
13-14'
I1 Sem.
Cr
2
.
Yz
3
.
Religion 3 4 ...............
Psychology
Foreign Language
Physics .....................
Chemistry 5 or 5. 6. or
I Sem . I1 Sem.
Cr .
Cr
2
2
3
4
4
3
.
..................
..........
5. 32 ..................... 4
..................
0 4
........
........................-
Marriage & Family RelationsChild Development ..........
Food Preparation & Management ..................... 3
Art in Daily Living
3
Nutrition
Clothing Selection ......... 3
Clothing Construction
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
.
I Sem
Cr .
Religion ................... .Foreign Language ......... 3
Speech
S
Economics ............. ,
Color and Design .......... - 3
Home Planning & Furnishing ........................
Family Health ............. 2
Textiles ..................... Z
Educational Psychology ....3
Teaching i n Sec. Schools .
Group Activity ............ .I
....
IISem .
Cr .
2
3
2
-
-
3
--
.-
-
3
1
SENIOR
..
.................... 2
I Sem
Cr
Religion
Literature
Bacteriology ............... Special Methods ........... 2
Student Teaching ........ 4 or 9
Principles of Guidance .... .Issties in Contemp. Ed ..... .Home Management Problems2
Home Management Lab .....2
Advanced Clothing Construction ................. 2
..
I1 Sem
Cr
2
3
4
2
3
3
Students preparing for secondary school teaching whose programs
prevent the completion of the full requirements in the regular four
years. may be allowed certain modifications in the general education
requirements .
CHEMISTRY
The following couise of study meets the requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree at Augsburg College and is recommended for
students who plan to do graduate study in Chemistry .
Students who satisfactorily complete this curriculum are exempt
from the graduation requirement of a course in the biological sciences
and the second year of a foreign language .
FRESHMAN
..
.
I Sem. II Sem
Cr
Cr
.
Chemistry 15 16 ........... 4
Mathematics 13 14 ........ 5
Religion 1. 2 ................ 2
English 1. 2 ................ 3
History or Sociology
3
Physical Education 3 4 .... %
.........
4
5
.
2
3
3
I/,
JUNIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Ct.
Cr
4
Chemistry 61 72 .......... 4
. ...............
Chemistry 82
Chemistry 84 ................
Chemistry 93
11
German 1-2 ................ 4
Mathematics 61
.a
Physics ......................
Religion .....................
Fine Arts .................. 3
..............
...........
.
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem .
Cr .
Cr
............ 4
4
5
4
2
2
4
..-
SENIOR
.
........5
Chemistry 53. 54
Mathematics 51. 52
Physics 5. 6 ................
Religion 3. 4 ..............
Speech .....................
Literature or Philosophy
2
3
.
I Sem. I1 Sem
.
.
Pr
Chemistry 83 88 ............ 3
~ h e m i s t G 85. 86 .......... 1
Chemistry 90
Chemistry 97. 98 . . . . . . . A m .
Chemistrv 95 . 96 ............ O
................... 2
Religion
French 1-2 ................. 4
Physics ..................... 4
................
.
..
Cr
1
3
4
Arr .
0
2
4
.
*Recommended for students planning to do graduate work in nutrition. foqds
textiles or equipment as well as for any who plan to transfer to institutions offerlng
special training in dietetics .
Curriculums / 89
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students who
are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In addition
to giving preparation for a business vocation the following suggested
course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
FRESHMAN
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... .2
Freshman English .......... 3
Foreign Language ........ . 4
History or Sociology
.3
Introduction to Business .. 3
Physical Education ........ %
Natural Science ........... .-
2
3
Religion
Foreign
Principles of Economics ....3
Principles of Accounting . 3
Introduction to Statistics . .Natural Science ........... . 3
Speech ................... - 2
Sent.
Cr.
2
3
.
......
JUNIOR
ISem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
Psychology .................
3
Business Law ............ . 3
Public Finance or Money
and Banking ........... . 3
Corporation Finance or Marketing ...................
3
Electives .........,......... 7
7
-
-
-
I Sem.
Cr.
.................... 2
Language ........ . 3
-
SENIOR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
3
Fine Arts ............... .2 or 3
Taxation or Cost Accounting ....................... 3
Industrial Management or
Labor-Management Rela3
tions ..................... Seminar in Bus. Adrnin. ....
3
Electives ................10 or 11
7
-
-
Recommended elective fields: Psychology, Sociology, Political Science,
History, Speech, English, College Algebra.
LAW
Most law schools require, for admission, at least three years of prelegal education at the college level. No particular course of study is
required, but the student should select a broad program including
courses in language, social science, and philosophy. A suggested twoyear curriculum for students planning to transfer to Valparaiso University is given below:
FRESHMAN
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 .............. . 2
2
English 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Foreign Language ........ .4
4
History 1, 2 ............... . 3
3
Natural Science ........... .4
4
Physical Education 3, 4 ....H
%
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr,
Cr.
Religion 3. 4 .............. . 2
2
English Literature
.J
3
Foreign Language
.B
3
Health ..................... . 2
Logic ..................... . 3
Social Science ............ .3
3
Natural Science ........... . 4
4
........
........
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in public agencies on federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
90
/ Curriculums
organizations; in group work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: ( a ) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not require post-graduate
training, and ( b ) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
oE social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation
work, child welfare, group work, and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are itdicized should be taken by all
such students.
FRESHMAN
Religion
English
Hktory
Foreign
..............
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
.2
.3
.3
Language
.4
1r.trednCtian t o Sociology . . 3
Sociel R o b I m s
Pn)~LcalEducation 3. 4 . . . .'h
1, 2
1, 2
1. 2
..............
...............
........
.........
JUNIOR
2
3
3
4
-
3
lh
I S m . IISem.
Gr.
Religion ................... . 3
Principles of Economics
.3
Fields of Social Work ..... . 3
Criminology ............... . 3
Public Welfare ........... .Fine Arts .................. .Speech
Electives ................ - 6
.
Cr.
-3
-3
3
2
5
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 .............. . 2
American Government
.3
Natural Science ........... . 3
Psychology .................3
Statistics ....................
Rural Sociology ........... 3
Urban Sociology .......... .Foreign Language ........ . 3
...
-
SENIOR
2
3
3
3
3
3
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion
.................. .Introduction to Methods o f
Soc. Work ............... .Social Ps?/chology ......... . 3
Abnormal Psychology ......
History of Philosophy ... . 3
Electives in Upper Division
Courses ..................10
-
3
3
3
3
4
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years of
work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital or
Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination for certification in Medical Technology. The following program is
suggested.
FRESHMAN
J S m . LISm.
CT.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............. . 2
English 1, 2 ................3
Chemistry 5-6, or 15-16 ....
History or Sociology ..... .3
Foreign Language ........ .4
Physical Education 3, 4
'6
+
....
2
3
4
3
4
'h
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 3, 4
.2
2
Chemistry 32, or 53-54 ... . 4
0-4
Biology 13-14 ............ .4
4
Fine Arts ..................3
Foreign Language
.3
3
Electives .................. .3
.............
.........
SENIOR
I Sem. IISem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Bacteriology
Literature or Philosophy .. . 3
Chemistry 61 .............. 4
S ~ e e c h .....................
Social Science ............ . 3
Electives .................... 4
-
3
4
2
3
5
Lectures, laboratory and
practical work at General or Swedish Hospital for 12 months ........
32
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as
at the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
or more years of
c~flegework are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is
suggested for those planning to enter a iour-year school of nursing.
Tl:u= who plan on a three-Year nursing program should try to select
courses in college which T P ~ Unot duplicate the courses they will study
in the schaul of nursil~gwhich they plan to attend.
ut least one year of college. En many instances two
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II,Sem,
Cr.
Cr.
Religion .................. .Z
Freshman English
.3
General Zoology ......... .4
Health .................... .1
Sociology ................. . 3
Elements of PTufrition ... .Physical Education ....... .I5
Electives ................... .2
2
3
........
4
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Relieion
...................
Cr.
.2
or Politic& ~ c i e n c e3
................
Psychology
-3
C h ~ l d Care ,...............
Gcneral Chand
Qualitative Analpsf<
.4
Phi,s~ral ducati in;
.2
Fjrst Aid ..................
.
-
Cr.
2
3
2
...
E!ectircs
....... -
...................
.Z
Special Progrnms in !Vmrsh~:The following courses of the School
01 h u r ~ i n gof the Lutheran Deaconess Hoepital, Minneapolis, Minnesota,
arF offered a1 Aupburg College. This is a part of the three-year course
offered by the hospital. Application for admission to the School of
Nursing ~hould be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Rospitat Minneapolis, Minnesota.
FIRST Y E A R
I Sem.
Biology 3 ..........................
Biology 7 .........................
Chemistry 3 ........................
Psychology 7 .......................
CT.
4
., 3
3
2
SECOND YEAR
I Sem.
CT.
Sociology 5
......................... 2
Students enrolled in the Schools of Nursing at Swedish Hospital and
Fairview Hospital, Minneapolis, take some of their course work at
Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program should
be made directly to these hospitals.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below a ~ ~ l i etos .the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering,
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different.
Students planning to enter this program should complete higher algebra
and solid geometry in high school.
V
.
L
FRESHMAN
I Sem II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion 1, 2 ............... .2
2
English 1. 2 .-..-.......... . 3
3
Mathematics 13, 14 ........ .5
5
Mathematics 5, 6 ......... .S
3
Physics 5, 6
4
Physical Education 3, 4 .... ' 5
................
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr
Cr.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
Mathematics 51, 52
.5
Physics 52 .................
Physics 53
-3
Chemistry 15, IS .........
Social Science ... , .........3
....... -
.................
2
5
3
.+
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. II Sem.
C
r.
--.
.2
Religion .................
English 1, 2 .............. .a
Chemistry 5, 6 ............. 4
Mathematics 13, 14
.5
Electives .................. .3
.......
SOPHOMORE
I Sem. II Sem.
Cr.
Religion ...................
Zoology
Chemistry 52, 81
Physics 5, 6 ...............
Electives
.2
....................
............ 44
Cr.
2
4
.4
.................. .a
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools, but
it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical
school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
FRESHMAN
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
.2
Religion 1, 2
3
English 1. 2 ............... . 3
#emIsm 15. 16 .......... .4
Mathema:{IS. 14 ........ .5
Physical Education 3, 4 ....%
History or Social Science . . 3
............
JUNIOR
SOPHOMORE
C*.
-
Cr.
2
4
.........
SENIOR
I S e n . II Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
Religion ....................
3
Social Science or Historv . . 3
German ....................3
Chemistry 61, 78 .......... . 4
Physics 5, 6 ...............4
Literature or Philosophy .. .3
r Sem. rr Scm.
Religion 3, 4 ............. . 2
German ....................Q
Biology 13, 14 ............ .4
Psychology ................ .Chemistry 53, 54
.4
Speech 11 .......-........ . . 2
I s m . 11 Sem.
cr.
Religion ................... . 3
Social Science .............
Fine Arts ................. .Genetics ................... . 4
Electives .................. - 9
-
Cr.
Curriculums / 93
SECRETARIAL WORK
The f i x ~ t pear of the following program p o v i d ~preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. ?I student ~ h has
o had simila~cowses in high
school may he admitted to adrancerl c l a s s on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline: of h e requirements for teaching
bu9ine.s subjects in high school appears m d e ~Secretarial S t n d i ~ .
FIRST YXAR
I Sem. I1 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ................... .3
Freshman Enalish ........ 3
3
Elementary ~fpewriting . . I
Intermediate Typewriting ..2
Introduction to Business . . 3
Office Machines ........... *2
Elementary Shorthand ... - 3
3
Physical Education . . . . . . . .'4
I42
Electives ................... 5
5
SECOND YEAR
I Sem. 11 Sem.
Cr.
Cr.
2
Religion ...................-2
2
Speech ..................... .Advanced Typewriting
-2
2
Advanced Shorthand ..... .2
3
Principles of Accounting ...3
3
Secretarial Practice ........
Psychology ................ .3
5
Electives .................... 5
...
-
Founded in 1869, Augsburg has served in the fieH of Christian higher
education for over 90 years, now having nearly 5,000 persons on the
Alumni Associatwn roster. Included are leaders and responsible citizens
in. aU walks of life and in all parts of the world.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
INTRODUCTORY
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practicai training. In harmony with he-Principles of
the Luheran Free Church it a i m s to stress particdarly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to tlre ideal of building Lutheran
congregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultit-nted and
nurtured under t h e authority of the W o ~ dand the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
APPLICATION
FOR ADMISSION to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following :
P. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminarp, including a personal ~taternentby the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal con~iciions,and church m e d e ~ h i p .
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
THE NORMAL REQUIREMENT for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2.
years
P h i l o s ~ ~...h...~.................................................1 year
Germs, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
2 years
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
Augsburg Theological Seminary / 9 5
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
IN
ORDER THAT S ~ E N T Smap derive the greatest p o s d l e advantage
from their theoiogical studies, it is recommended that h e i r college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
minor and, in ar!di~n to (fie sabjccts i n a ' i c d above, include as
many as possible of the folIowing:
English
Speech
Psycholog
..History -.-....LL-----.L---.
Youth Work
Natural Science -.
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
Education
..
Typewriting
1
.
-
.-1
-
2 years
1 year
year
2 years
1 semester
1 year
1 year
year
When possible, it is recommended that elementary Hebrew
be taken in the senior year of college.
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
S ~ E N TARE
S ADMITTED to the Seminet7; with the understanding that
thdr studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. h i 7 arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another se&nav mnst have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Aupburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
SEMINARY
STUDENTS pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of forty dollars ($40.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in colIege or seminary housing receive a special grant to cover
the cost of roam ~ent.The cost of board k the same as for the College
students. See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50
is papabk a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A STDDENT IS EKPECTEII to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences map be excused by the Dean, Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
96
/ Augshrg
Theological Seminary
EMPLOYMENT
THEWORK in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A CONDITION or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first six weeks of classes of the following
semester or within a year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the
condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete will be
recorded as a passing grade only if the average of previous work is
sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
IN ADDITION to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and c m clusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amou,nt of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
ALL SEMINARY STUDENTS are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen
a deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel senrice.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
Augsbxrg Theo?ogical Seminary
/ 97
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATIORr AND DEGREES
THE SEMINARY COURSE consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and .Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty Committee on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate i n Theology is conferred upon the stndents
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 (C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites far a h i s i o n to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
Courses of Study'
THEOLOGICAL ORIENTATION COURSE
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE
OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
origin of the Biblical writings.
z Cr.
OLD TESTAMENT
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREWFOR BEGINNERS.
with the reading of selected passages from the historical books of the Old
Testament. (Offered 1960-61.)
6 Cr.
11. THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books of the Bible, and a careful exegetical study of selections from the
Pentateuch. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
12.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered 1961-62.)
13. THE PROPHETISAIAH.A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the plitical and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. ( m e r e d 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
14. THE PROPHETJEREMIAH.A study of the ~olitical, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
PSALMSAND THE WISDOMLITERATURE.
Place of the Psalms in the worship
I .
of Israel and the church. Religious development in the post-exilic period. The
fundamental problems of life as posed in the wisdom literature. (Offered 196061.)
3 Cr.
"With the exception of the Theological Orientation Course, offered annually
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
Augsburg Tbeological Seminary / 99
16. OLD TESTAMENTTHEOLOGY.The major themes of the Old Testament
approached topically: God's nature, names and self-revelation in history. Covecant, election, people of God, nature of man. Sin and forgiveness, judgment
and salvation. Vorship, sacrifice, praise and prayer. (Offered 1960-61.) z Cr.
17, 18. HEBREWEXEGESIS.
A review of Hebrew grammar. Lectures on principles of exegesis. Application of exegetical method to selected passages of the
2, z Cr.
Old Testament. (Offered 1961-62.)
A study of archaeological discoveries
19. SEMINARI N BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The course consists of n number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations od assigned topics
and class discussion. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
I Cr.
NEW TESTAMENT
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two yean of Greek is a requirement for
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
22.
INTRODUCTION
m m E NEW T E S T ~ E N TA. survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The proceu by whiih these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 1962-63.)
23. THE GOSPEL OF MARK.Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selectbns from Luke, considered in the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry. (Offered 1962-63.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek text with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1961-62.)
zr. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and value, and relation to contemporary religious movements. Study of the Gospel in Greek and discussion of the themes
3 Cr.
which pervade the Gospel. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE APOSTOLICCHURCH.Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
roo / Augrburg Theological Seminary
01: PAUL. Survey of some approaches to
27. ASPECTSOF THE THEOLOGY
Paul and a study of some of the basic themes of his theology. Selected portions
of the Epistles examined in Greek. (Offered 1961-62.)
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATIONS
OF ROMANS.Exegesis of the Epistle in Greek; the
essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. Consideration of the Gospel as Paul
relates it to the problem of Israel and the Christian life. (Offered 1960-61.) 2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
OF THE REVELATION
OF JOHN. The course aims at a
30. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
2 Cr.
(Offered 1961-62.)
CHURCH HlSTORY
MR. SONNACK
40. THE EARLYCHURCH.The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (190). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
2 Cr.
with a brief survey of the Book of Acts. (Offered 1961-62.)
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES.A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
(Offered 1962-63.)
3 Cr.
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Caunter-Reformation. (Offered 1962-63.)
This course covers the period
43. THECHURCHAFTER THE R~FORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
AMERICANCHURCHHISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; demminationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr,
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-6.1.)
44.
45,46. THE HISTORYOF CHRISTIANDOCTRINE.A study of the development
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1961-62.) z, z Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study Of the consti47. THE LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
SYSTEMATIC THEOLOGY
MR. OLSON
OF THEOLOGY.
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLES
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
2 Cr.
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
52. SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered 1961-62.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOLOGY
of the Church; the Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
2 Cr.
1961-62.)
CHRISTIANETHICS.A study of the religious and ethical implications
~ 4 55.
,
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to ,the application of
Christian ethics to individual, group, and public life. ( m e r e d 1962-63.) 2, z Cr.
A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
56. SYMBOLICS.
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
AND RELIGIOUS
CULTS. A comparative study
SYMBOLICS
57. COMPARATIVE
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1962-63.)
58. THE THEOLOGICAL
ISSUESOF THE SIXTEENTHCENTURYPROTESTANT
REFORMATION.
The basic theological differences between Roman Catholicism
and historical Protestantism. The position of historical Protestantism with
regard to divergent theological doctrines is discussed, evaluated, and compared
with the corresponding position af the Roman Church as expounded primarily
in the dogmatic definitions issued during and after the Council of Trent.
(Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
102
/ A u g ~ h gTkological Seminary
PRACTlCAL THEOLOGY
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A.
Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course deals with the B i U
basis for the Christian ministry, the call and
of Ehe pastor, hia
public and private life, and the practical aspects of his wdrk in the church
today. ( W e r e d 1960-61.)
2 0.
61. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORAL
COUNSELING.A course dealing with the
dynamics underlying human behavior. various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attemprs to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
I Cr.
62. CLINICALPASTORAL
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is to provide an
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through. interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
63. THE CHRISTIANWORLDMISSION. The worldwide responsibility of the
Church. Missionary motives, methods and, aims. Rapid survey of mission history
and a study of the present missionary situation, with special attention given
2 Cr.
to the emerging national churches. (Offered 1961-62.)
6j. PRINCIPLESAND PRAC~ICE
OF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
z Cr.
The application of the principles of preaching to the out66. HOMILETICS.
lining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
2 Cr.
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
2 Cr.
are studied. Seniors.
C . Polity, Worship, und Parish W o r k
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; officers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
Augsburg T h ~ o l o g i c dSeminary / 103
CHURCH ADMINISTRKTION.
A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing efficiency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective office procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
71.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1962-63.) I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its relation
I Cr.
to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1962-63.)
HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered 196263.)
I Cr.
74.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
Studies in the application of basic
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCA.~ION.
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1962-63.)
2 Cr.
THE CHURCH
A N D SOCIETY.A study of the relation lbetween the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized
movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians, both the individual and the
Church, and the activities and agencies by which these duties may be fulfilled.
z Cr.
77.
Emphasis upon preparation
and practice in delivery of
sermons is included in the
homilectics course for Seminary Middlers.
Personnel
THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Oficers of the Board
THE REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
.
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice-president
MR. R. F. PAUTZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary
.
MR. R. E. MYHRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Treasurer
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
MR. PHILIP C. HELLAND,
Willmar, Minnesota
Superintendent of Schools, Willmar, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,Marinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, O u r Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Term Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG, Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Church
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Insurance
Term Expires in 1963
The REV. L. 0. GJERDE, Minneafiolis, Minnesota
Executive Director, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota
A. JOHNSON, Minneapolis, Minnesota
MR. HERBERT
Investors Syndicate Life and Annuity Company
Term Expires in 1964
The REV. ERLINGTUNGSETH,St. Paul, Minnesota
Pastor, Roseville Lutheran Church
MR. GEORGES. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, University of Minnesota
Personnel / r 05
MR.
JEROME FORMO,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Research, Minneapolis-Honeywell Regulator Company
ddvisory Mern bers
The REV. DR. JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg. College and Theological Seminary
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . .
,
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Presided
NORMANL. NIELSEN . . . . . . . . . ..Vice President in charge of Development
MARTIN QUANBECK. . . . . . . , . . . . . . .
PAUL G. SONNACK. .
,
. . . . . . . . . . Dean of the College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean
of the Theological Seminary
BURTONP. FOSSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Business Manager
PETER ARMACOST. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Dean of Students
GERDAMORTENSEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
MILDREDJOEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
MELVIN A. HELLAND
.........-
.Secretary of the Theological Faculty
Acting Dean of the Seminary, 1958-60
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Librarian
.
CARL R. HAMMARBERG
. . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Placement and Testing
FRIEDELVINDMANN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Treasurer
S. V . HJELMELAND
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Director of Development
HAROLDKAMBAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
A. B. BATALDEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Alumni Relatias;
Manager of Musical Organizations
IRVING
HOEL . . . . . . . .Purchasing Agent; Szrpervisor of Buildings and Grounds
RICHARDL. BERG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
MRS. MARYRETA KARJA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Director of Food Services
BJARNE LANDA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . C u ~ a t oof~ the Museum
IVER B. OLSON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Archivist
DONOVANLUNDEEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Admissions
BETTY LUNDGREN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Assistant Registrar
KARLIS ( ~ O L I N S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Associate Librarian
MARCELLUSJOHNSON
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Admissions Counselor
ADAIINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofice Staff: Office of the President and Dean-June Nelson and Mrs. Gertrud
Stechmann; Business Ofice-Lois
Medin, Lilly Gerhard, Mrs. Randi Oen, and
Irene Leland; Ofice of Registrar-Borghild
Estness, Tena Mehus, and Mrs.
Alice Panttila; Development, Public Relations and Admissions-Mrs.
Ruth
Hammarberg, Violet Myers, Mrs. Dorothy Bailey, Mrs. Irene Brown, and
Adamarie Oaks; Personnel, Placement, and Employment-Marilyn
Petersen
and Mrs. Shirley Knox; Library-Mrs.
Naomi Sorkness and Mrs. Erna Staub;
Printing and Mailing-Valborg
Bosmoe, Lillian Peterson, and Grace Fifield;
Receptionist-Mildred
Nelson.
Resident Cozmselors in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Gordon Grimm; Gerda
Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Elaine Green; Campus House, Mr. and
Mrs. James Glasoe.
Sujervisw of Hossekeeping: Olga Hermunslie; Manager of Grill, Arthur C.
Engen.
MEDICAL STAFF
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Alice Swensen, R.N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY - 1959-1960
Administration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Helland, Fosse, Armacost, Nielsen.
Educational Policies: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Kash, Thorson, Miss Segolson,
Miss Joel, P. Quanbeck, E. Anderson, R. E. Anderson, Chrislock, Hanwick.
Library: Olson, Agre, Preus, Gisselquist, Miss Tangjerd, Ozolins.
Admissions and Student Standing: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, Sateren, Colacci,
Holum.
Student Personnel: Armacost, Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Nash, Miss Joel.
Athletics: Soberg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Mickelberg.
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Stenstrom, Pearson, M i s Sonsteng.
Irrstitutional Stdies: R. Anderson, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Thut, Miss Pedemn.
Convocrrtions: Urdahl, Batalden, Torstenson, Mrs. Nicholl. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student Activities: Armacost, Miss Mortensen, Nielsen, Savold, Miss Lund. (Student members also included in this committee.)
R-eligiow Life: P. Quanbeck, Miss Cole, Tollefson. (Student members also included in this committee.)
Teacher Education: Sateren, Johnson, Thorson, Agre.
Student Conduct: Chrislock, Mrs. K. Peterson, Nelson, Swenson.
Faculty Personnel Policies: Torstenson, Fosse, Hemmingson, Urdahl, Holum.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 19t r ; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25 ;
Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, Giittmgen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. A t Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVIN A. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testamenf
A.B., Augsburg College, 19 I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
19t I -3 8 ; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. A t Augsburg since 1941.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B,. Th.B., Assisiant Professor of Old Testament
A.B., Luther College, 1947; Th.B., Luther Seminary, 1952; Additional
Study, University of Chic'ago. A t Augsburg since 1959.
IVERB. OLSON,A.M., S.T.D., Professor of Systematic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945; S.T.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
University of Minnesota, I 945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. A t Augsburg since 1945.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Associate Professor of New Testament and
Religion; College Chaplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 19 5 I ; Th.M.,
Princeton Theological Seminary, 1954; Th.D., 1957. Pascoral work, 195 15 3. Teaching Fellow, Princeton Theological Seminary, I 9 54- 57. At Augsburg since 1957.
PAUL G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Professor of Church History and Religion
(on leave).
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional Study: University of Chicago. Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. A t Augsburg since 1949.
MARIOCOLACCI,Th.D., D.Litt., Lecturer in Hebrew and Theology, 1958-60.
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see College Faculty
listing.
Io8
/ Personnel
DORRISFLESNER,Ph.D., Lecturer in Church History
A.B., Carthage College, 1936; B.D., Hamma Divinity School, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wartburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., University of Chicago, 195 3 ;
Ph.D., Hartford Seminary, 1956. Professor of Church History, Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, 1957.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton Theological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954. Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1 9 5 5 ~ At
. A u g k g since
'955.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
COURTLAND
L AGRE,Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.Ch.E., University of Minnesota, 1934; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1937; Research Ohemist, 1937-40; U. S. Army, 1940-41; Research
Chemist, 1941-46; Teaching, St. Olaf College, 1946-58; Univ. of California, Berkeley, Visiting Professor, National Science Foundation Fellowship, 1958-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
L n a MAE ANDEREGG,
M.A., Instructor in Education
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1945; M.A., Northwestern University, 1947.
Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago, California; Teaching and Counselling, High Schools, 1945-46, 195 1-5 3; Teaching, E. Washington College,
1948-49; University of Minnesota, 1950-51; Oakland Junior College, 195456; San Francisco State College, 1957-58; St. Olaf College, 1958-59. At
Augsburg since 1959.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., instructor in Philosophy
A.B., encordia College, 1951; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1956;
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Copenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College, 1956.
At Augsburg since 1956. (On leave 1958-60).
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed.,
Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basbtball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41. U.S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1959. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U.S. Navy,
1946. At Augsburg since 1949.
Personnel / 109
A.B., Dean of Students
PETERH. ARMACOST,
A.B., Denison University, 1957. Additional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching Assistant at University of Minnesota. A t Augsburg since
1959.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, lnstructm in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
~ 9 3 1 ;M. SOC. Work, University of W e w r a , I g S r . Teaching: Mission
House College, Plpmourh, Wis., 1934-38: ELmhurst College. 1938-42; Lakeside S c b d for h y s , Seattle, Wmh., 1942-44. Assistant Execurive Secretary,
Director d k i d Work Services, Laheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg since 1954.
LRL
H. BREVIK,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Concordia College 19 5 I ; B.Tl., Luther Theological Seminary, 1954.
Additional Study: Syracuse University. Teaching: Concordia College, 195456. Associate Pastor, Central Lutheran Church, 1956-. A t Augsburg since
1959.
CARLCHRISLOCK,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 195 y. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48; Augustana College, Sioux Falls, S.D., 1948-51. At Augsburg
since 1952.
GRACIACHRISTENSEN,
A.M., instructor in English
A.B., Hunter College, I 9 32: A.M., Radcliffe College,
Study: University of Chicago.
I 93 1.
Additional
Th.D., D.Litt., Profexsor of New Testament Greek and Latin
MARIOCOLACCI,
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1931-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campbasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsburg since 1952.
AUENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
I 936-5 6. At Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U.S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. At Augsburg
since 1941.
I Io
/ Personnel
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., Instructor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: A r t Institute af
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-19;
Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21;
Luther College, 1922-23;Minneapolis A r t Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, I926-5 3. At Augsburg since I95 5.
JACK
FISHER, S.M.M., I n s t r z ~ t o rin Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946;S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948. A t Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949.U. S. Army, 1943-46.
Industrial Engineering work, I 949-5 3. A t Augsburg since I9y 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Insfrumental Specialist (Brass Instruments)
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934;A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolphus College, I 948- 5 2. A t Augsburg since I954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instr~~cbor
in,History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Teaching: Bethel College, I954-56. A t Augsburg since 1956.
W~LMM
H. HALVERSON,
Th.M., A.M., Assistant Professor of Philosophy and
Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 195 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1955 ; Th.M., Princeton Theological Seminary, 1957; A.M., P+ceton
University, 1959. Teaching: Princeton Theological Seminary 1917-59.A t
Augsburg 1955-56and since 1959.
ANNA M. HALVORSON,A.B., A.M.B., Assistant Professor of B&ss
Administration
A.B., Jarnestown College, I 933 ; A.M.B., University of Denver, 195 I.
Teaching: High Schools, 1934-5
2 ; Muskingum College, 195 3-56;Illinois
College, 1956-59.A t Augsburg since 1959.
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.M., Assistant
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College,
1948.Additional study: Minnesota.
Kan., 1948-53.A t Augsburg since
Professor of Psychology
1932;A.M., University of Minnesota,
Teaching: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
1953.
Personnel /
III
THEODORE
J. HANWICK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1 9 3 3; KS.,Polytechnic Instirute of B w k l g n , iy17; Ph.D., hTew York University, r y p . Teaching:
Polytechnic Inseinrre of Brmklpn, 1937-3 8 ; New York University, 193842; tT. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46; Rutgem University, r946-~6.Ar
Augsburg since 1976.
MAURINEM. C. HANSEN,A.M., Instructor in Home Economics a d Sociology
A.B., Rice Institute, 1920; A.M., University of Colorado, 1938. Additional study: Texas, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1920-21, 193443, Lamar College, 1943-48, University of Minnesota, 1949-, Hamline University, 1949-58. At Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
RUBENG. HAUGEN,M.M., Instructor in \Voodwinds
B.M., MacPhail S c h d of Music, i 9 p ; M*M., MacPhail S c h l of Music,
I 9 5 I. Additional Study, Univcrsiq of Kyoto, Japan. Teaching: Minneapolis Junior Academy, rg yo-y z; B e c k Miitxry Academy, r g ~ r - g7; MacPhail
School of Music since 1950. At Augsbarg since l y f g .
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A. ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Ennromics and Business
Administrotion
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A.M., University of Nebraska, 1957. Additiona!
Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching University of Nebraska, 199657. At Augsburg since 1957.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Cbmistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 910-5 z; University of Maryland,
1956; Pacific Lutheran College, 1858-59. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At
Augsburg 1957-58 and since 1959.
IRENEKHW KHIN JENSEN, Ph.D., Instructor in Histmy and Political Science
A.B., Rangoon University, Burma, 1949; A.M., Bucknell University, 1951;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1956. Teaching: Rangoon University,
Burma, 1949-70. At Augsburg 1955-56 and since 1959.
MILDREDV.
JOEL,
A.M., Registrar, with rank of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Additional Study: Saskatchewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High
School, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
I I2
/ Personnel
EJNAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 19 50.
Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway, and University of Washington. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RODGERSTEEN JORDAHL,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
HAROLDM. KAMBAK,B.A., Instructor in Journalism and Director of Public
Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1959. Additional Study: University of Minnesota;
American Academy of Art; Graphic Arts Institute of Illinois. Director of
Public Relations, Augustana College, 195 6-5 8. At Augsburg since 195 8.
KARLLN,
ROBERT
B.M., A.M., Instructor in Music
B.M., New England Conservatory, 1910; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1959. Additional Study: Berkshire 'Music Center, Salzburg, Austria; Conservatoire Nationale, Paris, Nadia Boulanger. Teaching: Public Schools,
1950-13 ; St. Agatha's Conservatory, 1958-19; University of Minnesota,
1957-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., I n ~ t r u c t o rin Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Private practice, 1939-42; O&cer, U.S. Navy, 1942-46. At Augsburg since 1955.
MIMI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spanish
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Island, N.Y., 1941-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N.Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 19223 5; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg 1937-46 and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Professor of Germanic Langwrges
AB., Voss
S t a t e Callege, Norway, 1925: A.B., University of Southern California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph;D., University of Minnesota, 1952. Teaching:
High Schhoot, rg30-3 r ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk University,
1945-47. U. S. Ofice of Censorship, I 942-.+$. A t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I3
CARL W. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern College, 1950-59.
A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University o;f Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1954-56. At Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B., Instructor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDES. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of Secretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg
Teaching: High
Morris, 1945-47;
49. A t Augsburg
College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1951.
School, 1943-45; West Central School of Agriculture,
Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 1948since 1950.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
F. C. MORTENSEN,Ph.D., Lecturer in Chemistry
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1914; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1926. Teaching:
Westminster College, Coe College, Pan American College, Macalester College. U. S. Army, nineteen years (retired with rank of Colonel). At
Augsburg since I 9 59.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean of Women with rank of Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 923 ; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;
Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-3 5. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH,Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U.S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON, M.Ed., Associate Professor of Physical Education and Coach
of Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg since
1946.
I I4
/ Personnel
CATHERINE
NICHOLL,A.M., Instrzrctor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-51; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Augsburg since 1957.
NORMANL. NIELSEN,A.B., B.Th., Vire President in Charge of Development
A.B., Augsburg College, 1944; B.Th., Luther Seminary, 1947. Additional
Study: Boston University. Pastor: Minot, N. D.; Minneapolis, Minn. A t
Augsburg since I 95 8.
IVER B. OLSON,M.A., S.T.D., Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
SULAMITOZOLINS,Cand. Phil., Instructor in French
Cand. Phil., University of Marburg, Germany, 1948
KARLISOZOLINS,B.A., Th.B., Assoriate Librarian with rank of Assistant Prof essw
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 7 I ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
195 2. Additional Study: University of Marburg, Germany; University of
Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 195 5.
HOWARD
E. PEARSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1977. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Professor o f English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Minnesota, Columbia, Pennsylvania. Teaching: High School,
1945-46; San Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t
Augsburg 1932-44 and since 1946.
KATHERINEPETERSON,M.S., Assistant Professm of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; MS., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-76. A t Augsburg since 1956.
LAVONNE PETERSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Edtccation f o 7
Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 195 3. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
Personnel /
II5
OVE J. H. PREUS,Ph.D., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., L&er College, 1 9 4 8 ; A,M., Unimrsiry of kliiinnesota, 1918;Ph.D.,
,958. Additional Study: University of MonrpeIIier, Frmcc, 1949-50;
University of Edinburgh, Scotland, 1 9 5 0 - T I ; Shakespeue Institute, Srratford, England, 1950. Teaching: Luther a l l e g e , r g ~ r - 1 2 ;St. Olnf Collcgc,
I ~ J Z - T ~A
. t Augsburg since 1 9 5 8 .
MARTINQUANBECK,
Ph.D., Professor of Education and Deun of the College
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933 ; Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantorville, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. At Augsburg since 1938.
PHILIP A. QUANBECK,
Th.D., Associate Professor of Religion; College Cha@lain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ROBERTT. SANDIN,B.D., Ph.D., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Bethel College, 1949;B.D., Bethel Theological Seminary, 1974;A.M.,
University of Minnesota, 195 6; J?h.D., University of Minnesota, 195 9.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, I 95 6-58; Northwestern College, 19 5 8-.
At Augsburg since 1958.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of Music
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Teaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, Civilian Public
Service, 1944-46. At Augsburg 1941-43and since 1946.
A. MAYOSAVOLD,
A.B., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Additional study: North Dakota, Minnesota.
Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and Training School, Maddock, N.D.,
1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools, 1941-42and 1946-48.U. S. Armed
Forces I 942-45; Glenwood Public Schools, I 948- 5 2. At Augsburg since
R u m SEGOLSON,
M.S., Professor of Hmne Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1927; M.S., 1938. Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;University of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, summer 1936. At
Augsburg since I 944.
GEORGESOBERG,
A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
I I6
/ Personnel
R u m SONSTENG,A.B., Instructor in Home Economics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 1955-56;Graduate Assistant, University
of Minnesota, 1956-57.At Augsburg since 1957.
ROBERTC. STENSTROM,
M.A., Instructor in Physics and Mathematics
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1957; A.M., University of South
Dakota, 1958. Teaching: University of South Dakota, 1956-58. At Augsburg since 195 8.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,
Th.B., Ph.D., Lecturer in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 1951;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955; Ph.D., 1960. Additional
study: Minnesota. Pastor: Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47.A.t Augsburg since
(Xu H.
SWENSON,A.M., Assirtant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49,1950-5I. Probation
Oflice, Hennepin County, 195 I-. At Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,A.M., Associatg Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920;B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944.Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, I 922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36.Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. At
Augsburg since 1940.
P H ~ I PJ. THOMPSON,B.A., M.F.A., Instructor in Art
A.B., Concordia College, I 9 5 5 ; F.A.M., State University of Iowa, 195 8.
Teaching: State University of Iowa, 1957-58;Kokorno Extension of Indiana University, 195 8-59. At Augsburg since 1959.
GERALDH. THORSON,Ph.D., Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 19f7.U. S. Army, 1943-46.Teaching: Wagner
College, 195I.A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929;M.Mus., I 936. Additional study: Minnesota, Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27;American Conservatory of Music, 193 I44; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47.Y W A War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46.A.t Augsburg since 1947.
Personnel /
I I7
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota, Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti, Robyn hTormal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
State College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Ph.D., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; A..M., University of Minnesota, 1940; Ph.D.,
1959. Additional study: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public
Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 194 5 -47. A t Augsburg 193842 and since 1947.
ADELEF. TURRITTIN,
B.A., M.A., lnstructor in German
A.B., University of Wisconsin, 1931; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950.
Teaching: Minneapolis High Schools, I 9 5 3-5 8; University of Minnesota,
1947-49. A t Augsburg since 1958.
B.A., M.Th., lnstrtlrtor in Religion
HAROLDTOLLEFSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1953 ; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary, 195 5. Additional Study:
University of Heidelberg Pastoral work: Coon Rapids, Minn. At Augsburg
since 1959.
HELENULVESTAD,
B.A., Instructor in Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1931. Additional Study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Jackson, Minnesota High School, Minneapolis Schools. At Augsburg since 1959.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor of Biology
A.B., Concordia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-55. Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 1935-41. At Augsburg since 1943.
P. A. SVEEGGEN,
A.M., Professor Emeritus of English
(Deceased, October 29, 1959)
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional Study: Minnesota, Chicago. Teaching: University of Minnesota, 1908-10; Ellsworth
College, 1913-15. A t Augsburg 1915-19gz.
MANIVALD
ALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
(Deceased, November I , 19 5 8)
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42. At Augsburg 1949-58.
I I8
/ Personnel
ALICE LINDGREN,B.A., Graduate Assistant in Biology
A.B., Augsburg, 1958. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-.
OLIVERG. BERGH,B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1948;B.Th., Augdburg Seminary, 195 I. Additional
Study: Tokyo School of the Japanese Language and Culture, Luther Seminary. Teaching: Tokai Lutheran Bible Institute, 1956-57. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ROBERTH. BOYD,M.Th., Ph.D., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59;Profe~sor
of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
GLENN CARLSEN,B.A., B.Th., lnstructo~in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953;B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1956. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
WILLIAMM. CHASE,B.S., M.S., In~tructorin Business Administration
S.B., Montana State College, 1953; S.M., Montana State College, 1957.
Additional Study: Iowa State College. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
DENNISJ. GRUNDMAN,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B.B., University of Minnesota, 1958.A t Augsburg 1958-59.
LYLE C. HALL,A.B., Instructor in Chemistry
A.B., Luther College, 1956. Additional Study: State University of Iowa,
University of Minnesota. At Augsburg, I 95 8 - 5 9.
JOHN V. HALVORSON,
C.T., B.Th., M.A., Lecturer in Old Testament, 1958-59.
Professor of Old Testament, Luther Theological Seminary.
JOHN H. KRUGER,B.Min.E., M.A., lnstructor in Business Administration
B.Min.E., University of Minnesota, 1955; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1958. A t Augsburg, 1958-59.
WALTERC. LARSON,B.A., M.A., Assistant Professor of Psychology and Education
A.B., Concordia College, 1950; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957.
Additional Study: Chicago. At Augsburg I 958-59.
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951.Additional Study: Minnesota. At
Augsburg 1955-y6,1958-59.
Personnel / I 19
GWENDOLYNMAYO,B.A., Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Vassar College, 1954; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958. Teaching
Assistant: University of Minnesota, 19 54-56. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
ZETTA OSWALD,B.S., Instructor in Anatomy
S.B., University of Alberta, Canada, 1949. Additional Study: Minnesota.
Teaching: Royal Alexander Hospital, Edmonton, Alberta; St. Michael's
Hospital, Lethbridge, Canada. A t Augsburg 195 5-56, 1958-59.
MARYBELLE
RILEY, B.A., Instructor in Speech
A.B., Wheaton College, 1955. Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg
1958-59.
ESTHERE. REINECKE,B.S., B.L.S., Instr~rctorin Library Science
B.S., Northern State Teachers College, 1938; B.L.S., University of Denver,
1946. Additional Study: Colorado State College. At Augsburg 1958-59.
PAULETTEROBETORYE,B.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Augsburg, 1954. Additional Study: Minnesota. At Augsburg 1958-59.
DONALDSHAMBLIN,B.A., M.A., Instructor in Spanish
A.B., Marshall College, 1952; A.M., University of New Mexico, 1957.
Additional Study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
SHELDONL. TORGERSON,
B.A., B.Th., Instructor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1949; B.Th., Augsburg Seminary, 1952; Dip.Sup.,
Alliance Francaise, I 9 5 3. Teaching: Manasoa Private School, Madagascar,
1954-58. A t Augsburg 1958-59.
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Colummbia, 1940. Additional
study: Harvard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. U. S. Amy Air Force, 1942-46.
Staff, Education and Training OBicer, V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, University of Minnesota, 1948-50 and
1953-55. A t Augsburg 1950-59.
ROBERTE. WRIGHT, B.A., LL.B., Instructor in Business Administration
A.B., Concordia College, 1951; LL.B., Valparaiso University, 1957. A t
Augsburg 1958-59.
Graduates
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1958
WITH THE
Almquist,
Anderson,
Anderson,
Anderson,
DEGREE OF
BACHELC
IR
.........
.......
James Arnold
.Spicer
Charles Harvey ..Minneapolis
Eugene M.
.Minneapolis
Marilyn Jeanne . . . ..Menahga
Bagley, Robert Lynn ............Gatzke
Bark, Paul Arhur ..........Hudson, Wis.
Beaman, Roger E. .......... .Minneapolis
Belkholm, Gudwren Ellingson
Minneapolis
b w r ~Vsmon R. ........... Clarkfield
Berg. Jack R. ............. . M i n n w Z b
Berge. Gerald P.
.Minneapolis
Bergex. UVonne Cynthia Veblen. S. Duk,
Bergtnm. R o w G.
..WinneupolLs
Bloomquist, Daniel Rudolph
San Francisco, Calif.
Boe, Ronald L. ............. ..Minneapolis
Boyum, Joyce Gertrude ... .Minneapolis
.Wyoming
Bullock, Richard W.
Bullock, Robert L. ...........Minneapolis
..........
......
........
........
Minneapolis
Carlson. Roger Alvin
.Nopeming
Cherne, John Edward
Christenson, Erwin William
Portefield, Wis.
.......
Danielson, Harland Peter . .Cadott, Wis.
Davidson. Glenn 0 . ..Charles City, Iowa
Dodds, Donald Jack
.Minneapolis
Eichstadt, Harlen Emin .... .Lamberton
Elias, LeRoi Thomas ...... .Minneapolis
Erickson. Dennis H. .............. W S
Erickson, Lynn Edwin Fairdale, N. Dak.
Evavold, Dale Edward .......... .Ashby
........
Flak, Lorents J. ............Minneapolis
Fleming, Micheal Hudson ......St. Paul
Fristedt, Conrad E. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
OF
ARTS
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Betty J. ..........Minneapolis
C. Leroy ..........Minneapolis
Gwendolyn Syble ...... Mentor
Joy Lee Hutzell .. .Minneapolis
Wayne Charles
St. Paul
........
Kemmer. Grace Eileen Williston, N. Dak.
............Minneapolis
............Minneapolis
Lindell, Alice M.
Lindell, John L.
Lundquist, Elyce Ellen
..........Buffalo
Mackey, Lois R. ...........Mfnnmpolfa
Matala, Jon W. .............Minneupolfa
Miskowiec, John Jr.
.JTinn@apo?is
Myrvik, Donald A. ........ . M i n ~ ~ ~ p o l L ?
......
Nelson, Elaine Mae ..Blanchardville, Wis.
Niederloh. Janet M.
Chetek, Wis.
.......
Oakvik, Gerlald Charles ....Minneapolis
Ohlin, Paul Irving .......... Minneapolis
Ollila, Junia Lois ....Lake Worth, Fla.
Olson, Landis Jay ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. ...........Minneapolis
Olson, Patricia Ann Blanchardville, Wis.
Olson, Phyllis Knudson .... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard Carl
Minneapolis
Olson, Roger A. .......... .Minneapolis
Osberg, Lorraine Phyllis ..Minneapolis
........
Pearson, Lucille Evelyn ... .Minneapolis
Petersen, Alan Helvig ..... .Minneapolis
Peterson,
Jerome F. ........ .Stanchfield
~
Radebach, Marshall D. ......Minneapolis
Reesnes, Alfred B. Jr. ... .Minneapolis
Rystad. Dennis 0. L. ...... .Minneapolis
Saure, Mabeth Louise ......Fergus Falls
Schmidt, Earl Amandus ....Crystal Bay
Schnebaum. William ..... .Minneapolis
Gllmme. Hugh
Mfnnea?wI%
Schulz. Davlci W.
.Minneapolis
Golie, Byron h'& ......... SacTerI Heurt Sideen. Wedey Thomas ...... .St. Paul
G r t q . Bonita Mad
IZemderaan
Stme. Ronald J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Grmdmen. George Jon . B m k l y x . N.Y.
Stenberg. Thomas Alfred, Jr.
Gustafson, Raymond G. .. ...St. EIiletre
Minneauolis
Stiles, Joanne Darlene ....Circle, Mont.
Hagen. E. James ...........MtaneUpoIis
Studlien, LaVone Carolyn . .Minneapolis
Hagen. Kenneth George ... .Minnwpulk
Sylvester, Ione Lenore ....... .Starbuck
Hanson, Jacqolyn Lorraine
Duluth
Sylvester, Lucille Johnson . .Minneapolis
Harrington, Wayne Ervin .. .MinnenpIia
Harris, David Owen ..... Granite Falls
Thompson, Norman Ephriam
Heide, Darla Kjelstrom ....Minneapolis
Leonard, N. Dak.
Heide, Philip W. ............ Minneapolis
Tornquist, Lowell A. ...... .Minneapolis
Hellzen, Carl LeRoy ......... .Minneapolis
Turner, Gary E. ............Minneapolis
Hofstad, Lois V. .. .Glenwood City, Wis.
Wahlberg, Arden G. ........Minneapolis
Holman, Harvey L. ........Minneapolis
Wamik, Arnold H. ...........Minneapolis
Hovland, Anna Jane
Mora
Welch, Robert M.
.Minneapolis
West, William Lemore .........Clarkfield
Johnson, Arthur Neil .......Minneapolis
..............
...........
.........
......
.............
.........
.
Graduates /
1 2I
AUGSBURG COLLEGE, 1959
W
I
THE
~
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF ARTS
Aaskov, June A. Cumberland Center, Me.
Allen, Lois L. ....................St. Paul
Almquist, Paul Hempel ..........Spicer
Andersen, Janet Louise ......Markville
Andersen. Sara Jane
Robbinsdale
Anderson, LeAnn Karen ..Walnut Grove
Anderson, Warren L. ......Minneapolis
......
.....
.Lamberton
Batalden, Charlotte D.
Benson, Norman V. ....... .Minneapolis
Berg, Ann Louise ..... .Porterfield, Wis.
Wanmka
Berg, John Allen
Berg, Lawrence J. ..........Minneapolis
Berg, Norman R. ..........Robbinsdale
.Lakefield
Berkness, Vernon Orville
Birkeland, Birgit Elizabeth
Northpod, N.Y.
Lamberton
Burreson, Dennis Basil
Byhre, Mary H.
.Minneapolis
............
....
......
.............
Carlson, Jerry D. ........... .Minneapolis
Casperson. Carl Christian .Minneapolis
Christensen, Paul James
"Stewart
Cooke, Janet Sylvia Spring Valley, Wis.
.
.....
Doren, Mary Mathilda
..........St.
Eldridge, Patricia Darlene
Fall, Ronald David
Fering, Charles A.
Paul
........Shafer
..............
Ivanhoe
Lambe~ton
...........
Gibson, Dennis F. ...............Lamberton
Grahn, Dale E.
.Minneapolis
Grahn, Theodore S. .........Minneapolis
Grant, Gaylord 0.
..Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Green, Richard Reginald
Grill. Keith E.
.Caruthers. Calif.
Grupp, Delores M. .....LaCrosse, Wis.
Gustafson, Robert Hugo .....Minneapolis
...........
........
..
.......
Haack, Milton Gustav ........Plainview
Hagestuen. Donald John ......Starbuck
Hanson, James A. .........Minneapolis
Hawks, Franklin D.
Willmar
Heggem. Kenneth Clark
.Minneapolis
Heinonen, Margery Marie ..Minneapolis
Hemingway, G. Jerome
.Minneapolis
Hill, Rodney Elmer
Cokato
.Spring Vallql, Wis.
Hojem, Ruth E.
Horn, James K. ...........Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Home, Harry James
Hulbert, Elsbeth M.
New York, N.Y.
...
............
...
...
............
.......
....
Jacobson,
Johnson,
Johnson.
Johnson,
Ronald Keith Marquette, Mich.
Corrine Joann ......Northf eld
Merton H. ...... .Minneapolis
.Savage
William Douglas
.....
Johnson, William F. ..Ryderwood, Wash.
Jorenby, Donald E. Blanchardville. Wis.
Juliot, Norman L. ........ .Minneapolis
Junkermeier, Larry K. ...........Spicm
.......
Kambak, Harold M.
.Minneapolis
Kim, Ock Hyung
.
- .......... Seoul. Korea
Kopka. Heinrich
Pine River
Kopp, Wilbur E.
.Minneapolis
Kvamme, Ardella E.
.Minneapolis
.............
.........
.....
Lake, Curtis M. .......... .Minneapolis
Lange. Gary D. ............Minneapolis
Lauen, LeRoy A. ............ .Minneapolis
Lindgren, Gordon Edward ......Anoka
Loftness, Lawrence D. .......Minneapolis
Lundahl, Margaret (Peggy) A.
Minneapolis
Lundeen, Walter W. ..........Annandale
Lyngdal, John Walter
.Duluth
...........
Manske, Myrtle J. ....... .Minneapolis
Martinsen. John Phillip
Menominie, Mich.
Martinson, Bonnie Jane ....Minneapolis
Matheson, Donald W.
.Minneapolis
Menken, Ruth E. ...............Litchjield
Miskowiec, Ronald G. .... .Minneapolis
Moen. Thomas Harold
.Minneapolis
Moritz, Robert D. ....Esthmille, Iowa
......
....
Neilsen, Harold Fredrich ..Minneapolis
Nelson, Hubert J. .........Minneapolis
Nelson, James Allen ........... .Dawson
Nelson, James John .......Minneapolis
Nordine, Shirley M. ........Minneapolis
Newquist, Reidun Hartmark Minneapolis
Nystuen, Joseph Philip ......Northfield
....
Olsen, Willard L.
Watertown, S.D.
Olson, Donald C.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Douglas 0.
.Minneapolis
Olson, Lee B. ........... .Cannon Falls
Overby, Richard N. ............Mound
.........
.........
Palo, Hildegarde Hokanson ..Minneapolis
Palo. Rudolph L. ..........Minneapolis
Pearson, Vivian K. Skor
.Minneapolis
Peterson, Eugene S.
.Jackson
Peterson, Gerald Simon ... .Minneapolis
Peterson, Nadia M. Christensen
Minneapolis
Peterson, Robert D. ....... .Minneapolis
Pulkrabek, Carol Rose
.St. Paul
Pundy, Eileen Marion ......Minneapolis
..
..........
.......
Quanbeck. David H. ........Minneapolis
Quanbeck, Norman J.
Bertha
..........
Quanbeck, Stanley Dwight
..Minneapolis
.............. Ashby
.... ..Minneapolis
Ringstad, David J.
Romo, Luther Edward
Sabo, Martin Olav
........Alkabo,
N.D.
.....
Sallen, Donald Arthur
.Minneapolis
Saugestad, Edwin J. .......Minneapolis
Schwarzkopf, Inez Olson ..Minneapolis
Selander, Arlene B. ............Cokato
Shih, Tai-fu ............Taipei, Taiwan
.Minneapolis
Sletten. Richard Glenn
Smith. William Albert ......Minneapolis
........Minneapolis
Solomon, Morton B.
Strand, Theodore Hagen
Svanoe, Rennard Gale
....Minneapolis
.... .Minneapolis
..........
Thorson, Dale B.
.Minneapolis
Tischer, Talvryn T. ...... ..Minneapolis
Torstenson, Gale L. .......... .Dawson
..Sun P ~ a i ~ i eWis.
,
Twiton, Mary Ann
Walden, Klara A. .............Willmar
Wennerlind, James William Minneapolis
West, Stuart E.
Cla~kjield
Willmar
Westphal, Carolyn J.
..
...............
...........
.....
Zielke, Carolyn Margaret
..Minneapolis
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1958
WITH T H E
DEGREE OF
BACHELOROF THEOLOGY
Gusdal, Delmar M.
Erickson, Manitoba, Canada
Halvorson, Arvin H. G a k s b u ~ g ,N. Dak.
.Madela
Nelson, Philip A.
.............
Holmes. Arthur W. ....... .Ki~kland,Wn.
.Hoffman
Shiell, Wendell C.
Shultz. Arthur ............ .Spokane, Wn.
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
.Long Siding
...........
...
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY, 1959
Dreyer, Earl E. ............Ferndale. Wn.
Evavold, Charles A.
.Battle Lake
Fullilove, Harry H. ..London, England
Nevin, LeRoy E.
.Cumberland, Wk.
.......
.....
Anderson Kenneth L.
Anderson, Norman E.
Hagestuen, Richard M.
Swenson, Jasper
.......Owatonna
.......Lamberton
....... . S b b u c k
.............Rendricks
Enrollment Summary
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1958-1 959
College
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . _
Junior ..................
Sophomore ............
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D H.! ..... , . . .
Jr . Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F H.) .........
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) ....
TV Students (only) . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
Total
First Semester
Men
Women
Total
83
107
117
191
32
30
45
68
167
11
37
32
113
152
185
358
43
37
32
46
99
14
12
46
2
1
-
. . . . . . . . . . ., 533
99
12
11
Second Semester
Men
Women
Total
78
109
113
175
32
29
46
64
153
14
107
155
177
328
46
A
558
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT. Y 958-7959
Claw
Men
85
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .122
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .211
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Fr. Nurse (D H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students- (only) ..........
2
N Students (only) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
.
.
.
.
.
-
Total
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
.
Women
Total
31
48
73
168
18
37
32
46
99
13
11
116
167
195
379
60
37
32
46
.
99
15
12
576
THEOL0GICA.L SEMINARY. 1958-1959
Semester I
Men
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................
.6
7
9
1
Semester II
Men
6
7
9
Total
Men
6
7
9
-
.
1
.
23
22
n
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1958-1959
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
576
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 576
Total
-
.............................
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
0
-
Total
23
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . ., . . . .
1175
2
.
STUDENT ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Jr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (F. H.) . . . . . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (S H.) . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . .
2
36
44
89
171
13
42
29
45
95
21
127
144
203
436
50
42
29
45
95
29
-
615
585
1200
.
.
Total
,
............
Second Semester
Total
Men
Women
36
122
86
43
145
102
85
199
114
164
412
248
13
52
39
First Semester
Women
Total
.
TOTAL COLLEGE ENROLLMENT 1959-1961)
Class
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special
....... . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Jr . Nurse (D. H.) . . . . . . . . . -- . . .
Fr Nurse !F . H.) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fr Nurse (S H.) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Evening Students (only) . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
Women
36
44
90
176
18
42
29
45
95
26
.
601
Enrollment Summary /
I2 5
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY. 1959-1960
Semester I
Men
7
Third Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
First Year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
Total
....................
Semester II
Men
7
7
11
1
Total
Men
7
8
11
2
.
.
26
28
28
TOTAL ENROLLMENT. 1959-1960
College
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
665
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 601
.
-
Total
..........................
,
........
1266
Seminary
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
0
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
28
.
..................................
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . - . . . . . . . .
.
1294
3
.
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
Seminary
Total
.....................................
679
College
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2320
Graduates-1870-1957
Graduates-1958 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Graduates-1959 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Total
...................................
2538
3217
Index
Page
Academic Administration
.......... " 3 5
Accounts. Payment of ............. - 1 7
Page
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 9
Education. elementary .......... .65. 87
.......................6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1Db
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
!.3
Admission. Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -94
Advanced Standing . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 95
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .B. 9
Alumni Association. The ............. 11
Archives. The ...................... 11
Art. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . .58. 71
Athletics .......................... 32
Attendance. Chapel ................ 23
Attendance. Class . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 95
Audio-visual Education ............. 13
Awards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Education. secondary . . . . . . . . . . . .67. 86
Electives .......................... 41
Elimination of Students ............ - 3 7
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2?,
96
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . .91
Accreditation
Administration
Biology. Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . .75
Bwrd. Cost of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
B w r d of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1134
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Business Administration. Curriculum . . .89
Business Administration and Economics .69
Calendar
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 39
Expenses ................. .16. 17. 95
Faculty. The
...............
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Finonciol Support and Control
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Education Requirements . . . . . .40
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .62
German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39
Graduates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120
Church History [Seminary) . . . . . . . . -100
............
Classification of Students
37
Clubs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Cc-curricular Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
Committees of the Faculty . . . . . . . . . .t 06
Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39. 96
Control. Financial Support and . . . . . . .10
Convocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Coordinator of Student Activities .... - 2 8
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42. 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41.
Curriculums
42
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39.
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
Discipline
49
..................... -37
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .76. 88
Degrees
.............
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4. 5
Cancellation
Credits
English. Department of
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College ...... 35
........
97
92
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..28
Distinction. Degree with
.............
41
............. 43
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3T. 53
Divisional Organization
General
Information
Geography
Graduates-(1 87@1959), Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . .39, 97
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .21
Grants-in-aid
Greek, New Testament
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Health and Physicol Education
....... 81
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .49. 98
High School Teaching. Curriculum . . . . . 86
Health Service
Historical
Sketch
................... 7
.............. 6 0
History. Department of
Home Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .73,
87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Honor Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3Q. 41
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33. 41
Homiletics
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Housing .......................... 26
Humanities. Division of the
..........48
Index /
Page
Incompletes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Intercollegiate Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .33
Introduction t o Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . .6
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Journalism
Junior Year Abroad
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Laboratories. Natural Science
. . . . . . . . 14
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
.
Law, Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -89
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .68
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Latin
Location
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
I 27
Page
19
............
........................
Prizes. Scholarships and
Probation
Psychology
37
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
....................... 3 0
........................... 8
........................... 26
Publications
Purposes
Records
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24, 28,
...........................
Recreation
Refunds
Registration
Registration,
32
18
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -36
Change of . . . . . . . . . . . .3 7
Religion ond Philosophy, Division of
. . .44
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -23
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . . . . . .41
Room Costs
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I 6
Maiors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Mathematics, Department of . . . . . . . . . 8 0
Scandinavian Language and Literature 54
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .106
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . ..15, 90
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .71
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses
. . . . . . . . . 92
. . . . . . . .93
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .96
Secretarial Work Curriculum
Membership in Educational Associations 6
Seminary,
Ministry, Preparation for the
. . . . . .84, 95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40
Missionary Work, Preparation for . . . .85
Seminary, Courses of Study
Minors
Seminary, Expenses
Modern Languages, Department of . . . .54
Museum, The . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Seminary, Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Seminary, Graduation and Degrees . . . 97
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Music, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .56
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Musical Organizations . . . . . . . . . . .32, 58
Admission
. . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .95
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . .24
Social Sciences, Division of the . . . . . . .60
Social Work Curriculum
Sociology, Department of
. . . . . . . . . . . .89
. . . . . . . . . . .63
Natural Sciences and Mathematics,
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . - 9 9
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
. . . . . . . . . . . . .5 4
. . . . . . . . . . . .42
Schools of . . . . 15
Speech, Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . .52
Student Activities, Coordination of . . . . .28
Norwegian,
Courses in
Numbering of Courses
Nursing. Affiliation with
Nursing, Pre-Nursing Courses
Old Testament (Seminary)
. . . . . . . . . . . 98
. . . . . . . . . .31,
32
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .26,
98
Organizations, Student
Orientation
........ 91
Parish Work. Preparation for . . . .
Pastoral Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of
Physical Education
.....
......
............
Physics. Department of . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service far Graduates
.
............
................
Plant. The Physical
Political Science
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . . 102
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102
Special Programs of Study
. . . . . . . . . . 15
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . ..29, 96
Student Personnel Services
. . . . . . . . . .25
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 2
Svstematic Theolwv
.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .101
Symbols
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
. . . . . . . . . . . .86. 87
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .25, 38
Theological Seminary. Augsburg . . . . . -94
Teaching Curriculums
Testing
Theology. College Preparation far . .84. 95
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Trustees. B w r d of
Tuition and Fees
. .36.
95
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..16. 17
University Courses ................. 37
Upper Division Requirements
-41
........
AUGSBURG IS CURRENTLY ENGAGED
IN A MAJOR CAMPUS EXPANSION AND
EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM
PICTURED
AT RIGHT is the campus master plan scheduled for completion
by 1979. Objectives are timed to four 5-year phases. Total cost is
estimated at $8,000,000.
Goals for Phase I, ending in 1964, include an auditorium-gymnasium,
student union, men's and women's dormitories, additional land acquisition and campus improvements. Goals for educational development
during this same period include additional research and instructional
equipment, strengthening faculty salaries and larger student scholarship
funds.
The first building objective, "Si Melby Hall," is under construction
and scheduled for completion in early 1961. A $1,100,000 building, it
will serve campus needs in physical education, inter-collegiate athletics,
chapel services, convocations, student social life and church and community events.
The development program states as its purpose
"to challenge and enlist the active assistance and gift support
of a continuously growing corps of friends in order to bring
the college to the fulfillment of its destiny."
Joining the administration, board of trustees and faculty for this
purpox are volunteers representing the community, corporations,
parents, alumni, students, church and friends of the college. These
volunteers work with and through a Development Council.
Opportunities for gift support are regularly made available in a
manner matching the individual donor's interest and ability. Many are
thus supporting the college through a gift-a-month patron plan,
memorial gifts, the Thousand Dollar Club, or various special gifts
iccluding bequests, life insurance and a life income plan with favorable
tax benefits to the donors.
The college seeks from each concerned friend of Christian Higher
Education his special skill, thoughtful counsel, constructive evaluation
and support in prayer on behalf of Augsburg.
Inquiries concerning gift opportunities are invited and should be
addressed to Mr. Norman L. Nielsen, Vice President for Development,
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4, Minnesota.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minneso... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
EIGHTY-FOURTH YEAR
Founded 1869
Vol. XV, No. 3
Catalog Number
April, 1953
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bi-monthly and one additional issue in April by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Entered as second<lass matter March
21, 1947 at the post ofice at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
CALENDAR
SEPTEMBER
..
1
2
3
4
5
.
1
2
1
22 23 24 25 26 27 28
29 30 . . . . . . . . .
25 26 27
2
3
4
5
18 19 20 21 22 23 24
25 26 27 28 29 30 31
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
Academic Calendar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
Board of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
Committees of the Faculq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
The Faculty
........
...............................
7
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15
Financial Information
24
.............................
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
30
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Student P e r s o ~ e Services
l
The College
........................................
42
Academic Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.Gradetion Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
42
48
51
60
CouisesofStudy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of Religion and -Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
' ~ivisionof the Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Social Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics .
61
61
65
79
93
The 'I'heological Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . 101
General Requirements
. . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . .
101
Coursesof Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .103
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Index
. . . .
IIO
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Calendar
'953-1954
FIRST SEMESTER
'953
.
,
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Freshman Tests
September 9
September 9-12, A.M.
Wednesday to Saturday. . . . . . . . . . .Registration
September 9-13
September 14, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday through Sunday. . . .Freshman Days
Monday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
September 17
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Regiitration Fee
October 17
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Iqcompletes
October 23-25
Friday through Sunday. . . . . . . . . .Homecoming
November
Wednesday.
11
November 26, 27
December 16, 4:20 P.M.
. . . . . .End of
&st hall of Semester
Thursday and Friday. . . . . .Thanksgiving Recess
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . .Christmas Recess begins
I954
January
4, 8:00 A.M.
Monday. . . .Classes begin after Christmas Recess
January 25-29
Monday to Friday. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Examinations
January 29
January 18 to February z
Friday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..First Semester ends
. . . . . . . . . .Registration for Second Semester
SECOND SEMESTER
February
3, 8:00 A.M.
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Classes begin
February 6
Saturday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Late Registration Fee
February
Monday; holiday . . . . . . .Washington's Birthday
. . . . . . . . .Last Day for Removal of Incompletes
22
March 9
April I
April 14, 4 : ~ oP.M.
April
20,
8:00 A.M.
May 26
May 27 to June
2
Thursday. . . . . . . . .End of first half of Semester
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess begins
Tuesday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Easter Recess ends
Wednesday . . . . . . . . . Seminary Commencement
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..College Examinations
May 30
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Decgration Day
May 30
June 3, 8:oo P.M.
Sunday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Baccalaureate Service
Thursday . . . . . . . . . . . .College Commencement
BOARD OF 'I'RUSTEES
RBV. ERNESTG. LARSON, P d e n t , Minneapolis, Mim.. .. .Term expires
REV. CLARENCEJ. CARLSEN,Vice-President, Minneapolis,
Minn: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expins
MR.GEORGE
S. MICHAELSEN,Secretary, Minneapolis, Minn.. .Term expires
MR. R. E. MYHRE, Treasurer, Minneapolis, Minn.. . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. D. W. L Y N G D Duluth,
~,
Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..Term expires
MIL.EVENOSE, Thief River Falls, Minn.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Tern expires
MR. IVERI-L IVERSON,
Minot, N. Dak.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
REV. CHRISTIAN
G. OLSON,Seattle, Wash.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Term expires
MR.GILLERT
BERG,Seattle, Wash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Term expires
1954
1957
1953
1956
19 5 3
1954
1955
I 95 6
1957
Advisory Members
DR.T. 0.BURN-,
President, Lutheran Free Church, Minneapolis, Mim.
DR. BERNHARDCHRISTENSEN, President, Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary, Miieapolis, Minn.
ADMINISTRATION
BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .President
MARTIN
QUANBECK.
. . . . .Dean of the College and Director of Veterans Afoirs
BURTONP. FOSSE.
.................................... .Business Manager
K. BERNER
DAHLEN.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Students
GERDA
MORTENSEN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Women
LAWRENCE
A. QUANBECK
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Public Relations
MILDREDJOEL.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Registrar, Secretary of tbe General Faeulty
MELVINA. HELLAND..
............... .Secretary of tbe Theological Faculty
AGNESB. TANG
JERD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Librarian
Mmvm E. TRAUTWEIN.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Placement
MERTONP. S T R O ~ .N. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .College Pastor
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Treasurer
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Field Representative
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Business Manager
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Food Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Curator of the Musewn
....................................... Archist
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Manager of Musical Organizations
.............................. .Publicity Director
. . . . . . . . . . . . .Secretary to the President and the Dean
FZLEENQUANBECK.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .: . . . .Assistant Registrm
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Office Staff: k t h u r C. Engen, Bookkeeper; Ragna Sverdrup, Bookkeeper; Mrs.
Esther Halverson, Secretary, Public Relations Office; Borghild Estness, Secretary,
Placement Bureau; Mrs. Joyce Frosig, Typist, Mimeograph Office; Tena Mehus,
Clerk, Registrar's Office; Le Von Paulson, Secretary, Persqmel O i h ; Anna
Marie Rundstrom, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna Staub, Secretary,
Library; Mavis Strand, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Mrs. Betty
Swanson, Secretary, Building Fund Office; Ruth Ann Waage, Secretary, Registrar's 0 5 c e ; Shelby Gimse, Secretary; David Rokke, Student Placement Manager.
Head Residpnts in Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Vincent Hoversten; Sivertsen
Hall, Charlotte Westby; Miriam House, Miriam Majander; Morton -1,
Ruth
Ann Waage; Edda House, Alice Swensen.
Snperviror of Howekeping: Olga Hennuuslie.
MEDICAL STAFF
Drs. C. R Wall and S. V. Thorson, Physicians.
Alice Swensen, R.N., Nurse; Lois Dahlund, R.N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE F A C U L R
1953-1914
Admirristration: Christensen, M. Quanbeck, Dahlen, Fosse, L. A. Quan'beck.
Cnrricdnm: M. Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag. Miss Joel.
Admissions m d Scholarship: Miss Joel, Lindquist, M. Quanbeck, Kleven, Thorson, L. A. Quanbeck.
Personnel: Dahlen, Miss Mortensen, Savold, R. Anderson, Mrs. Kigsley.
Librury: Helland, Miss Pederson, Landa, Aldre, Chrislock.
Athletics: Saberg, Nash, E. W. Anderson, Bertness, Strommen.
Social: Miss Lund, Miss Mortensen, E. Nelson, Llndquist, Mrs. Nelson.
Stdies: Tnutwein, Miss Joel, Torstenson, R. Anderson, Colacci.
Convocations: Thut, Miss Jensen, Sonnack, Miss Skurdalsvold. (Student members
also included in this Committee.)
Stdent-Famlty: Dahlen, M i Mortensen, Sateren, Miss Segolson (Student
members also included in this Committee.)
Teacber Edwation: Bertness, Urdahl, Miss Tangjerd, Mrs. Traumein, Mrs.
Nelson.
Religiorrr Life: Stensvaag, Strommen, Thelander. (Student members also included
in this Committee.)
1952-1953
Faculty Council: M. Quabeck, Chrislock, Landa, Miss Lund, Miss M o c t e m ,
E. Nelson, Miss Pederson, L. Quanbeck, Miss Segolson, Sonnack, Thelander,
Thorson, Trautweh
The Faculty
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL. SEMINARY
' '
'
BEUHMD M. CHRISTENSEN,
Th.M., Ph.D., President m d Professor of Tbedogy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., Princeton Thwbgical Seminary, 1927; PhD., Hartfocd kninaqFoundation, 1929. Additional study: Columbia, Chicago, Berlin, G3ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Patoral
work, Bmlalyn, New York 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President
since 1938.
Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emwitus of C h r c h History
KARLERMISCH,
AB., Schwerin, 1897; C.T., Wartburg Seminary, 1900; B.D., &go
Theological Seminary, 1914; S.T.M., 1925; S.T.D., 1933; A. M., University of Minnesota, 1925; Ph.D., 1927. Pastor 1900-21. Tea&:
Wartburg COhge, Waverly, Iowa, 1921-25; University of Minu1925-29.
At Augsburg 1928-1952.
MELVIN
A. HJTLAND,
S.T.M., Ph. D., Professor of New Testammf, "Seqetmy
of tbe Tbeological Faculty
A.B., Augsburg College, 19I 5 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1918; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930.. Additional study; Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
1921-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
I v ~ nB. OLSON,A.M., Th-B., Associate Professor of S y s t m t i c Tbcology
AA., Augsburg College, 1935; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A X , University ofi Minnesota, 1945. Additional study: Chicago,
Minnesota, Luther Theological Seminary, Chicago Lutheran +logical
Seminary. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, I 936-3 9; University of Minnem a , 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44. Adviser to SPAN
Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PAULG. SONNACK,
A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of C h r c b History
A.B., Augsburg College, 1942; C.T., Augsburg Theological ~emi&ry, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Additional study: Divinity School, University of Chicago.
Pastor, Moose Lake, h,
1945-47. At Augsburg since 1949.
STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Old Test&
AB., Augsburg College, 1936; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Semirury,
1939; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1940; Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Johns Hopkjns. Pastor, Minneapolis, Minn., 1942-46. At
Augsburg since 1942.
JOHN
NORSTAD,
A.B., C.T., S.T.M.' Special Lecturer, 195 2- y 3 ; ;Director
FREDERIC
of Chaplaincy Service, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
*In cooperation with the Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
.
..?
:
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
H. N. HBNDRICKSON,
A.M., CT., Professor Emeritw of History and Iatin
A.B, Augsburg College, I 89 I ; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, I 897;
AM, University of Minnesota, 1930. Additional study: Columbii Pastor.
Superior, Wisconsin, 1897-1900. Registrar, Augsburg College, 1907-37.
At Angsburg 1900-1952.
KARLE u m a i , Ph.D., S.T.D., Professor Emmmtusof German
For rtatement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
P. A. QVEBGGEN, A.M., Professor E d t u s of Englisb
Ad., University of Minnesota, 1908; A.M., 1909. Additional study: Minmtsota, Chicago. Teaching: Assistant in English, University of Minnesota,
I@-10; Ehworth College, 1913-15. At Augsburg 191y-1ggs.
MANWALD RE, M.S., Assistout Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technobgy,
Tallin, Etonia, 1941; M.S., Univenity of Minnesota, 1951. Tuching:
Agirtant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.
At Augsburg since 1949.
ERNEST W. ANDERSON,
M.Ed., Associde Professor of Healtb snd P e d
Edwcotim, Basketball Coach
A.B., A,ugsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnmta, 1947.
Teaching: High Sohool, 1937-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. A t Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMONDE. ANDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Speecb
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946; A.M., 1950. Additional study: Mimenesota. Teaching: University 05 Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsburg since 1949.
FMNK h o , A.B., Assistant in Pbysical Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950. Additional study: hfinnewta. U. S. Army,
1943-46. At Augsburg since 1950.
EVABAVOLAK,A.M., Instructor in Business Administration
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1928; A.M., 1942. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-42; Northern State Teachers College,
Aberdeen, S. Dak., 1942-47; Hamline University, St. Paul, Minn., 1947-10;
University of Minnesota, 1950-52. At Augsburg since 1952.
LUCY M m E. BERGMAN,
M.S., Instnrctor in Speecb
B.S., Kansas State Teachers College, 1934; M.S., 1935. Additional study:
University of Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 5-39; University of
Minnesota, 1939-47. At Augsburg since 1912.
HEWRY
J. BERTNESS, A.M., Assistmt Professor of Edwtion
A.B.; Augsburg College, 1947; A.U, University of Minnesota, 1948. Mditional study: Minnesota, Washington. U. S. Navy, 1943-46. Teaching:
Tacoma Public Schools, 1948-49. At Augsburg since 1949.
MARGARETBERVEN,M.Ed., Instructor in Physical Education
B.Ed., Winona State Teachers College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnewta, ,1945. Teaching: High School, 1937-49; Minot State Teachers' GIlege, summers, 1948-50; Winona State Teachers' College, 1949-52. At
Augburg since 1952.
K m ~ BILZENS,
s
Th.D., Assistart Professor of Pbilosopby and Gemron
Lic:Theol., University of Riga, 1935; Th.D., 1943. Additional study: University of Basel. Teaching: Teachers College, Riga, Latvia, 1934-40. At
Augsburg since 19 5 2.
CAIL CHRISLOCK,A.M., Assistart Professor of History and Political Science
.
h
A&., Augsburg College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior
College, 1947-48; Augustma College, S i Falls, S. D., 1948-51. A t Augsburg since 1952.
h COLACCI,
~
~ Th.D., D.Litt., Assistant Professor of Classical Lagucrges
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th-D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblical Institute de Urbe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Italy, 1935-40;
Mark Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49At Augsburg since 1952.
LELANDK. DAHLE,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1950; M.S., Purdue University, 1952. U. S. Armed
Forces, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1952.
K. BBRNERDAHLEN,A.M., Dear of Students and Associate Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; A.M., University of Minnseota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41. U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
GEORGEN. ECKLUND,A. M., I m t w c t o ~is Business Administration
A.B., Drake University, 1945; A.M., University of Minnesota; 1951. Additional study: Minnesota. Army Air Corps, 1943-46. Interviewer, V. A,
1946-47; Public Relations, Pillsbury Mills, Im., 1948-50. A t A u g s b q
since 1951.
BURTON P. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. Army, 1943-46.
&dustrial Engineering Work, 1949-5 3. A t Augsburg since 19 5 3.
MnaLls GEISTAUTS,
Cand.rer.nat., Instructor in Art
. Cmd.rer.nat., University of Latvia, Riga, 1940; Academy of Art, Latvia,
Riga. Teaching: Private Studii, 1938-49. At Augsburg since 1952.
MELVINA. H~LLAND,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Greek a d Rcligias
.. .
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see lkdogicd
&minary Faculty listing.
D. HELMBERGER,
A.M., Instructor in Bdness Administration
B.S., Duluth State Teachers College, 1941; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Centerville Scbool,Hugo,
M i . , 1941-42; University of Minnesota, 1947-51. O.P.S., Minneapdis,
1951-. At Augsburg since 1952.
JOHN
R. J. HUDRETH,
M. S., Instructor in E c o n d c r and Business A d m h k t r d h
B.S., Iowa State College, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Mina&ta,
Iowa State Ulege. U. S. Army, 1941-47. Teaching part-time: bwi State
College, 1949-50. At Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence, 195 2-5 3.
AUCA M. JENSEN, A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Colorado State College of Education, 1927; A.M., 1928. A d d i t h d
study: Minnesota, Copenhagen. Teaching: EaJtern State Teachers College,
Madison, South Dakota, 1921-25; Dickinson State Teachers Cdlege, 11~28d
36; Colorado State College of Education, 1936-37. Educational r
University of Minnesota and State Department of Education, 1957-39;
Minnesota Historical Society, 1941-44. At Augsburg since 194J.
-RED
V. JOEL, A.M., Registrar md Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947. .Ad&cional ~tudy: Saskatchewan, ,Minnesota Tezching: High School, 19a1-46.
At Augsbnrg since 1947.
EBBAI.
JOHNSON, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., University of ~ e o s t a ,1950. Additianal study: M h e a ~At ~
Augsburg since I 9 5 2.
MwI B. KINGSLEY,A.M., Assistant Professor of Spmisb
A.B., Maryville College, 1936; A.M., University of Mexiw, 1944. Ad&t i o d study: Columbia, Minnesota. Teaching: Wagner College, Ststen
kluld, N. Y., 1941-42; Friends Sahool, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
BEJU~H~D
J. TKLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History mrd Politicd S c i e ~ ~ e
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; A. M, University of Minnesota, 1930;
PhD., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Ats&te Professor of Germanic L a g w g ~ ~
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Sou*
C a l i f o m i a , 1 9 2 8 ; A . M . , 1 ~ ~ o ; P h . D . , U n i v e r s i t y o f ~ t a , 1 9 ~ 2 . T e r c.h ing: High School, 1930-3 I ; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; F& University, 1945-47. U. S. O&e of Censorship, 1942-45. At AugsbWg
1947.
CARLW. LAND-,
M.Mus., lnstnrctor in Music
. ,
A.B., University of Minnesota, 193 I ; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological: Seminary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D, 1940-42; Northwestern Scbodr. Minneapolis, 1950-5). At Augsburg since 1952.
AUDREY
LANDQUIST,
MMus., Lnstntctor in P h and Orgm
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; B.Mus., MacF'hail Schod of
1940; M.Mus., 1944. Teaching: MacPhail School of M ' u k
A t Au-g
-ON
He,
1937.
since 1946.
WILSONLINDEMANN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Rommce I ; r r r ~ ~
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1922; A.M., 1926. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1922-24; University of Minnesota, 1924-26.
At Augsburg since 1926.
0.HERBERT
~ D Q U I SM.S.,
T , Assistant Professor of Pbysics and M a t h N c s
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.S., 1949; M.S., Minnesota, 1952. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1947-49. U. S. Army, 1943-44; U. S. Navy,
1944-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND,A.M., Instructor in Seeretarial Science
A.B.. Augsburg College, 1936; AM., University of Mbmsota, 195 I.
Teaching: High School, 1943-45; West C e n d School of Agricdtum,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48 ; High School, I 94849. At Augsburg since 1950.
JOHN MJLTON,A.M., Instructor in Englisb.
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additbud d y :
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg since 1949.
GEBDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dem of W o m e n and Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, 1928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 19 17-2 I ;Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. At Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Mimesotas 1938.
Addttional s d y : Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsburg Cdege, 1946-50. At Avgsburg Jince
1922.
b
n C. NELSON,M.Ed., A s h t a t Professor of Pbysical Edwatkm d Carcb
of Football and Baseball
AB., Augsburg College, 1938; X E d , University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High !3chool, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsbarg since
1946.
H~LENY. NELSON,
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
:B.S., University of Minnesota, 1938; M.S., 1942; Ph.D., 1952. Teaohing:
High. School, 1938-42; Western Michigan College, Kalamazoo, 1942-44;
University of California, 1944-46;Iowa State Teachers College, Su 1948,
1949. At Augsburg since 195I.
IVERB. OLSON, A.M., Th.B., Associate Professor of Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
ANNE P~IDERSON,
A.M., Assistant Professor of Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1932;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945.Additional study: Minnescrta, Columbia. Teaching: High School, 1945-46;
Sm,Mateo Junior College, California, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg,
1932-44,and since 1946.
LAVONNBPETERSON,A.B., Instrnctor m Physical Education for Women
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950.Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, MacP h d School of Music. A t Augsburg since 1950. On leave of absence,
1952-53-
L b m ~ A.
a QUANBECK,As., Director of Public Relations
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947.Additional study: Minnesota. U. S. Navy,
1944-46.Minneapolis YMCA, 1947-51.At Augsburg since 1951.
QUANBECK,
Ph.D., Dean of the College and Professor of Uucation
A.B., Augsburg College, 1929;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1933;Ph.D.,
1952. High School administration, Mantonille, Minn., 1929-36.Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-38.Registrar, Augsburg College, 1939-46;Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950.A t Augsburg since 1938.
LELANDB. SATEREN,A.M., Professor of M u s k
A.B., Augsburg College, 1935;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1943.Additional study: Composition with Donald F e r g w n (Minneapolis), 1941-43.
Tiaching: High School, 1935-39.Music Director, Radio Station KUOM,
University of Minnesota, 1940-43.Educational Director, C i v h Public
Service, 1944-46.A t Augsburg 1941-43,
and since 1946.
A. M. SAVOLD,A.B., Assistant Professor of Music
A.B., Luther College, 1941.Teaching: Benson County Agriculture and
Training School, Maddock, N. D., 1934-37;Lamberton Public Schools,
1941-42 and 1946-48.U. S. Armed Forces, 1942-45;Glenwood Public
Schools, 1948-52.At Augsburg since 1952.
Rum SEGOLSON,
MS., Associate Professor of Home Economics
BS., University of Minnesota, 1921; MS., 1938.Additional study: Minnesota and Syracuse University. Teaching: High School, 1925-28;Uni:vemity of Minnesota, 1928-44;Washington State College, Summer 1936,
A t Augsburg since 1944.
SKURDALSVOLD,
B.Mus., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., MacPhail School of Music, 1925. Additional study: Chicago Cdlege of Music. Private study: M ~ MF. Stoddard, Hamlin Hum, Herbert
Witherspoon, Oscar Seagle, Graham Reed, 0.C. Christianson, ,Martial
Singher. Teaching: St. Olaf College, 1920-23, 1937-41, 1944-5 r., A t
Augsburg since 1922.
JENNIE
.
GEORGESOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of. Mathematics
A.B., Augsburg College, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological seminary, 1950.
Additional study: Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1926.
,
,
PAULG. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Assistant Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological Seminary Faculty listing.
JOHN M. STENSVMG,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Christianity
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MIXTON P. SIROMMEN,A.B., Th.B., College Pastor and Assistant Profenor of
Cbristianity
A.B., Augsburg College,' I 943 ; C.T., Augsburg Theological &rninary.
1944; Th.B., 19 5 I. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota,
'
1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947. On leave of absence, 1 9 $ i - ~ ~ ;
A m s B. TANGJERD,A.M., Librarian and Associate Professor of Library Si-ience
kB., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S. in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A M , 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. With Zion Society for Israel.
1922-28. Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library.
1936-38. A t Augsburg since 1940.
ROY PHILIP THELANDER,MS., Instructor in Biology
A.B., University of Utah, 1949; M.S., 1950. Additional study: Minnesota.
U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-46. Teaching: Part-time, University of Utah,
1947-50. At Augsburg since 1950.
GERALDH. THORSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948. Additional study: Grenoble, Wisconsin, Oslo, Minnesota, Columbia, U. S.
Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. At Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT, A.B., M.Mus., Assistant Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923: B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additions1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193 1-44; Colorado State
College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners Aid, England and
Belgium, 1944-46. A t Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instrt~torin Piatw
KMm.,American Consemwry of Music, 1927. Addieiond s d y : American Gnservawry of Music and Minnesota; Master Clvs Work with
Sihio Sciwti; Robyn N o r d Teachers Training Course; Studied d r
Kurt Wanieck. Teaching: Ameriun Coaservtwry of Music, 1916-46;
Gslorado State Gllege of Education, 1946-47.At Augsbwg siuce 1947.
TORSTENSON,
A.M., Astorbte Professor of Socidogr
LB.,Augsburg College, 1938;AM., University of Minnesota,
JOEL S.
'
1940.AddiDirector of Education and Public Relations, MidAt Augsburg 1938-42, and aiace
land Cooperative Whvlesde, 194~-47.
4d y :
Minuesota.
1947.
WARET
SATEFSNTRAUTVEM,A.B., lrutrvctor in Englisb
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High
School, 1937-47.At Augsburg since 1949.
Mmvm E. T M U ~A.M
, ., Ars3std Professor of Psychlogy Ad Ed*.tiorr ad Director of Placemmt
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Additional
d y : H m d , Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1936-41;
h,
Norfolk Junior College, 194s.St&, Education and Training O&er,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48.Research Asdstmt md C o d , Univerdty of Minnesota, 1948-50.U. S. Army Air Force, 1942-46.At Augsbmg
FALING J. URDAHL,A.M., Aa&e
Professor of Biology and Psycbdogy
A.B., Gncordia Callege, 1930;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Ad&dona1 study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 1931-3 $. Principal, Cannon Falls, Mmnesota, 1935-41.Aat Augsburg since 1943.
General Information
LOCATION
Augaburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the
fiv&de
Park area of South Minneapolis, across the Mississippi
River from &e University of M i n n m t a and within walking diszance of the main business section of the city. Science H
all,cond
g the administration &ces, is located at the corner of Seventh Street and Twenty-first Avenue South. Augsburg students
have the advantage of getting their college education in a metropolitan center pulsating with industrial, social, and cultural activities, They have access to libraries, museums, and a n collections.
They may hear rfie k t in mnsic and fecmres. Minneapolis is
mmgnkd throughout tbe nation as a vital center of religi~ls
life and acrivity, Outstanding leaders in many &Ids both from
other prrts of America and from foreign countries are frequent
visitors. College students in rhe Twin Ciries have abundant opportunity t o contact present day life at one of its focal points.
HI!5TORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was (begunas a seminary in I 869, at Marshall, Wisconsin. It was the first theological seminary started by Norwegian
Lutherans in America. Through an arrangement with a private
institution known as Marshall Academy the Seminary was housed
in the academy building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This.
arrangement failed t o work out satisfactorily; so the theological
group moved to a private dwelling, where classes continued until
1872. In the autumn of that year the Seminary was removed to
Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a building had been erected for its
use. In the same year the school was incorporated under the laws
of Minnesota. The aim of the institution was to train ministers
for the Lutheran congregations which were being organized in
growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were spreading
rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was estabfished when it k a m e evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theologicar
study a college department was needed. So in 1874 a college curriculum was planned which provided for one year of preparatory
studies and four years of college work along two lines, a classical
course to prepare students for theology, and a scientific course to
prepare for the professions. The latter course, however, had to be
discontinued, partly for lack of funds and partly because too
few students selected the course. The first college students were
enrolled in 1874 and the first class was graduated in 1879;
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 193 3. In the years 1916-1919 the college
course was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth, the earlier classical course was greatly modified and
supplemented by social and scientific studies and a more general
emphasis upon the- study of the humanities. In recent years there
has been continuous study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction of a number of new majors to meet the
developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was
adopted in 1945. A t the present time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing-revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses.
The requirement of a six-month period of internship was added
in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic preparation. While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the
Seminary and the College function in close cooperation Long
experience has proved this arrangement to be mutually wholesome
and stimulating.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its
history. The terms of o0ice of two of these cover a span of over
half a century. The first president was August Weenaas, who
served from 1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup,
1876 to 1907. Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was
followed by George Sverdrup, whose term extended from 191I to
1937. H. N. Hendrickson served as Acting President from 1937
until I 9 3 8. Bernhard Christensen, the present president, has served
since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human life. All the aims of the College,
as well as those of the Seminary, are bound together by this principle. To express more distinctly the meaning of this, the following statement of aims has been formulated by the College faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding and personut
realization of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to
the end that he may become an effective participant in the
evangelical and missionary task of the Church and an earnest
advocate of the Christian way of life both for the individual and
for society.
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and
other ctvilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge
affords but also for the development of a more sympathetic
understanding of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the studenfs interest in the attainmmt of tbe
common purposes of our country, so that he may work for the
welfare of our institutions and for the preservation of our
liberties in community and nation, and also develop m enlightened interest and participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order
that he may realize in his life a right balance between what he
expects of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his o m urges, interests,
ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward the development of good character.
To train the student in scientijic methods of study and also
develop his understanding of the relations of science to the
welfare of humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight, so that the student may learn to think with accuracy
and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of truth which will help him to integrate the iindings of science with the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster k the student an iatelligent a m e ciation and enjoyment of the best in the fields of the fins arts.
T o guide the studmt in the understamding of social relatianshps in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation
and conduct by the principles of Christian courtesy and sinceriay.
T o provide guidance for the studmt in the discovery and
clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as
early as possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train studmts in v o c a t ~ Zand professjOno1 lines, giving full preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home economics, and parish work; furnishing partial
training towards the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and social service, and offering a four-year
college course preparing for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language,
music, physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work,
and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase
his ef6ciency in the various relationships of life.
T o afford the student w h o l e s m recreational expenerrme
which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with good recreational habits, thus providing a constant
source of social and personal satisfaction.
T o instruct the student in principles, ~ t t h d e s ,and ideas
pertaining t o health, and also to train him in practices and
skills which will promote his physical and mental well-being
and make him better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
The work of the whole institution, both the Seminary and the
College, is done on the basis of Christianity. The students who
come are invited to take up their college work with the distinct
understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things.
They are asked to cooperate willingly in the program of the school
towards that end. The entire program of the school, curricular and
extra-curricular, and the discipline thought wise in order to make
possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim "to
see all.things through the eyes of Christ."
Enrollment in Augsburg College and Theological Seminary presupposes on the part of the student full cooperation in the ways
prescribed for the attainment of these aims.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CONTROL
From I 870 to I 890, Augsbwg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body
with two others, in r 890, r d t e d in the f i a t i o n of Augsburg
with the newly created United Nomegian Lutheran Church. Due
to Merences concerning the control of Augsburg a division arose,
and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in
Augsburg formed the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close
association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and
the Lutheran Free Church has been marked by complete harmony
of purpose and ideals for more than half a century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect.
The Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members
of the Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control
over property, hance, and personnel. Academic control is vested
in the President and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which
has materially increased with the growth and development of the
College, the chief iinancial support of the institution comes from
the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a
growing circle of friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church,
both alumni and others, have contributed financially to the support of the school. Augsburg welcomes and invites such support on
the part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP I N EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is a member of the Association of American
Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference, the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the State Council of Minnesota Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the Cullege and Seminary to maintain effective contact and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater.
The annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year.
Regional meetings also are held from time to time.
The present officers are: Henry J. Bertness, President; Clair
Strommen, Vice-president; Esther Aune, Recording Secretary;
Marian Lund Lowrie, Harvey Peterson, and Paul Roth, Advisers.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation, formerly the Aupbwg Foundation
Fellowship, is an association of alumni, former students, and other
friends of Augsbwg, having as its purpose to give united and
systematic support, both spiritual and hmcial, to the school. The
Foundation was established in 1941 by joint action of the Board
of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Its work is directed by a
General Committee of nine members. A Foundation Day is held
each year.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, contains the Chapel, the Library,
the Seminary classrooms and offices, and a number of college classrooms and offices.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern college building. It includes, besides the administration offices, well-equipped laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology,
and Home Economics, as well as the student organization offices,
the Student Center, a small auditorium, classrooms, and faculty
offices. On the fourth floor is the Tower Prayer Chapel.
S~erdru~-Oftedal
Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modern,
hepioaf dormitory affording living quarters for about I go men.
O n the ground floor of thk buiIding is the college cafeteria and
dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, is a comfortable dormitory
accommodating about 50 women.
Morton Hall, erected in 1888, Edda House, purchased and
remodeled in 1948, and Miriam House, acquired in 195 I, are
smaller dormitories for women, each accommodating about 20
students.
During 1947 two new buildings were added, both located on
23rd Avenue across the Square from the older part of the Campus.
The Gymnasium, an adequate temporary structure, was erected for
the College by the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program
providing educational facilities for veterans. The Music Hall was
acquired by purchase and remodeled to serve the needs of the
Music Department.
Quite a number of dwellings have been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, which are used for faculty and
student housing until this need can be met through more permanent structures. Also three temporary housing units have been
erected by the Federal Works Agency on the campus ground.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural
design, located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
Some years ago the beginning was made of a Museum for the
school. Members of the Alumni Association have presented many
valuable gifts. There are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection, and a considerable collection of rare
minerals, curios, etc. Contributions should be sent to Dr. B. J.
Kleven, Curator.
In the spring of 1929 the Augsburg Archive Society was organized The purpose of this organization is to gather and preserve
documents, books, and other articles of historical value. To house
the Archives a fire-proof room which was provided in the Main
has been replaced recently by a large room on the ground floor of
Science Hall. Here are now found a fine collection of periodicals,
old and rare books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also
about ~ , o o ovolumes of Norwegian-American literature, affording rich resources for scholarly research. Further contributions
to the Archives should be sent to Miss Alma Jensen, Archivist.
The collections in the Library aggregate about 25,300 volumes
exclusive of pamphlets.
Two hundred eighty of h e best periodicals, and
dealing with popular subjects, and a number of serials devoted to the
interests of special fields are received currently.
Students have access t o the Library daily from 7:45 A.M. to
1o:oo P. M. On Saturday the Library closes at 4: 30 P. M.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make
their holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St.
Paul and Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues
library cards to out-of-town students for each school year; the
James Hill Reference Library in St. Paul, which has one of the
finest reference collections in the Northwest; and the University
of Minnesota Library, which is within walking distance of the
Augsburg campus and is a splendid source of materials for research
papers. Each year Augsburg students make extensive use of all
these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the
Science Hall.
Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located
on the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for
Chemistry, and a laboratory and the two storerooms for Physics
are located on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent
visual and auditory aids. Available for classroom use, and for the
use of other college activities, are the following: 16m.m. sound
movie projector, 3 % / 4 ~ 4 inch slide projector (several), 2"x2" slide
projector, Balopticon, sound amplification system, film strip pro-
jector, magnetic tape recording machine. There is also a well
equipped photography department.
The Auditorium in Science Hall is fully equipped for visual
education classes and lectures. Several classrooms are also provided
with facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not
enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be ofIered
are made in the fall. Information about the evening school may
be obtained from the oflice of the Dean.
DEACONESS
HOSPITAZ.
AFFILIATIONWITH THE LUTHERAN
Student nurses in the School of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital in Minneapolis receive their &st semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission t o the
School of Nursing should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
MEDICALTECHNOLOGY
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General Hospital, Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years
of this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is completed a t the hospital.
Financial l nformation
STUDENT EXPENSES
For Theological students, tuition is free. For statement of
Seminary expenses, see page 102. The tuition for the College students is $180.00 a semester.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of
credit hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $6.00
for each additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $ I 5.00 per credit hour
up to 11 credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours
will pay the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is $7.50 per credit hour.
Special students and auditors enrolled for 5 hours or more of
class work per week pay the student activity fee and health fee.
GENERALEXPENSESFOR ONE SEMESTER
Tuition in College . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ I 80.00
This covers instruction, use of the library, and admission
to all athletic events.
Books, etc. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 5-00 to 40.00
Student activity fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.00
Health fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.o~
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) . . .
Key deposit (refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.00
Locker (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I .oo
Mail box fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.5 o
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 238.50
ROOMAND BOARDPER SEMESTER
Room . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Board (estimate) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$ 63.00
r 60.00
SPECIALFEES
Late registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $
Change of registration after the .beginning of the second
week of classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration with the Placement Bureau . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement fee. depending upon the method of
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00 to
Graduation fee. for seniors in both the Gl'lege and the Seminary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
scheduled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition . . . . .
Comprehensive examination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3-00
1.00
2.00
5.00
7-50
2.00
2.00
.
5 oo
MUSICFEESPER SEMESTER
Piano for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$35.00
Voice for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5-00
Organ for credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 5.00
Piano rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8.00
Organ rental . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20.00
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5-00
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
COURSE
FEESPER SEMESTER
3 00
Home Economics 2. 36. 76 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
.
5 .00
Home Economics 39 and 40
Biology 6o . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I .oo- 2.00
Biology 1 . 2 . 3 . 4 . ~ ~ . ~and55
3.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Biology 7N . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
5.00
Biology 13. 14. 25.26. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Chemistry I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Chemistry jN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.00
...........
C h e m i s t r y ~ y 6 . ~ ~ . ~and55
~ y ~ ~ ... ~. .4. y
5.00
Physics I. 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.50
Physics 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.00
Physics 5 and 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.00
Physics 51 and 52 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.00
Secretarial Studies 2. 8. 5 I. and 5 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.50
Secretarial Studies I. 5 3. and 54 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-50
Education 96 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I 5.00
.
Resident students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $22 3. J o to 2 38.5 o
Room and Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223.00
Special, music, or course fees. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.00 to 35-00
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $448.50 to 496.50
Off-campus students
General expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $223.50 to 2 38.5 o
Special, music, or course fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .a.oo to 3J .OO
Total, approximately . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ ~ L J . J O to 273.50
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
All bills for tuition, room, and board are payable in advance at
the beginning of each semester. When necessary, special arrangements may be made with the Treasurer for partial payment and
payment of the remainder in monthly installments. If such installments are not made regularly, a charge of fifty cents per month
is made on balances over $50.00; otherwise twenty-five cents per
month. All accounts must be paid /before a student is permitted
to register for a new semester.
Exchange will be charged on all out-of-town checks.
REFUNDS
Students who cancel their registration before the middle of any
semester pay tuition at the rate of $ I 1.00 per week for the time
during which they have been in attendance. Students who cancel
out after the middle of the semester receive no refund of tuition.
No refunds are made of the Matriculation and Student Activity
fees. Course fees are paid a t the rate of 10% per week by students
who cancel out before the middle of the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to
the time students have been in residence. Students who move out
of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full
semester room rent.
' Subject
to change.
STUDENT AIDS
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
meet certain requirements to qualify for loans or scholarships.
The college gives assistance to students in securing work both m
and off the campus.
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in
working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a
reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts
of many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from the Augsburg College Women's Club. It extends assistance to members of all classes.
Tbe John and Anna Jorgim Gregory Theological Student L m
F.acnd is available to students who are re paring for the ministry.
The Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hoar, established
under the auspices of Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, N o d
Dakota, likewise extends loans to students preparing for the mini s ~ ~ .
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with
the Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on
student loans. In addition to arranging loans, the committee
counsels students on hancial matters with the objective in mind
of helping the student work out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
Prize Scholarships, amounting -to tuition for the second half of
the Freshman year, are offered to the highest ranking boy and zhe
highest ranking girl in each Minnesota high school graduating
class. Outside of Minnesota a limited number of scholarships of
this kind are awarded to students of superior ability.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by
the Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947t o honor the memory
of George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to ~ 9 3 7 .
It is awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding
character and ability who
to prepare further for the vocation
of teaching, The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollan.
The Kiitb E, H o f m m M m w i n E Schddrship was established in
S, Hoffman of Minaeapolis in
memory of their son who gave his life in the conquest of O k i n a ~ ~ a .
The schoIafs)lip consists of the income f tom a fund of $1~075
and
is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
The Lutherm Brotherhood Scholarship of $300 is provided by
the Lutheran Brotherhmd Life Insurance Society and awarded
each fall to an ouwtanding Lutheran college senior. The student
is selected by the college in the spring of the junior year on the
basis of religious leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club SchoImship awards, totaling $400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memurial Prize, from a fund established
by members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph
Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 193o to I 93 5 ,
is awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written
on an assigned subject in the general field of Christian Sociology.
The amount of the prize is $40.00.
The Celia Fredr2ckson Scholarship consists of the income from
a fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg student from the Larnberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free Church.
The Greater Augshrg Alumni Association Schlarship of $ 2 5 0
is awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in
order to encourage and assist promising students in the carrying
out of projects of graduate study.
The W m n ' s Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by
the Federation to returned missionaries pursuing further study or
to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good
scholastic records who are making preparation for mission work
in evangelistic, medical, educational, literary, agricultural, or other
Augsburg Choral Club. The Choral Club serves as a preparatory choir, and also trains for concerts which are given both in
the Twin Cities and in other parts of Minnesota and neighboring
states.
Augsburg College Band. In addition to presenting its fall and
spring concerts the Band gives practical experience in instrumental
music and thus furnishes training for the prospective teacher.
The Mak C h m affords opportunity to those interested in this
special type of group singing. The chorus meets once a week.
Miscellaneous Grmps. In addition to the Choir, Choral Club,
Male Chorus, and Band, there are at Augsburg many smaller musical groups, both ~ o c d
and instrumental. For many years Augsburg
bas sent out duos, trios, quartets, and s;milat. groups among the
churches. These organizations are w d y formed and directed by
the students themselves, subject to the approval of the music
department.
AWARDS
Honors are given each spring at the Honor Convocation in
recognition of students who have taken noteworthy part in student activities.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the College
as a prize to arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner
of the annual contest is engraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the possession of the College and is placed on exhibition
in the Science Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholmsbip is awarded to the Senior
student of highest scholastic standing who has attended for at least
two years.
The 1925 Class Cup in Athletics is awarded to the athlete who
has made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A. Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson in 1943,is awarded annually to the student who is judged to
be the most valuable player on the basketball team.
Student Personnel Services
ADMINISTRATION
Students entering college face many new situations and prablerns. Some problems disappear soon after enrollment but others
grow during the four years. In order to give the greatest help to
students in these circumstances, Augsburg College has developed
a number of student aids combined under the general title
of Student Personnel Services. Included are Freshman Days and
orientation, testing, counseling, housing and food service, health
and recreation, iinancial aid including student employment and
loans, and student activities. Graduating seniors and alumni benefit
from the services of the Placement Oflice. Coordination of these
services is centered in the oflice of the Dean of Students. The
planning and policy are formulated by the Personnel Committee.
FRESHMAN ORIENTATION
Freshmen and other new students participate in "Freshman
Days" before the beginning of classes in the fall semester. The
students take tests, inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. Several conferences with
the faculty- counselors are scheduled for the students, during
which they plan their program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course,
the students learn about standards and requirements of various
areas of college life. Methods and habits of study and related
techniques are explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal
finances and vocational aims are discussed.
TESTING
A battery of aptitude, ability and interest tests are adrninistered free to all new students during Freshman Days. College aptitude scores, English and reading ability scores are obtained for
later use by counselors in helping students plan their programs.
Personal adjustment scores and vocational interest scores help the
students select occupational goals and future careers.
COUNSELING
The purpose of counseling is to give the student individual
help in all areas of adjustment to college life. The insight and
techniques of adjustment will also serve him later in life. Each
freshman and new student is assigned a faculty member who may
serve as his counselor for m o years. Counselors for juniors and
seniors are their major advisers. The Deans and other administrative
o0icers are general counselors to all students.
The Faculty counselor helps the student plan his educational
program and choose appropriate subjects. The student learns to
understand his own abilities and aptitudes through the analysis and
interpretation of test data by his counselor.
Through a system of referral, students 'may obtain counsel from
any member of the faculty, or from quaEed persons within the
college community.
VOCATIONAL COUNSELING
Vocational counseling is introduced to freshmen through the
use of a vocational interest test. An Occupational Information
file in the college library provides study materials for vocational
planning. Career conferences annually bring many professional
people to the campus for group sessions and individual counseling
on job opportunities.
PERSONAL COUNSELING
Students who have personal problems may find help through
discussing the problem with their counselor. Personal iinances,
housing, and similar problems are common topics of discussions.
Students who have spiritual problems may confer with their counselors, or other faculty members, such as members of the Department of Christianity and the College Pastor.
HOUSING
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall provides housing for about
150 men. Fifty women are accommodated at Sivertsen Hall, with
Morton Hall housing twenty, Miriam House and Edda House
each housing eighteen, and Morton Annex, twelve.
The college maintains several small apartments for married students. Applications may be made in the o&ce of the Dean of Students.
Students not living at home must live in college-operated housing, and must take their meals in the college dining hall. Students
may under certain conditions be permitted to make other arrangements, after consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean
of Students.
Residence halls are open to new students a day before regular
schedules begin and are closed within twenty-four hours after the
term closes. The rule applies also to vacations. Students who wish
to stay in residence halls during vacations must have special permission from the Deans.
Room' rent and board must :be paid in advance. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels, and blankets. The women
may also provide their own bedspreads and drapes. Laundry
facilities are available in each unit. Residents are held responsible
for any breakage or injury to furniture, fixtures, or equipment,
beyond ordinary wear and tear.
ROOM APPLICATION
Application for rooms should be sent to the Dean of Students
or the Dean of Women as soon as the student receives notice of
acceptance. Room assignments are made in order of application.
Residents are reassigned for the next year before August first.
After all residence halls have been filled, students are assisted
in finding rooms in private homes. The o6ce of the Dean of Students maintains a selected list of available housing at all times.
FOOD SERVICE
The ground floor of Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses
a cafeteria and dining hall, a social room, and a private dining
room available to students and other groups upon request.
All students, campus and off campus, share in the privilege of
using these service units. The dining hall will furnish food ac
cost to student groups, for special parties or picnics.
STUDENT HEALTH SERVICE
The program of student health service is in charge of the Director of Physical Education and Recreation, who is assisted by the
College Physician and the College Nurse. It includes regular phy-
sical examinations, corrective measures where needed, and a schoolwide program of recreation and physical training. Infirmary
rooms are provided for the use of those who are ill. The College
Physician and the College Nurse have regularly scheduled 06hours on campus daily.
Students, faculty, and staff hive chest X-rays taken semi-annually through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The service is free.
PLACEMENT SERVICE FOR GRADUATES
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing
positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental, welfare, and educational institutions and organizations
at the local as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are
arranged both on and off the campus. A registration fee and a
small placement fee are charged.
Augsburg College
ACADEMIC ADMl'NISTRATION
Admission Procedure
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission form, which can be secured from the Ofice of Public Relations of from the Oflice of the Registrar. These forms are generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application,
together with the high school record, previous college record, if
any, two letters of recommendation, and a small photograph,
should be sent to the Of6ce of Public Relations. A student seeking
admission in the fall semester should apply not later than September I 5 and for rhe spring semester by February I.
Requirements for Admission
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability
to succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank
in the high school graduating class and in the college aptitude test.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses
of grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite
pattern of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last
four years of high school include four units of English, or three
units of English and two of a foreign language, two units of social
studies, and one unit of mathematics. A unit is defined as a course
covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120 hours
of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give
evidence of suf6cient maturity are considered for admission upon
recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational
Development Tests on literary materials, social science materials,
and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in ad-
vance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program.
The General Educational Development tests are available to service
men through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however,
be taken at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right t o reject the applications of students whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests,
indicate they may have di&culty with college work.
Deficiencies
Applicants who have been accepted for admission with a deficiency in English will be required to register for a special course
in English. Such deiiciency and the requirements with regard
to additional training will be determined at the beginning of
&e Freshman year by means of tests. The requirements include
the attainment of d e h i t e standards as to spelling, grammar, pronunciation, and general correctness in the use of the English language.
Transfer and Advanced Standing
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there.
If their previous work was unsatisfactory, they will be admitted
at Augsburg only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing in any subject is granted to students who
present satisfactory credentials from other institutions. In certain
(cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of examinations.
This is true of veterans whose achievement in the college General
Educational Development Tests warrants the granting of some
Junior College credit.
Admission of Veterans
Veterans may study at Augsburg under Public Law 16, 346,
and 550. The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from
the regional office of the Veterans Administration and present it
.at the time of registration.
In order to receive college credit for experience in rhe military
services, the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of
his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation will
;bemade according to the recommendations of the American Coun-
cil on Education. Veterans who have completed basic or recruit
training will be granted a total of 4 semeaer credits, 2 in hygiene
and 2 in physical activities. Some college credit is given for the
completion of the work in certain service schools, for some courses
taken through the Armed Forces Institute, and to junior college
students for satisfactory performance on the college General Educational Development Tests.
Registration
Students who have 'been accepted for admission should register
on the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students
who register Eater &an three days after classes begin are charged
a late reginration fee of $3.00. No student may register for or
enter a course later than two weeks after the beginning of classesIn registering, care should be taken to include the Junior College
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be
required nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of
credit hours per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he
has not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any
course for which there is not suflicient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and
regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is
defined as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 17% credit hours
may be granted only to students who have gained an average
record of B, or two honor points per credit, in their previous
college studies. Exceptions ro this rule may be made ander certain
conditions determined by the Admissions and Scholarship bmittee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than
20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
In case a student desires to make m y changes in his registration,
hc rnnse obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, mating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
ApprovaI of the teachers concerned and the student" adviser
and t h e Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A course which is abandoned without being cancelled through
she Registrar's Office d l result in a grade of F.
Changes of registration which involve the adding of courses
.cannot be made later than two weeks after the beginning of classes.
Changes which involve canceling a course cannot ,be made after
the middle of the semester.
A fee of $1.00 is charged for each change of registration after
the beginning of the second week of classes.
A student who 6nds it necessary to leave school before the end
of a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's oflice
in order .to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSI'IY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will
not be dowed unless t h e student has a grading of C average, or
r honor point per credit, in his courses a t Augsburg. Also, the
combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed r7.
T h e credits thus gained at the University may be transferred to
Augsburg College and counted towards graduation.
CZassification
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which
college credit is given.
Cladcation is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of honor poina:
Scpbomare, 24; Juaior, 58; Senior, 92.
ClassScation for the Catalog, the Student Directory, and for
all other purposes is determined by this regulation.
Probation and Elimination
There will be a meeting of the Admissions and Scholarship Committee at the end of each semester t o consider students who are
doing unsatisfactory work, in order to drop from the rolls t h
students for whom further attendance is deemed inadvisable.
Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of . j or below, Sophomores
.6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as well as
students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester are
placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain on probation until an honor point ratio of I is attained for
one semester. A student is not allowed t o remain in college on
probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by
special permission.
In order to be eligible for membership in inter-collegiate athletics, a student must have obtained in his last semester a passirig
grade in at least 1 2 hours of college work, 6 of which must be C
or better.
Class Attendance
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it
necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should
confer with heir teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception
to this rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected
and must be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic
reports are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semester,
a record is made of the total absences of each student for the
semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged
activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants, with information as to exact periods absent, are issued
by rhe Dean to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence
to the teacher.
Examinations
GENERALRULES
Students are urged to plan their work well from the very begiinning since tests are given periodically throughout the semester.
During the first part of each semester reports of the grades attained
~
are made to the Registrar and the counselors. In addition to this,
h a 1 reports are made at the close of each semester.
Regular written examinations are held at the close of each semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sdicient reason
will result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse may arrange to take such an examination during
some period after the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the proper authorities
to take a h a 1 a t another hour than the one scheduled, he is charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. The fee is to be
paid to the Treasurer of the school, and, before the student takes
an examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's
o6ce and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will give
no examination before he has this statement.
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed within the first five weeks of classes of the following semester of attendance. Extension of this time may be
made by the Registrar's O&ce in cases of illness. If incompletes
and conditions are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically becomes a failure and the incomplete may
be changed to a passing grade only when the average of the previous work is d c i e n t l y high. The final grade after the condition
examination is taken may not be higher than D. A fee of $2.00
is charged for an examination making up an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
Comprehensive examinations may be permitted in courses in
which the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student
has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to.
take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this
committee. When permission is granted, the necessary approval
forms may be secured at the o6ce of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00
is charged for each examination and must be paid in advance.
Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's oace.
Grade Values
A-Superior, 3 honor points per credit
&Very good, 2 honor points per credit
C--Satisfactory, I honor point per credit
D-Passable, no honor points per credit
F -Failure, minus I honor point per credit
E-Condition
I -Incomplete
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, md
grades. A student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is wged
to study the requirements as outlined in Ehis section of the mtatog
and in the department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the student to see that he incIudes the * w i d
subjects at the right time in his program of studies. f i e faculty
advisers, t h e Dean, and the Registrar d gladly assist him in planning his program.
Junior College
For a proper distribution of subjeers among the fundamental
fields of knowledge the following c r e d i ~are required of all students in the Junior College, Iaying the basis for study in professional fields or for a general college education.
Group A Christianity
r credits each semester
6 credits
Group B English: Course 1-2 or 3-4
Students exempted from Freshman English must earn 6 credits in literature.
3 credits
Speech: Course I I
Group C Foreign Language (Norwegian, French,
Spanish, German, Latin, Greek, Hebrew) I credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school are
exempted from this requirement.
Group D Social Sciences: Hist. 1-2, or Soc. I and
3 other credits in Sociology, or Phil. I 5 , I 6
(Humanities)
6 d t s
Group E Natural Sciences
8 credits
Group F
Health and Physical Education: Course
3% 3by4% and 4b
Psychology required in certain fields
0rien.tation required of all Freshmen
Senior
2,
4 credits
4 credits
I
credit
College
b tJOR
~ AND M~NORS
A student is required to complete a major and one or more
minors for graduation. The major subject is determined by the
student's aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes
as shown in the quality of work he does in the Junior College.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what
major line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to their major choice when they appear for registration in
the Junior year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty
counselor and with heads of the various departments to determine
their field of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the
major. Majors are offered in the following areas: Christianity, Philosophy, Greek, English, Speech, Music, History, Sociology, Social
Science, Business Administration, Business Education, Home Economics, Biology, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and
Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see
departmental statements.
ELECTIVES
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing
a student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and
culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Senior
College students should, as a rule, choose their electives from
courses designated as Senior College Courses. At least thirty credits
in Senior College Courses must #be completed for graduation.
Courses numbered a,bove 50 are designated as Senior College
Courses.
TOTALCREDITS
AND HONOR
POINTS
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a
minimum of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor
point for each credit. A credit equals one recitation period a week
throughout one semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for
each credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit
with a grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a
grade of A. An average of 128 honor points must be attained for
the 128 credits required for the A.B. degree.
ENGLISH
PROFICIENCY
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate a proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
RESIDENCE
REQUIREMENT
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least
the concluding year for such a degree in residence.
DEGREE
WITHDISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Average honor points
per credit
2.8-3.0
2.5-2.79-k
2.1-2.49+
Distinction
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
Only students who have spent a t least two years in residence
are eligible for honors.
In order to receive a recommendation for graduate work, a
student must attain an average grade of By or two honor points
per cmdit.
CURRICULUMS
..
The following m s e s of study are outlined as guides for the
student and his adviser in planning a program which will prepare
him for the vocation of his choice.
T h Christian Ministry
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student
for admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary, which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors
or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate
pre-seminary course. Separate curriculums have been worked out
by which a student may major in History, or Philosophy, or English, or Sociology. The student should seek the counsel of the
Seminary adviser as early as possible, as variations according to
the major chosen may affect the choice of courses even in the
~reshmanyear.
Seminary adviser, Mr. Hdland.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . - 4
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . I
Freshman English . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
European Civilization . . . . . . . . - . . 6
or Natural Science, 8 Cr.
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
-
Sophomore
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Nanual Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
New Testament Greek.. . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
or English Literature, 6 Cr.
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6
8
8
4
6
r
-
34
33
New Testament Greek. . . . . . . . . . 8
- 8
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . Humanities or Philosophy. . . . . . . 6
Hatory or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Hymns of the Church. . . . . . . . . . . 2
Senior
Youth Work in the Church. . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . ' z
History or English.. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Philosophy or Logic... . . . . . . . . . . 3
Ewnomiu or Education.. . . . . . . . 6
English (for major or minor). ... 6
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Junior
The foreign language requirement includes I 6 semester credits
in Greek, and 16 semester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers
in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and
as parish workers. The course is so arranged that the student will,
upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also
a certificate indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult
with Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Christianity and
makes it possible to plan for a major in History, English or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Christianity with a
minor in Home Economics or some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the Parish Worker's C e d c a t e are italicized
in the outline below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Basic Bibk . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . .
Principles of Sociology . . . . . .
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Activities . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Beginning Public Speaking . . . . . . 3
Types of Public Speech.. . . . . . . . . 3
Foreign Language
. . . . . . . . . . . . . .,
8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . - . . . . . . . . . . . 7
-
Senior
Junior
Tbe Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education. . . z
The Christian Churches . . . . . . . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Social Psychology or Urban Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Dramatics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Story Telling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
32
Parish Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Youth Work in the C h r c b . . . . . . , 2
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Chwcb. . 2
Fundamentals of Journulism . . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Survey of Sock! Work Field. . . . . . 3
Firsf Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 2
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's
c e d c a t e . The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for
a c e d c a t e for high school teaching in Minnesota. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the neighboring states.
The student should apply to the Department of Education for
admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore
year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the
basis of scholarship and other qualifications. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors for teaching may be secured in
natural science, social science, and business education.
F , A
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Foreign Langwge or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Junior
Christkmity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Educational Psychology ......... 3
Teaching in High School. ........ 3
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Group Labontory Experience. . . . . . 2
Electives in Major or -or.
.... -14
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natunl
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principle of Guidance. . . . . . . . . . . 3
History and Philosophy of
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Observation and Practice
Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 4 or 5
Special Teaching Methods. . . . . . . . 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14
-
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning for work in the fields of business and industry.
The
course affords thorough preparation for a business vocation
and results in a Bachelor of Arts degree.
Fresh
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..
European Civilization or Sociology. .
Principles of Accounting.. . . . . . ..
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
6
6
6
I
r
I
I
Junior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . 4
United Stater History... . . . . . . . . 6
Bwiness Law . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 3
Advanced Accounting . .. . . . . ... 5
Finance and Investment.. . . . . . . . . j
Money and Banking . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective crediu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ro
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . .
speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . .. . ... . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principles of Economiu.. . . . . . . ..
I n d u c t i o n to Statistia.. . . . , . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective credim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.
4
3
8
4
6
3
I
3
Senior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Labor and Management Relations.. 3
Public Finance and Taxation.. . . . . 3
Elective credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
Secretarial Work
Preparation for teaching business subjects in high school requires
work in the departments of Business Administration and Secretarial Studies. An outline of the requirements in business education appears under the Department of Secretarial Studies.
The following one year program is outlined as a preparation for
certain o6ce positions. Completion of the second year provides
more advanced training. A student who has had similar courses
in high school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of
a proficiency test.
First Year
Chrirtianky . . . . . . . . . . . .. . , . , - .
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . .
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . .
Consumer Education . . . . . . . . , . . .
P.rinciplw of h & g . .
.. . . .. .
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Eduxtion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Year
4
6
6
I
2
2
6
I
I
2
- s t y
.. . .
. . ....
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting .
Advanced Shorthand . . .
Psydlology . . . . . . . . . ..
Secretarial Practice . . . . .
Office Machines . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vocations in Home EEonomics
From the vocational point of view, the work in the Department
of Home Economics is intended to prepare students for homemaking, to equip them for the teaching of home economics in
high school, and to give them the &st two years of the training
required for such vocations as dietetics, institution management,
home economics in business, home economics and journalism, and
home economics extension.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult members of the home economics staff about the details of the
program when she begins her college work. The teaching major
is described in the catalog on page 90.
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often h d it advantageous to
complete their college work before entering the medical school.
The following program will meet the requirements of most medical
schools, but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the medical school to which he plans to apply.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I 0
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Christimity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
German ...................... 8
Zoo~ogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology .................... 4
Qualitative Analysis ............ 4
Quantitative Andysia ........... 5
Physical Education ............. I
Senior
Junior
Christianity ...................4
Social Science .................. 6
Medical German . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Organic Chemistry ............. 8
Physics .......................
8
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Christianity ................... 4
speech ......... , .............3
German ...................... 8
Physical Chemistry ............. 5
Electives ....................
.12
34
32
-
-
Dentistry
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally b e wmplaed in two years. The following schedule will meet the ordinary
requirements for admission.
FreshChristianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis ...................... .ro
Orientdon ................... I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
ChrisGan;~ . . . . . . . . .
Ewo~ean tion on .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
General Physics . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Nursing
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their nurses training
schools have a t least one year of college. In many instances, two
or more years of college work would be desirable. A two-year
schedule may be arranged with the Registrar for those planning
to enter the School of Nursing at the University of Minnesota.
Freshmvt
...
Sophomore
...................
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
csrmamg
4
6
Natural Science ............... 8
Psychology .................... 4
Sociology ..................... 6
Elements of Nutrition.. ......... 3
O k a t i o a ................... I
Physical Education .............I
33
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . .
History or Political Science
Humanities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Natural Science . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by
the hospital. Application for admission to the School of Nursing
should be made to the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis,
Minnesota.
First Year
c3kriatianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Annomy and Phpblogy.. ...... 4
k ~ l o g y................... 3
ch&stry
....................
Psybology
....................
Second Year
3
2
-
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
I4
Medical Tecbndogy
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three
years of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General
Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for examination
for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended that
students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
F&ul
Chrittianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English ............. .. 6
General Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Sodal Science ..................6
Orientathn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Hygiene . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Mucation .............
I
Electives ......................4
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
32
J.aior
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Analytical Chemistry ........... 4
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 2 0
-
4
8
4
3
I
8
4
32
Senior
Lectures, laboratory and pnctical
work at General Hospital for
twelve months.
d
Engineering
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg before transferring. The course outlined below applies to the
fields of aeronautical electrical engineering, agricultural, civil, industrial, mechanical and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly diflerent.
Freshman
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . .
Integral Calculus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . .
Modem Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electricity and Magnetism . . . . . . .
Inorganic and Qualitative Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Survey 06 European Civilization or
Principles of Sociology and Social
Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
z
4
4
4
4
4
8
6
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the course in civil engineering, in which case it must be taken in summer session.
Lau,
The following two-year program is planned especially to meet
the needs of students who purpose t o transfer to the Law School
at the University of Minnesota. It is possible t o modify the program for admission to other law schools.
Sophomore
Christianity
ti^ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Pchciplea of Accounting. ......... 6
Humanities .................... 6
~uropern&diza6on ........... 6
Orientation .................... I
Hedth ........................ z
Phpid AcrirEties .............. I
32
................... 2
Christian Ethia ................ z
Principles of Fmnomiw.. ........ 6
American Government ........... 6
Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
History of Philosophy. ........... 3
General Psychology ............. 4
History of England. .............
3
Speech or Sociology. ............. 3
Physical Activities .............. I
Social Work
For students who plan to enter the field of social work the following program is suggested. The same program is appropriate
for those who plan to enter graduate training in this field.
F~~
,Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization ........... 6
Principlcr of Sociology. , . . . . . . . . . 3
Noma1 Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2
Phyacd Education ......, ..... , I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.
-
Sophomore
Christianity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
American Government . . . . . . . . . .6
Foreign Language .............. 8
Psychology ...................4
Sociology ..................... 6
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
J
e
⬠Y l r h b i q ...................
Principles of Economia . . . . . . . . .
Sodology .....................
PIttory of Philosophy.. .........
Eleotives .....................
Senior
4
7
Chrirti?nity ...................4
Sociology ..................... 9
Statkics ...................... 3
Electives ...................... I 6
32
32
6
9
6
-
-
Students who plan to enter the Social Work Field should conthe major adviser in the Sociology Department relative to
recommended courses, minors, and electives.
sult
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service in the areas of parish work, social service, high school teaching, missionary work, nursing, and secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutherdn
Deaconess Home, the Dean of Women, and the Registrar.
Divisional Organization
College courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for
each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISION
OF RELIGION
AND PHILOSOPHY
W .Stensvaag, Chuimra#
Christianity
Philosophy
Mr. Olson, Cbrr)rmcwt
DIVISION
OF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
Mr. Quanbeck, Chairman
SOCIAL SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Sociology
Education, Psychology
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics, Secretarial Studies
H o m e Economics
DIVISION
OF
THE
DIVISION
OF
THE
NATURAL
SCIENCES
Biology, Chemistry, Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
Mr. Nash, Cbairma
PAWH Worn I.
2 Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organizrtion and visitation. It ranges in scope from roul-care to surveys. Clau lectures
w i l l be supplemented by actual field work.
57.
YOUTHWORI m =E CHURCH.
2 Cr.
A study of principles, methods, and materinlr in youth work for the purpose of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
58.
GOD~m%N m THE ( h TESTAMENT.
~
I.
r Cr.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and
made significant for our day through the study orf a number of great passages,
including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
59.
II.
2 Cr.
60. THEMESSAGEOF THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The philosophy courses seek to familiarize the student with the syatems of
thought developed by the great thinkers, to create an understanding of the
principles of sound reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Gurses 21, 41, 42,
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
4. THECHRISTIANFAITH w THE MODERNWORLD. 11.
See Course 4 under Department of Christianity.
a. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS. n.
$8
are required
2
Cr.
2
Cr.
See Course 8 under Department of Christianity.
THE HUMANITIESIN WESTERNCIVILIZATION.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A survey wurse dealing with the development of Western thought u reflected
in outstandiig works in the fields of philosophy, literature, political and social
thought, religion, and the arts. The course ir accepted in fulfillment of the
Junior College requirement in the Social Sciences.
I j, I 6 .
3 Cr.
25. LOGIC. I.
A study of the conditions, forms, a d principles of logical thought. Problem
of inductive and deductive reasoning. The nature of trurh and its relation to
hnman experience and conduct.
OF PHILOSOPHY. I, 11.
6 Cr.
41, 42. HISTORY
An historical s w e y of the outstanding men and movements in the development of phiiomphical thought from the Greeks to the modem period.
5
I.
Senior
Cdkgr Collrses
12. COMPARATIVERELIGION. I, IL
See coutse 11, 5s under Department of Christianity.
54.
HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.Jr., Sr. II.
4 Cr.
3 Cr.
See course 54 under Political Science.
CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.
Prereq. 41 or 42. 11.
3 crA survey of recent philosophical emphaser and their exprcasions in the r&
?repr of life in inodern culture.
56.
KIERKEGAARD.*
I.
3
A study of the father of existential philosophy in the setting of Scandiiviaa
Lutheranism. Special attention is given to the philosophical implicatioas of his
doctrine of the God-man.
57.
TO. Prereq. 41. IL
3 Cr.
A careful ~ t u d yand analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato; including
selected portions of the Republic.
5 8.
60. FORMSAND ~
P
H OF P
ART.* Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. IL 3 Cr.
The spirit and substance of art and the art experience in their various fomu
through demonstrations, lechuer, and readings in the philosophy of art.
PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.*
Prereq. 3 hours in Philosophy. 11.
3 G.
An enquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religiorrs experience
from the viewpoint of philosophy md psychology.
61.
*Not offered in 1953-1914.
Teaching minor: 18 credits above Freshman English, including courses 21,
22, 71, 91-92; and 3 credits in American literature.
A minor in speech or library science is recommended for those who plan to
teach English in high schools.
Students who plan to d o graduate work in English should include courses
75 and 76. A minor in French, German, or Latin is strongly recommended.
, ~ M E D L U ENGLISH.I.
o Cr.
For students who do not meet the minimum reauirements in the entrance
English tests. Emphasis placed on the basic principles of writing and correct
English usage. One double period per week. Offered in connection with English I.
A.
I - 2 . t FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
For students attaining the required standard in the entrance English tests.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and research papers.
3-4.f
FRESHMAN
ENGLISH.I, II.
6 Cr.
For students who attain a high score in the entrance English tests. Interpretation of reading materials and frequent compositions.
21, 22. ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ T E R P I EOFC EWORLD
S
LITERATURE.
I, U.
6 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics, selected
on the basis of a unifying theme. Techniques of fiction, poetry, and drama.
25. E ~ P O S ~ ~ O
WR Y~ GI. Prereq.
.
1-2 or 3-4.
t Cr.
The practice of logical thinking, organization, and expression as related to
exposition and argumentation through the writing of original and research
papers. Reading and analysis of models:
26. C R E A
WRITMG.
~
11. Prereq. 1-2 or 3-4.
2 Cr.
Practice in description and especially narration from direct observation and
experience. Supplementary study of the technique and contemporary practice
of the short story. Individual and group projects.
Senior Cdlege C w s e s
C O R R E C ~WRITING. n.
I Cr.
Required of all students who show insu9icient ability in the sophomore English
examinations. Designed to develop correctness in writing.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.I, II.
6 Cr.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I , 5 2.
3 Cr.
53. AMERICAN FICTION.* I.
A study of the art of the short story and the novel in America, encentrating upon the major writers.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
V n t i n u a t i o n course. To receive credit for
both semesters.
this course, a student must complete
AMERICAN
POETRY.* II.
3 Cr.
Selections from the major American poets from the colonial to the modern
period, with stress placed on the Romantic period. Attention to the major historical, philosophical, and literary movements.
5 5 . THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL. I.
2 O.
See course g g under the Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
54.
THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
DRAMA.* II.
2 Cr.
See course 56 under the Department af Scandimavian Language and Literature.
5 6.
THEBRITISH NOVEL.I.
2 Cr.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists
and their novels.
57.
61. ENGLISHLITERATURE
OF THE ROMANTIC
MOVEMENT.* I.
3 Cr.
The development of Romanticism in England between 1798 and 1832. Stress
on the five major pets. Some attention given to the prose writers and minor
poets.
62. VICTOIUANLITERATURE.IL
3 CrWriters of the period from 1832 to 1900 in relation to the morernents in
thought and society. Emphasis placed on the two poets, Temyson and Browning.
EIGHTEENTH
CENTURYENGLISHLITERATURE.I.
z Cr.
The principal authors from Dryden to Blake. Discussion of literary movements and historical back grounds.
67.
L ~ ~ E R ACRITICISM.
RY
11.
z Cr.
A study of some basic historical texts, with emphasis on the principles and
hues which have special relevance for modem thought.
68.
INTRODUCTION
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.I.
3 Cr.
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed
to give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the d y
of language.
71.
74. S ~ S P E A R E
TI..
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the .principles of drama
and the historical background.
75. MILTON. I.
2 Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century.
CHAVCER.,II.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture af the Middle Agu.
Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales.
76.
MODERNDRAMA.'I.
z Cr.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of h e n . Repraentative plays
studied as literature and as theater.
8 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
MODERNBNIISH ~ M T U R E
n..
z Cr.
The more important literary movements of the present century in England.
concentrating on leading authors and notable productions.
82.
ENRL~H
SEMINAR.I, IT.
t Cr.
Designed to acquaint the student with the methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American and British literature. Limited to seniors.
91-9z.t
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM.
I.
z Cr.
An introduction to ,the theory and practice of journalism. When pursued in
connection with The Augsburg Echo or The Augsburgian an additional credit
may be earned. See courses 4 to 7.
I.
E D ~ THE
G SMALLPAPER. II.
2 Cr.
A continuation of course I, in which the mechanics of newspaper production
are dealt with in detail. Problems of style and policy relative to school and
church publicatioas are studied. Participation in work of Tbe Augsburg Echo ic
required.
1.
n.
FEATURE
WRITING
FOR PUBLICATION.*
2 O.
The planning and writing of feature articles and their placement in variour
publications. Ability to write good English is a requirement.
3.
Ecbo STAFF MEETINGS.I, IL
z Cr.
Studena who are regular members of The Augsbnrg Ecbo St& and who
may receive credit for .their work must register for the weekly ataff meetings.
These meetings are &o open to members of course I . Hour arranged.
4, 5.
6, 7 . Angsbnrgiar STAPF M e E m ~ s I,.
IT.
z 0.
Students who are regular members of the Augsbwgiun st& and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the scheduled weekly st& meeting.
Department of Speech
Tbe rpeech department aims to relate the development of speech to personwith the purpose of improving the adjustment of the individual to hia environment. It reeh to develop skill in platform deportment and speech cornpoaition, and to foster the habit of critical listening. Through iw courses in interpretative reading and drvnatiu an appreciation of poetry and drama is sought.
The department offen a major in general speech which prepares the student
for the teaching of speech in the secondary schools a d for graduate work in
general speech, radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ality
*Not o f f a d in 1953-1954.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student m u t complete
both semesten.
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech for graduation Speech II
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 2 1 credits above Speech 11, including courses 12, 31, 32, 51, 61, 76.
A h required is Phil. 25. English is recommended as a minor.
Minor: I 5 credits above Speech 11. For Education students, courses 12,
3 I, 5 x, 64, and 9s should be included.
4. REMEDIAL
SPEECH.Open to all students.
o Cr.
For students needing individual attention to various kinds of speech problems
such as stuttering, lisping, foreign dialect, and excessive stage fright.
3 Cr.
BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., SO. Offered !both semesters.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speech.
I I.
TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I. Fr., So. 11.
3 0An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, inter-
I 2.
pretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Pamicipation in &v
activities.
apdhg
STORYTELLING.'
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling.
I 5.
z Cc.
INTERCOLLEGIATE D E B AI,~ II. Open to dl students.
The work of this group is based upon the intercollegiate debate quutian for
21, 22.
the year.
24. ORATORY.
I. Open to all students.
I Cr.
Preparation and delivery of an original oration for collegiate oratorical contests. Arrangements to be made with the instructor.
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.
So. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
k i d of prose, poetry, and drama.
3 Cr.
32. A c ~ G So.
. 11.
An introduction to the art of acting. Creation and presentation of scenes and
skits; participation in dramatic productions.
Senior College Collrses
GROUPDISCUSSION.*
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques.
5 I.
54. RADIO
SPEECH.+Jr., sr. 11.
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and production of radio programs. Emphasis on projects suitable for speech work in secondary schools.
11, Philosophy 25. Jr., Sr. I. 2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Techniques of logical criticism, ,preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates.
61. ARGUMENTATION
AND DEBATE.
Prereq.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
11, Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. n.
2 Cr.
Applications of psychology in public address. Preparation and delivery od
various kinds of persuasive speeches.
62. PERSUASION.
Prereq.
STAGECUFT.
Jr., Sr. ,XI.
2 Cr.
A study in scene construction, lighting, and costuming with emphasis en high
school theatrical productions. Lrboratory experience in dramatic productions.
64-
STAGEDIRECTION.* Prereq. 32. Jr., Sr. II.
2 Cr.
Theory of stage direction, exercises and projects in blocking a d directing
play reheamls. Laboratory experience in dramatic productions.
66.
SPEECHHYGIENE.+
Prereq. Psychology 5. Jr., Sr. II.
z Cr.
Principles of mental hygiene in relation to personality and development of
speech habits with emphasis on the role of the classroom teacher.
74.
76. SPEECH PATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
Detection and correction of speech defects. Field trip to speech clinics;
labontory experience in speech therapy. Designed especially for teachers and
social workers.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
See Course 9 5 under Education.
91.
1%
Cr.
Department of German
Ma. LANDA,MR. BIUENS
The general aim of rhc c o m a in German is to help the student develop an
understanding of the German idiom and an appreciation of the ethical d
earhetic values contained in German literature. In pamcular, the aim b to prod e technical a&g
for the student who plans to study theology and for the
candidate for higher academic degrees.
&r,
24 credits. Course 5-6 does not count toward a minor.
BEGINNING
GERMAN.I, 'n.
A rtndy of the grammar and vocabulary of rhe German language ao
& attains a reading howledge.
I-2.t
8 Cr.
&t
the
M O ~ GN
~ O S AND
E
POETRY.I, 11.
8 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student ,through cbe
3-4.t
study
of easy prase and poetry.
MEDICALGERMAN.Prereq. 8 Cr. in German. I, 11.
Training in the reading of professional articles written in G e m .
j-6.t
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
IC~ntinuationcourse. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both Sam-.
Senior Colkge Courses
GE~WW ~ N R KI, n.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature.
74. TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LNGUAGP).
Sr. I.
a ~ a .
fI,52.
I
% Cr.
Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature
MR. OLSON,MR. LANDA
Thir Department aima ,to impart to the rtudent the knowledge of a foreign
language as s factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for
whom it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to give the mmdent r
working knowledge of rhe Norwegian language. It furthermore seeks to develop
an interest in the history of the Norwegian race, as well as to transmit to American life the best of the cultural heritage of the Scandinavian peoples.
Minor, 24 creditr.
14.t BEGINNING
NORWEGIAN.
Fr. I, If.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercise^ in writins and in pron-ciation.
3-4.f
INTERMEDIATE NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, n.
6 Cr.
Further etudy of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition.
I I.
HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.
I.
3 Cr.
A brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples.
16. SOCIALDEVELOPMENT
OF MODERN
SCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of wcial .thought and life in Scandinavia from 1815 to d o prerent
day, studied a g k t , h e background of , h e general conditionr in Europe.
Senior Colkge Courses
3 Cr.
N
LITERATURE:EARLIERPERIOD.*Jr.. Sr. I.
3 I. M O D ~ NORWEGIAN
A d y of Wergeland, Welhaven, Jonv Lie, ind othen.
3 Cr.
Bj#mron and Ibaen are studied erpeciall~,through selected wurb.
NOVE
*L.
Prereq. 3-4, or rix credits in litera$1. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. I.
The course includer selected norela by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, S e h Lagerlgf, and otherr. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required.
SCAND~AWAN
DRAMA.*Prereq. 3 -4, or six credio in litera$ 6 . THEMODERN
2 Cr.
ture. Jr., Sr. II.
The course includer dramas by Bj#nwn, Ibren, and Strindberg. Knowledge
of r Scandinavian language not required.
14. MODERNNORWEGIAN
L~ZMTIJRE:
h m a PERIOD.* Jr., Sr. 11.
74. TEACHING
OF
G~urrwrcLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
K
H G.
*Mot offered in 1913-1914.
fContinuation c o w . To receive credit for thb course, a student mwt camplete
bah -ten.
Ektivea, 4 credits fnrm
10. Hymm and Music of
ch following:
. . . . . . . . . . z G.
78. Co~~llteqoht
the Church . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. o r c h d . . . . . . . . . . .s ~ r .
77. Muskd Analysir . . . . . . . . z 0. 80. Chnpo8itkm . . . . . . . . . . . . i cr.
2 credits in p b o or organ) . . . . . 6 Cr.
Applied Music (includingat
A Teaahkg Major (36 oredim) requirw ampletion of ohe following:
EarTmhha . . . . . . . . . .4 C r . 55-56. MvancedHarmony . . . 4 C h .
61-62. Instrumental T-uc
1. History a d Literature
of Musit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
or*
I, 2.
Appreciation of Mu&. . . . .z Cr. 63-64. Choral Technique . . . 4 Cr.
y . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 65, 66. Conducting. Jr.
. . 4 Cr.
Ed. 87, 88. Teachiug of Grade and High School Music. . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
8.
15-16. b
Electives, z d t s froan the $allowing:
M u i d Analysis . . . . . . . . 2 Cr. 79. Orchcdtration . . . . . . . . . . .
z Cr.
Counmpomt . . . . . . . . . . .2 Cr.
Applied Music (inc1diug st k t 2 credits in ,piano or organ) . . . . . . . . . 6 Cr.
of dl
C h public recital in each of the jfunior and senior yeam ia
77.
78.
mvsic ~ . o r s .
Minot (26 credim) nquirea campledon of h e &&owing:
EPI Trrining . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr. 7, 8. Appreciation of ~ u s i c... 4 Cr.
History and Literature
15-16. Hmmny . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
A Grad&
I.
5.
2.
of Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z Cr.
Electives, 4 credits from
10. Hymm and M& of
77.
M M d M y s i r . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
the following:
65, 66.
Condacthg
. . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
ah . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 cr. 78. Counterpoint . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
55-56. A d d Harmony . . . 4 &.
Applied Music (in w h i d at least z credits must k earnd in privaa lesaras in
the
either v
d or iastnunental music) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0.
A Teaching Minor (26 oredits) requires completion of the following:
2. EarTdnhg . . . . . . . . . . 4 C r .
65, 66. Conducting. Jr. . . . . . .4 Cr.
I 5-16.
Jhrmony . . . . . . . . . . . 4 0. 77. Musical Andpis . . . . . . . . . 2 Cr.
61-62. Instrumend Technique
Ed. 87, 88. Teaching of Gnde d
ar
High School Music . . . . . . . . . 4 Cr.
63 -64. Choral Technique . . . . . 4 Cr.
Appkd Music . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Cr.
I,
A student securing a major for teaching should be prepared for both Mcch and inairumental work. Unless he takes both techniques coums, his work in applied Murk.
except for the required credits in Piano, must be in instrumental music if he rqidun
far Choral Technique, and In vocal music if he registers for Instrumental Technlqua.
Two sanatsr crsditr are given for m c m k h i p fw OM ym in the Cbir, the
Chord Club, or the Band. One credit igivm for mcmbmhip for OTW ye* L
&e Male Chorus. Gedits are a t gmnttd for lem .&an two d e . complete
-ten.
One credit pcr -ester
i grand to d m * taking s minimum of rirvm
rhhy-aniuute lttsons per smrcntr in either voice, piano, or o r p .
Fees per senaester:
Choir $5.00, Choral Club $2.50, Voice $35.00, Piam $35.00, Organ $35.00.
Pizno rend $8.00, Organ $so.oo.
( R e n d entitla the student to use the instmument for I b
u
r per day.)
I, 2.
EARTR~TNWG.
I, II.
4
A course including the basic fandamen& of mruic: mution, tctmiwlna,
rcdes, intervals, triads, rhythm, and mebdy. Special attention b given to sight
singing, ear training, elementary keyboard harmony m d harmonic dictation.
HISTORY AND L ~ R A T U ROF
E MUSIC.
I.
2 Cr.
The evolution of music from its earliest forms up to the prem~ttime. The
lira of the composers, their works and their impact on music. The literature
of music, both instrumental and choral, is strwed.
5.
APPRECIATION
OF MUSIC.
I, 11.
4 fiA course designed to develop in the student an appreciation of the world's
greattest music. Supplemented by musical illustrations. For studenta with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before registering
for 8, or have consent of insuucmr.
7, 8.
10.
HYMNS
AND
MUSIC OF THE CHURCH.
n.
a
Cr.
A rurve7 wurse dealing with the development of the music of the Christ&
a m h , wirb npacid nttmtian to Protmnne Hp*mnody. Designed for the gened
.cadeat, the a t u s e dso will pmvc helpful to organka, choir directors, and pre&&am.
3;hc eoaree i~ accepted as f a g t h e requirement of a course in
aubrioniw.
IJ-x6.t HARMONY. I, 11.
4 GrApplication of the study of scales, intervals, and chord $omation in writk e r . Written work includes harmonization of figured bus md given melodisr u well nr opportunity for simple cmtive writing.
5 5-56.?
Senior College Cmrses
ADVANCED HARMONY.
Prereq. I 5-16. I, 11.
4 (2-
Conthation of ,the work begun in Course I 5-16, with zdvmced work in harmonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced chord formations, the use of suspensions, r e t a r d a b , and ornamenb
of music. Students should have mme knowledge of piano.
fOmtinuatioa coatme. To receive c d t tor this course, a
bod3
semesters.
student
must complete
61-62.? INS~UMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.Prereq. I, z. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w intruction in string, reed, and brass instruments, preparing the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in band and orchestra.
63-64.t CHORALTECHNIQUEPrereq. I, 2. I, 11.
4 0.
C l w instruction in .the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teacher and director for work in vocal music.
65, 66. CONDUCT~G.
Prereq. I, z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
4 Cr.
Jr. I, 11.
A course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, u directors of vocal or inscnunental music or both, a d for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction.
2 . Cr.
Musrclu. ANALYSIS.
Prereq. I, z, I 5-1 6. I.
A detailed study of the structute and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
77.
COUNTERPOINT.Prereq. 1s-16, 55. n.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in dl the .peck.
78.
TION ON. Prereq. 15-16, 55, 77. I.
A course in arranging for band, orchestra, and chamber group.
79.
2
Cr.
80. COMPOSITION.
Prenq. 15-16, 55, 77, 78. II.
t Ca.
Composing choral and instrumental music in the variolu musical fonnt. Ssadenu admitted only upon recommendation of the department.
87.
T a n c m ~OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
TEACHING
OF HIGH
SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
Ofiered u Education 87, 88.
88.
r Cr.
2
Cr.
CHOIR,CHORALCLUBOR BAND. I, n.
2 0.
I, n.
I cr.
These organizations exiat not only for the benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to participate in group affording
the opportunity for musical expression. Credit not granted for less than two huecesrive, complete semesters.
m CHORUS.
I, n.
z Cr.
All grades of instruction are given, from elementary to rhe most advanced.
The methods are modem, embodying the system of arm weight and arm rotation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
PIANO.
?Continuation course. To receive credit Lor this course, a student must compke
both aemerters;
ORGAN.
I, II.
2 Cr.
htmctiiin in organ technique and repertoire. Basic piano technique is recammended as a foundation. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
I, a
r or 2 Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
breath control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of aong
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
VOICE.
MODELINGAND SCULPTURE
I, 11.
4 0.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal 'forms. Plaster casting.
I , 2.
Division of the Social Sciences
It is the general purpose of the work in & division to improve the student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation of their importance
and value, especially i n their Christian interpretation. The work proceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division is therefore intended to develop a higher grade od citizenship and to improve the individual's adaption to
his vocation.
D e p a r t m e n t af H i s t o r y and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparathe
tion for graduate study and for teaching in secondary schools.
HISTORY
Major, go credits; minor, 21 credits. Students who have a major or minor i n
History and who plan to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22.
For non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-2.t SURVEYOF EUROPEANCIVILIZATION.Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and
up to the present. Designed to lay the foundation f o r future work in History.
I I. HISTORY
OF THE SCANDINAVIAN
COUNTRIES.I.
3 Cr.
See Course 1 1 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
21, 22. HISTORY
OF THE U N ~ STATES.
D
(F:mt semester to 1865, second semes6 Cr.
ter to present.) Prereq. 6 credits in Social Science. So. I, 11.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions.
THE ~
Senior Colkge Courses
REFORMATION.
Prereq.
3 Cr.
1-2. Jr. I.
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
OF ENGLAND
TO 18oo.* Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
52. HISTORY
5 I.
~
A
N
AND
C
KTHE
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History.
53. HISPANIC--CAN HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of Latin America and its development.
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
jContinuation course. To receive credit Ifor this course, a student mw-t complete
both semesters.
5 4 EMTERNEUROPE.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. IL
3 fi.
The history of eastern Europe with emphrsis on the development of Rurri..
CONTEA~OPARY
HISTORY
OF THE UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr.,
Sr. I.
3 0A history of the United States from about 1900 to the present, induding
consideration of international policies.
55.
Am. Gor. Jr..
3 GSr. II.
A consideration of goreign relations of the United States fnnn the Revolutionary War to the present.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATIC
I-~TORY.
Prenq. U. S. Hire. or
6r. ANCIENT%TORY.* Prereq.
1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cultural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contrib*
m modem cultures.
62. CANADIAN
HISTORY.
Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early explorations to the present, with
special emphasis on Canadian-United States relations.
6 Cr.
EUROPE.Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist.
71, 72. NINETEENTHCENTURY
A rtudy of international relation8 ?r affected by nationalism, mcialism. indwuialirm, militarism, and imperialism. World War I and the rise of the totali&an stater and World War II.
6 Cr.
Prereq. 12 Cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11.
81, 82. THE TWENTIETHCENTURY.*
A rurvey of recent developmenu in the world, stemming from the first World
War. Some study of current &aim in the light of historical investigation.
2 Cr.
SEMINARSr. I. Prereq. approval of hitory faculty.
101. HISTORY
A survey of historical writings and source material. A research project will
be required in this course. Recommended for students who plan on continuing
the study of history in a graduate school.
Minor, 15 credits.
41-42.t PRINCIPLESOF AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT.I,
II.
6 Cr.
Foundations of American government, making and development of the Constitution, federJ state, and local governments, citizenship, civil rights, popular
control of government, political parties, governmend f u n ~ t h u .Students m y
enter either semester.
Senior College Courses
PARTIESOF THE UNITEDSTATES.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 053. POLITICAL
A review of American partier, their organization, methods, functions, prusure group.
*Not offered in 1913-1954.
tcontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
~ ~ S P O ROF
Y POLITICAL THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. IL
3 0A study of the
students of ,political science, .&k philofophies,
and present id- of ,political systems.
54.
56. AMERICAN
DIPLOMATICHISTORY.
IL
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
60. .PUBLIC
FINANCE. Prereq. for Minors in Political Science, Econ. 1 5 or
American Government. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
See course 60 under Business Administration and Economics.
86. TEICHTNG
OF THE SOCUL STUDIES.Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Major in Sociol Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 2 1 credits in History (including History 21 and st) and
Human Geography, and 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political
Science 41-41.
Minor in Social Scimcc
Requirement: 6 credits each in Sociology, Economics, and Political Science
41-42.
Department of Sociology
MR. TORSTENSON,
MISS JENSEN
The objectives of this Department are to give the student a better understanding of the motivating forces which operate within our country in particular, and in society in general. A study is made of the institutions through
which these forces make themselves operative. As a Christian college we have
the further goal of seeking ways by which the Christian principles can be made
to have greater effectiveness upon the forces of our society. Students may prepare to teach in high school or may lay the groundwork for further preparation in the field of social services.
Sociology major, 24 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2,or 2 1 and st,
required for a sociology major or minor.
Combined Social Science major, same as requirements listed under Department
of History and Political Science.
Sociology minor, I 5 credits including Sociology I. History 1-2, or tr and r t
a h required.
Teaching minor in Social Science, at least 6 semester credits in each af sociology, economics, and political science.
Introduction to Statistics is recommended for majors and minors in Sociology
or Social Science.
Physical Education 6 and 85 may be approved for Sociology credit by the
Sociology Department.
IN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
A course in general sociology for nurses. Two lectures per week.
2
Cr.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLOGY.
Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of society, its interests, attitudes, social factors, structure, controls, and process of change.
2. S o c m PROBLEMS.
Prereq. Soc. I. Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary probluns togetha with
an analysis of the personal, family, community, and politico-economic adjustments to these processes. Social policies in the making are analyzed in terms of
these processes and adjustment problems.
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
3 0A study of geographical factors iduencing social institutions.
16. Socur. DEVELOPMENT
OF MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
II.
3 Cr.
See Course 16 under Department of Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2 I. SOCIOLOGY OF URBANLIFE. Prereq. Soc. I . So. I.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causw of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
22. SOCIOLOGY
OF RURALLIFE Prereq. Soc. I. So. II.
3 Cr.
Study of the structural, vital, and material elements of the rural community,
and the analysis of rural institutions and social patterns of behavior. Emphasis
is placed on the dynamics of change.
23. LABOUTORY
EXPERIENCEINGROUPACTIVITI.
I Cr.
See course 23 under Education.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS
j Cr.
See course 42 under Home Economics.
Senior College C w r s e s
OF THE SOCIALWORKFIELD. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 I. SURVEY
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
functiok of social work. A survey of private and public social agencies in the
field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work, and
other community agencies.
CRJMEAND SOCIETY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world.
An examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and
prevention of delinquency and crime.
52.
THEFAMILY.Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. I.
j Cr.
A study of the &tory and function of the family as a basic institution, the
influence of modem and economic changes on family interactions, organization,
m d disorganization.
53.
PUBLICWELFARE. Prereq. Soc. I. Jr., Sr. 11.
j Cr.
A study of the basic concepts and practices of public welfare, public welfare
legislation, and public welfare agencies, and an examination of processes of
public welfare work. The course will include field trips to public elfa are
agencies.
54.
I N T ~ C U L T U R URELATIONSAND MINORITYP R O B ~ S . Prereq.
'
Soc. I.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Characteristics and contributions of ethnic groups in the United States, causes
and consequences of race and group prejudice, mechanism and problems of
group adjustments, proposed solutions for intercultural codicts.
55.
56.
L m o n AND ~ N A G E M E N T RELATIONS. n.
Course 5 6 in Department of Business Administration.
3 Cr.
See
I. 3 Cr.
A study of the psychological ,backgrounds of group behavior, the development
of personality in social situations, the principles of character formation, the development of public attitudes and opinion, the laws of progress, soda1 conflicts,
and social control.
61. SQCXAL PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 5, 6 and Soc. I. Jr., Sr.
86.
TEACHING
OF
~
I
A
STUDIES.
L
sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Psychology and Education
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
designed to assist in the adjustments that the incoming student needs to make.
The work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more adequately understanding, predicting, and controlling his own behavior as well as that uf his
fellowmen. The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those
preparing t o do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing
to work with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the junior and senior high school level, as well as for further study in
the field of education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Education. Application must be made
during the second semester of the Sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the basis
of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and a
minimum in scholastic achievement of a 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
alsu taught on ,the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure two
credits of Laboratory Experience in Group Activity usually .to be taken in
connection with Ed. 5 1 and 53. In addition to the regular junior college requirements, students in teacher education are required to have four semester
hours i n general psychology, these hours to be completed before taking Educational Psychology.
No student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education.
All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum should be referred
to the Committee on Teacher Education.
PSYCHOLOGY
I. ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. OfIered both semesters.
I G.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work
as students in college, including methods of study, vocational choice and p r e p
aration, and development of personality.
ORIENTATIONAND PSYCHOLOGY.
Fr. I, U.
6 Cr.
aims and course content of Psychology I and Psycho1og.1 5, 6. Emphasis throughout both semesters is placed on group and individual personal counseling, helping the student use his knowledge of psychological principles involving his personal problems. Two one-hour lecture periods
and two one-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration restricted.
3, 4.
This course combines the
5N. GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY.
I.
r Cr.
An introductory course in psychology intended for nurses. Two lectures
per week.
GENERAL
PSYCHOLOGY
4 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
5 , 6.
ciples, methods and problems of psychology are discussed and the following
topics are stressed: learning, intelligence, emotion, motivation, the sensory processes and perception, individual differences, thinking, imagination, memory,
heredity and growth. The second semester emphasizes the application of the
principles of psychology to the problems of everyday life.
Senior College Courses
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
See Course 61 under Sociology.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. 3, 4, or 5, 6. Jr., Sr. IL
3 (2A survey of the history of the treatment of mental disorden and a study of
their nanue, c a w , prevention, and present treatment.
62.
LABORATORY
EXPERIENCEM GROUPACTIVITY.Offered both semesters.
. I Cr.
This is not given u s separate course, but offered in connection with Christianity 6, 57, and 58; Physical Education 6, 11, 13, 14,and 5 5 , 56; Sociology
2 , 51, $ 2 , 54, and 61; Education 51 and 5 3 ; and Home Economics 36. The
23.
nature of the experience will vary with the course with which it is associated,
and may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising club. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports
from the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which
the work k connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in
Laboratory Experience.
EDUCATIONALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 3, 4 or 1, 6. Jr. I.
3
A study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in r school
context.
1I .
T m m e IN HIGHSCHOOL.Prereq. 5 I. Jr. II.
3 Cr.
Teaching procedures and class management. Includes a study of the secondary
school in relation to the needs of youth.
5 3.
$5. PR~NCIPLES
OP GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 51. Sr. 11.
3 GA study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate for student guidance, including counseling.
58. HISTORYAND PHILOSOPHY
OF EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course traces the development of modem education a d seeks to assist
the student in developing an understanding of the present educational program
and the various modem philosophies of education. The aspeca of the state
educational program important for the orientation of the new teacher are
strersed.
Special Teacbing Metbods
The special methods courses include the study of the rnaterirls, organization,
and teaching procedurw of the field for which they are given; applications of
the principles of teaching are made in the speciiic field. Usually, each student
is required to take two of these courses to prepare for etudent teaching. Thii
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are
. special situations, a student
a major or a minor in the field and Education ~ 3 In
may be permitted to register for more than the amount of credit liitcd.
% Cr.
% Cr.
TJUCHING
OP LATTN. Sr. I.
I
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. L
I
TEACHING
OF GERMANIC
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
Cr.
Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
1 % Cr.
r % Cr.
z Cr.
2 Cr.
TEACHINGOF ROMANCELANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF NATURU
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
TEACHING OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
TEACHING
OF S o a m STUDIES.Sr. I.
TEACHING
m GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. II.
TEACHING OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
1%
I
91. TEACHING OF HOMB ECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
OF HEALTH
m~ PHYSICAI;EDUC~TION.
Sr. I.
94. TEACHING
95. TEACHING OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
s
0.
s Cr.
I
5
Cr.
4 to 5 Cr.
STUDENTTEACHING.Prereq. Educ. 5 I, 53. Sr. I.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual
control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is s h d by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachen.
96.
The following caurses prepare the student to meet the state requiremen- for a
minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of ,books for
Ehe school library, in preparing books and other library materials for circulation,
in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and effective we of
library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor, 16 credits.
BASICFUNCTIONS
OF THE SCHOOL
b u y . Jc. I.
3
Designed to acquaint the smdent with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state and national library services; library
standards; relations with school administration, faculty, students and community;
school library services to grades and high school, teachers and public; student
help, practical and pre-vocational aspects; budget, spl&g,
housing, and eqdpm a t ; library records.
55-
56.
MATERIALS
AND MP.THODS
FOR
Jr. II.
THE
SECONDARY
SCHOOLL I B ~ Y* .
3 Cr.
htroduction to 'book selection; reference boob; staadard book selection h;
preparation of materials for circulation, class&ca&n and cataloging; subject
headings; f i g ; records. Book selection in subject fields of the social studies,
geography, travel and related fiction; non-book materiala in subjeot covered;
w& &g.
Scnuces.
FOR THE SECONDARY
SCHOOLLm-Y.
*
57. SELECTIONOF MATERIALS
Jr., Sr. I.
3 GBook selection in ,&e language am, natural and applied sciemce, ,philosophy
and religion, die h e arts and literature, periodicals for secondary schools; nonbook materials in subjects covered; wide reading. Sources.
61. INTRODUCTIONTO ELEMENTARY SCHOOLLIBRARY MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. L
2 Cr.
experiences; reference b k s for
Literature for children; pre-school liv
elementary grades; subject matter titles which correlate with the curriculum;
non-book materials for elementary grades in these fields; standard lists for book
selection. sources.
SELECTION
OF ELEMENTARY
SCHOOLLIBRARYMATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. 11. z Cr.
A continuation of 61. Book selection in fiction, poetry, drama, music, and art
for children; the lpicture collection; care and use of mn-book miatexiah; periodicals for children. Wide reading; reading lists.
62.
THE ~
68.
O
O
LIBRARY
L
IN
m E
READINGGUIDANCEPROGRAM
OF
z Cr.
The d e n t will become acquainted with remedii reading and testing procedurea, reading ladders; student interests and abilities as they relate to reading;
coopention with teachers in formulation of an integrated reading program;
madvation and publicity; ,books suitable for this program; professional literature
on the subject; the use of lists and reading records.
rn SCHOOL. Jr., Sr.
II.
PramMETHODSIN L m m . Sr. I.
I G.
Teaching the use of the litarary; practical work at library circulation desk
and in the library workroom; records, weeding and withdrawal procedures;
71.
practice work in connection with practice teaching.
Department of Business Administration and Economics
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective is necessary for success in specific positions in our complex
business world and should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of responsibility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business f k m and government agencies. The
department gives a general 'background in economics; together with secretarial
studies, it provides a teaching major or minor; and it prepares for graduate
work in business and economics.
Major, 36 credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, 15, 16, 51, 53. Also required
are Speech 1 1 and History 21 and 22.
Minor, s I credits; courses required are I, 2, 4, I 5, I 6 and six credits ia Senior
College courses.
~ C I P L E S
OF ACCOUNTING. Fr. I, II.
6 Cr.
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and id introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting.
I , 2.
4.
INTRODUCTION
TO S T A ~ T I C SFr.,
. SO. II.
3 Cr.
A study of the collection, presentation, analysis, and interpretation of statiatical data. It includes a study of the measures of central tendency, time, series,
tabulation, graphic representation, and the application of these statistical techniques to various types of data.
16. P ~ C I P L E OF
S ECONOMICS.SO. I, IL
6 G.
A study of the social organization of our economy, h c a l and monetary
policies, value, prices, the distribution of wealth, and alternative economic syaI 5,
terns. The objective is to help the student to develop the ability to analyze
economic issues as they arise in his personal and vocational activities and im
public life.
Senior College Courses
MONEYAND BANKING.Prereq. I,2, 4, I 5, I 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the commercial banks, the Federal Reserve System, the price level,
and monetary and fiscal policies. The purpose is to lead the student to investigate thoroughly the place and importance of money and prices in business and
in the economy in general, emphasizing the problem of business fluctuations.
5 I.
BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the legal rules governing business transactions and relrtions. The study also includes principles and cases concerning law and its administration particularly in regard to contracts, sales, and negotiable instrnments. The aim is to appreciate the legal instruments, requirements, and procedures important in business.
53.
MARKETING.Prereq. I, z, 4, I 5 , 16.Jr., Sr. L
3 GA survey of the general problem and framework of marketing in our economy,
including marketing functions and institutions, an investigation of policy-making- -procedures in the marketing- phases
of business, and an examination of the
.
social implications of marketing activities in our economy. The purpose is ta
give the student an analytical basis for judging business alternatives md ilro
government legislation.
5 5.
3 Cr.
RELATIONS.
Prereq. 11, 16.Jr., Sr. 11.
56. ban AND KNAGEMENT
A study of management, of labor, of their relations, and of their control by
government, individually and in their relations. The objective is to picture the
different positions of these groups in our economy and to investigate possibilitier
of achieving harmony and effectiveness of the whole through education and
government control.
3 Cr.
ADVANCED
ACCOUN~G
Prereq.
.
I,2, 4, 15, 16. Jr. I.
The purpose of this course is to provide analytical accounting techniques
which will enable the student to interpret hancial data, a d to acquaint the
student with cost accounting principles and procedures. Preparation m d analysis
of hancial statements, comparative statements, and statements showing the
disposition of working capital; and proceedings in job-order a d standard costing are stressed.
59.
PUBLICFINANCEAND TAXATION.
Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The course is designed to acquaint the student with the econornis impact
of taxation and national budgetary policy. A study is made of the elements
of &al policy and management of the public debt, considering the role of taxes,
expenditures and debt management in economic stabilization.
60.
FINANCE AND INYESTIUNT. Prereq. I,z, 4, 15, 16, 59. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 G.
A study of the various types of securities purchased by investon. Consideration is given internal finance factors and external market factors which affect
the market prices of recurities. Included is a study of the principles and procedura governing the analysis of financial statements and operating data of
h whose securities have been considered as investment media.
62.
6 Cr.
71,7 2 SENIORTOPICS.* For Seniors in Business ody. Sr. I, 11.
A review of business practice and problems in our economy, pointing out
the opportunities for individual endeavor, followed by an original project by
each student in which he makes an investigation of his own. The project may
be in any business field; for example, accounting, investments, personal selling,
market research, economic analysis.
These counes aim to prepare students for stenographic and secretarial positions in business oaces, to assist in ,the preparation for the teaching of business
education in high schools and for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
o p p d t y for &e development of business skills for persod use.
A major may be obtained in business education by completing a minimum
of 37 hours, including I, 2 , 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, Business Administration
I,2 , 15, 16, 53, and one other Senior College Course or Home Economics 73.
A minor may ,beobtained by com,pleting a minimum of 26 hours, including
I, 2 , 3-4,8, 51,52, 53-54,Business Administration I, z, or 15, 16.
ELEMENTARY
TYPEWF~TNG.
I.
I G.
A course for the development of the fundamental skills of typewriting. Three
h o w per week.
I.
INTBPMEDIAETYPEWRITMG. 11.
r Cr.
Problem in typing tabdatioar, manuscript typing, use of carbone, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
2.
I~MENTAR
SHY
ORTHAND. I, 11.
6 Cr.
Training in the fundamentals of Simplified Gregg shorthand. Practice in dictation and transcription. Four hours per week.
3-4-f'
8.
Om-
M A C H ~ SPrereq.
.
I,z. I.
t
Cs.
Study and practice in the operation of such machines as the dictaphone, cal-
culator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope, addressograph, and duplicator. Two hours per week.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
f<=oatinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
b t h semesters.
Senior College Courses
ADVANCED
T Y P E W ~ I.G .
E Cr.
Further development of typewriting technique with practical training in
business letter arrangement, billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Prerequisite I, 2, or high school credit in typing. Open to rtudento having
attained a speed of 40 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
5 I.
SEC~BTARIIU PRACTICE.Prereq. I, 2, 3-4. II.
3 Cr.
Practical application of secretarial duties including dictation, business letterwriting, telephoning, use of bllliiness and legal forms, personality development,
and guidance in writing application letters and making application for a job.
Mimeographing is included in this course for those who include thii as a part
of the parish workers' course. Four hours per week.
52.
ADVANCED SHORTHAND.
I, n.
4 Cr.
Advanced study of the theory and principles of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Prerequisite 3-4 or high school credit in shorthand. Open to students
who can take dictation at a minimum speed of 80 words per minute and transcribe with a high degree of accuracy. Four .hours per week.
5 3-54.t
82.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
I
% Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of the department are threefold: first, KIprovide courser that
will help students solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I , 2, 3, 7, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
72. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics 16,
Sociology I, Biology 4 and 54, and Psychology 5, 6.
Graduation minor, 18 credits including courses I , 3, 7, 39, 40 and 42 or
66, 68, 71,
Teadhing major, 38 credits; anuses listed for non-teaching major plui 33 and
Teaching minors possible in Biology, Chemistry, Speech, Social Science or
Physical Education. Consdt a member of the home economics faculty for coune
plans.
76.
CLOTHING
SELECTION, CdBE, AND REPAIR. I.
3 GA study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile fsbriu
suitable #or Werent wes are topics considered.
I.
+Continuatioa course. To receive credit for thia course, a student
both remestera.
mut oomprlete
C
2.
L
~
CG O N S ~ U n.
~ N .
z ~ r .
This c o m e provides laboratory experience in
pimple g n m t r ia
cotton and rayon. It includes experiencw in planning, cutting. 6cting, and
suitable .techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing m d h e , alterstkn of garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Ecowmiu educa&g
tion majors. TWOdouble laboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per
week.
ART M DAILYLIVING.L
3 GA study of art as it is met in the activitiea of everyday liviag. Open to dl
students.
3.
7- ELEMENTSOF N ~ o N II..
3
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietuiea
will be analyzed.
LABOMTORYEXPERIENCE
m GROUPACTIVITY.
See course 23 under Education.
23.
COLOR
AND DESIGN.
I.
3 GA study of the piinciplt of dujgn and U ) ~ M
related to selecting, arranging,
snd designing of h o d o l d f u r w ktttring and simple poster designing.
Same c r a f t @me.
Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Thee double laboratory periods per week.
33.
36.
C u m 11.
hboratory uprimce
Cr.
or a t
2
in
various d t s
which
can be done at home
m p s with rimple equipma Frinciplcs of design and color in their appliution ta crdts will be smdied. Two double labrnrory periods per week.
PRrncmzs OF FOOD PREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 7 or
6 G.
permission of instructor. I, II.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
food preparation. Three double laboratory periods a week.
39, 40.
42.
MARRIAGEAND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problem of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, a d related aubjectr. Regdrr lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
CHILD I~VELOPMENT.
n.
2 G.
A study of the care m d training of the ,young child as to 'his physical. mend,
d social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
pez week
44.
Smior Colkge Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r CrStudy of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasn on selection,
usesand care d common household and clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
boun a week.
HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART.* n.
2 CrA study of the historical development of architecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled a d fiad
trips arranged.
64.
n.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans,
66. HOMEPLANNING AND FURNISHING.
a study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week,
68. F ~ I L HEALTH.
T
I.
z CrBasie facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems
relating to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as
well as to individual health problems within the family group.
71. HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
a CrConsideration of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and coordinating the resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living. One
lecture period and one double laboratory period per week.
HOME
MANAGEMENTLABORATORY.
z Cr.
Actual experience in the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of money, time, energy, and equipment. Six weeks residence in r home
management house with one conference hoar per week Given in summer. F d
costs to be determined by the group.
72.
73. CONSUMER EDUCATION
ANDINCOME
MANAGEMENT.
11.
z
Cr-
The wise choice of consumer goods and services available on the market
and the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered for the purpose of helping the atudent receive greater satisfaction from
the we of money income.
ADVANCEDCLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. 2. II.
2 Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making garments in wool.
76.
More advanced problem in fitting m d construction are used than those in the
c I m in Clothing Construction. Some experience in planning and constructing
gannents for children is also given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per weekOF HOMEECONOMICS.
Prereq.
91. TEACHING
and Education 53. Sr. L
"Not offered in 1953-1954.
32
credits in home economics
2 Cr.
Division of Natural Sciences and Mathematics
It is the purpose of the &*on
of N a d Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniquu; w interpret Natural Science in the light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the scudent with rhe significance of N a n d
Science in a modem, dunging world; m emphasize a sound mind and a strong
hdy; to tnin for m t i o m in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the sntdmr with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the livw
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 1 6 credits. Courses 1-2, 3, 4, 7N do not count
toward the major or minor.
WORU)AND MAN.Fr. I, 11.
I-zt. THENATURAL
8 Cr.
The development of scientific fonndations in the physical and biological s a ences. Four periods per week consistkg of lxtures, lecture demonstrations, and
discussions.
3. HUMAN ANATOMYAND PHYSIOLOGY.
Pr. 1.
4 (3A professional course in human anatom) 1r.d physiology with special emphasis on structure. Two lectures and two d o ~ b i elaboratory periods per week.
Designed particularly for student nurses and for majors in Physical Education.
Students who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3.
4. HUMANANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. II.
4 fiA professional course in buman anatomy and physiology with special emphasis on function. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per w e t .
Students who have credit for Biol. 3 will not receive credit for Biol. 4.
7N. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
I.
3 Cr.
A course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
13-1~.t GENERALZOOLOGY.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, adaptation, and reproduction of type animals. Biological principles
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
tContinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
I, 11.
8 Cr.
a study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed
by a mrvey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles. Flowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and m e
double laboratory period per week.
25, 26. GBNERALBOTANY.So., Jr.
Thir
M
4 Cr.
GENE~CS.
Prereq. 13-14, or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emhasir is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four lectures per week.
5 1.
4 Cr.
EWLOGY.Prereq. 13-14or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. II.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one laboratory
period or field trip per week.
52.
GENERALENTOMO.LQGY.*P~~~~~.
13-14. Sr. I.
3 cr.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification of insccta. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week.
5 3.
54. G E N ~ R ~BLA C ~ O L O G Prereq.
Y.
Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr.
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. Two
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
TAXONOMY
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS."Prereq. 2 5 , 26. Sr. 11.
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles, systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
5
BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.'Sr. 11.
1-2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers.
60.
1 % fi.
80. TE~UIING OF NATURAL SCIENCES.sr. I.
The course consists of methods of teaching natural sciences in secondary
schools.
Department of Physical Sciences
The courses offered provide fundamental background in the bask principles
of chemical and physical phenomena.
The primary objective is promotion of scientific thinking and scientik ipproach.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Tborough study in these courses will prepare the student for teaching the
natural sciences in secondary schools. The courses in Chemistry will prepare
him for further study in such specialized fields as Medicine, Research, Engineering, Nursing, Pharmacy, and other related fields.
The course in Physics will prepare him for study in Engineering and Applied
Mathematics.
Major, 24 credits; minor, 16 credi,ts. Courses
1-2,
jN,4 do not count toward
the major or minor.
THENATURAL
WORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, IT.
For course description see Department of Biology.
1-2$.
8 Cr.
jN. C ~ S T RFOR
Y NURSES.
I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course covering subjects related to nuning in the
fields of inorganic and organic chemistry and biochemistry. Two lectures and
one double laboratory period per week.
PRINCIPLESOF CHEMISTRY.
Fr. II.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstration course designed to provide a general knowledge of
the laws, and phenomena of chemistry as meets the needs and interests of nonscience majors. Students who complete Chem. 5-6 may not receive credit for
Chem. 4.
4.
8 G.
~NORGANIC AND QUALITATIVE
CHEMISTRY.
Fr., So. I, 11.
A study of laws and theories of chemisuy and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic qualitative analysis of cations. Three lectures and
four hours of laboratory per week.
5-6.f
Senior College Courses
ANALYTICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr. I.
4 Cr.
Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations and anions. Short introduction in general methods of quantitative analysis, volumetric and gnvimetric.
Twu lectures and six hours of laboratory per week.
5 I.
5 Cr.
Q~ANIITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 I. So., Jr., Sr. 11.
General principles, methods and procedure of quantitative analysis, volumetric
and gravimetric. One lecture, eight hours laboratory per week.
8-10 Cr.
ORGANIC
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. Jr., Sr. I, II.
53-54.t
A diacnssion of the important classes of aliphatic a d aromatic compounds.
Lobomtory work in preparation and study of typical organic substances. Three
lectures, four or six hours of laboratory per week52.
tContinuation course. To receive credit .for thii wurse, a student mwt complete
both semesters.
PHYSICAL C H E L L ~ Y .Prcreq.
*
Math. z, Chem. 5 1 and 52, and Wyrics
5 and 6. Sr. II.
5 GAn introductory course covering the gas laws, solutions, chemical equilibrium,
rates of reactions, and colloids. Three lectureo and one double laboratory period
per week.
5 5.
PHYSICS
I-z?.
THE NATURALWORLD AND MAN. Fr. I,
8 Cr.
11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
PRINCIPLES
3.
OF
PHYSICS.Prereq. H. S. Algebra and P
h Geometry. Fr. I.
4 0A lecture demonstration course which includes mechanics, heat, round, light
and electricity. Emphasis is placed on the application ob physics in the h e .
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Math. z. So. L
4 G.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and heat. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
5.
GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. So. n.
6.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Gen. Phys. 5 and coven electricity, magnetism, and light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period
per week.
Senior College Cmrses
MODERNPHYSICS.Prereq. 6. Jr. I.
4 Cr.
A study of modem topics in the field of physics including atomic theory,
nuclear transformations, radiation phenomena, biophysical applications of p h y k
and other topics. Philosophical implications of modem physical science will be
considered.
5 I.
AND MAGNETISM.Prereq. Phys. 6 and Math. 51 or oonELECTRICITY
current registration in Math. 51. Jr., Sr. II.
4 cr.
An advanced course with emphasis on fundamental laws, electric and magmtic field phenomena, high and low frequency circuits, and electrical instruments. Two lectures and two two-horn laboratory periods per week.
52.
80.
TEACHING
OF
NATURALSCIENCES. Sr. I.
1%
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 with
either 51 and 5 2 or 53-54; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
*Not offered in 1953-19~4.
tGintinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Mathematics
MR. SOBERG,MR. LINDQUIST
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics s u f cient for solving the simpler problems of life, also to afford
students in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects, and to open to those who major in the subject a wider
horizon with experience that will make them efcient worken in their chosen
fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor, zo credits.
Courses A, B, 5 and 6 do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but A and B must be completed as prerequisites to other courses.
SECONDCOURSEALGEBRA.Prereq. H. S. Algebra. Fr. I.
4 aFmdamentals of Algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics.
A.
SOLID GEOMETRY.Prereq. Plane Geometry. Fr. II.
4 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume formulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced
B.
I m o ~ u c n oTO~ ~~TI-IEMATICALANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. A. Fr., So.
I, 11.
10 Cr.
This is an integrated course inuluding college algebra, trigonometry and plane
d y t i c a l geometry.
I , 2.
ENGINEERING
DRAWING. Prereq. B. L
3 crElements of drafting with an introduction to the use of graphs and formulas. Eight hours a week. Courses 5 and 6 do not count toward a major or
minor in mathematics.
5.
ENGINEERINGDRAWING AND DESCRIPTIVEGEOMETRY.Prereq. 5.
3 Cr.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours
a week.
6.
S&
5 1, 52.
ELEMENTARYCALCULUS
Colkge Cmrses
AND
DIFFERENTIALEQUATIONS.SO., ~ r I,.
n.
Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for diierentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary m e r e n t i d equations are
developed and applications madz.
10
3 Cr.
$3. Sow ANALY~W G m m r . Prereq. 2 or 3. Sr. I.
U r n and plane3 in space are mdid and their equations developed. Quadratic
d a c c ~md t d o r m a t a o n me given their proper e m p k
THEORYOF EQUATK~NS.*
Prereq. Math. 51. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Tqh course includes the study of complex numbers, determinvlts and orher
54.
topica that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
84.
TEACHINGOF MATHEMATICS.Sr. I.
I
YZ Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
MR. ERNESTANDERSON,MR. NELSON,MISSBERVEN,MR. ARIO
The aim of the Department of Health and Physical Education is to promote
hmlrh and physical fitness ;through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship through the i n t n m u n l and intercollegiate sports program, to further the worthy use of leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any phase
of the physical education program.
A course in Personal and Community Health is required of all freshmen and
new upper class students who have not had an equivalent course in college.
Two years of physical activities, wurses ja, j b and 4 5 qb, are required of
all students. Those who take a major or minor in Physical Education are required to take 4a, qb only. This one credit will count toward the major or
minor.
M q o r md Minos Requirements:
Major for men, 33 credits, including Courses
2,
41, 4b, 5, 6,
I I, 12,
27, 50.
51, 52, 53, 55, 56, 58, 62, 84.
hiajor for women, 30 credits, including Coarsw
17,27, 50, 52, 53, 58, 62, 84.
2,
42, 4b, 5 . 6, 13, 14, 16,
Miaor, - 21 credits, h d u d i n g Courses 2, 4n, qb, 5, 6, I I, 12, 5 I, 5 3, and 62
formen: z,qa,4b, 5, 6, 13, 14, 16, 17, 53,and 62forwoanen.
Biology 3; Psychology 5, 6; and Education 23, 5 I , 53, 5 5 , 5 8 , 94, and 96
sbould be included for a t c d i n g major in physical education.
2.
PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITYHEALTH.
Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
A study of modem concepts and practices of health and healthful living
applied to the individual and the community.
F'HYSICAL ACTIVITIES. (Men). Fr., So. I, 11.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I, II.
42, 4b. PHYSICAL
3% 3b. PHYSICALA c m s . (Women). Fr. I, 11.
3% jb.
4a, 4b.
PHYSICAL
ACTMTIES. (Women). So. I, 11.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
EDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. L
z Cr.
A brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of health education, physical education, and recreation u they function in the public school
system.
~TRODUC~~O
TO
N HEALTH
5.
lbauifino~~t
ACTIVITIES.
Fr. II.
I Cr.
' l b o r y and practice in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games.
6.
TEAM SPORTSAND LWUP GAMES.(Men). So. I.
z Cr.
A study of .technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball, and volleyball.
Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and volleyball.
I I.
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUALSPORTS.(Men). So. II.
r Cr.
Theory uld practice in teaching badminton, ahdeboard, handball, aerial darts,
a d c s g , and golf.
table tennis, h o d o e s , paddle t&,
I 2.
TEAMSpoa'fs FOR W o w * . SO. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Themy and pnct;ce in the mading and o5ciating of field hockey, soccer,
bakerbd, wllqbdi, and saftbd.
I j, I+
INDIVIDUAL
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. II.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching skating, skiing, badminton, trble tennis,
shdeboard, archery, tennis, and golf.
16.
SELF-TESTINGA C T N ~ (Women).
.
So. L
Theory and technique of teaching stunts and tumbling.
17.
27.
J~NESIOLOGY. Prereq. Biology 3. So. I.
I
Cr.
z Cr.
This is a study of body movements and the mechanics in the &ecting of efficient movements.
OFPICUTING.
(Men). So. I.
r Cr.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of o5cnting in football,
basketball, baseball, and track.
29.
Senior Colkge Caurses
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
AND ADAPTEDPHYSIC&EDUCATION.
* Prereq.
2 Cr.
Bil. 3, and P.E. 27. Jr. 11.
Procedure and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and organic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical caaes.
50.
SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES.(Men). Jr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching individual and dud stunts, apparatus,
tumbling, boxing, and wrestling.
5 I.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
FUNDAMENTAL
M O V E M E ~ Jr.
S . II.
I Cr.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms. Separate sections for men and women.
52.
PRINCIPLES AND CURRICULUM OF HEALTH
AND PEFISIU E D u ~ ~ o N .
3 Cr.
Jr., Sr. I.
Aims, scope, and objectives of health and physical education.
An analysis and evaluation of the elementary and secondary school health
and physical education curriculum.
53.
15.
z Cr.
C O A ~ OFG SPORTS:FOOTBALLAND BASKETBALL.Sr. L
Theory and sechniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
2 Cr.
COACHINGOF SPORTS: BASEBALLAND TRACK. Sr. 11.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
56.
FIRST AID. Jr. 11.
American Red Cross Fit Aid Course.
5 8.
I
Cr.
C~GANIWTION
AND ADMINISTRATION
OF m m AND PHYSIC~L
EDUCATION.Sr.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health and
physical education.
62.
TESTS
AND MEASUREMENTS
IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION."Sr. 11.
A survey and evaluation of tests in physical education.
84.
I
Cr.
COMMUNITYRECREATION.*
Jr., Sr. 11.
2 0.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and administration of recreational
work.
85.
94.
TEACHTNG
OF HWTH AND P ~ S I C AEDUCATION.
L
Sr. I.
Methods and materials in health and physical education.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
2
Cr.
Augsburg Theological Seminary
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors and
missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. I t offers a regular three-year course
of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of the Lutheran Free Church
it aims to stress particularly the training of pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran congregations where the Gifts sf
Grace are freely cultivated and nurtured under the authority of the Word and
the guidance of the Holy Spirit.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Admission
The normal prerequisite for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have included the
following prerequisite subjects:
Greek
German, or
Latin, or
Norwegian
Philosophy
z years
2
I
years
year
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience, zn occasional exception from these requirements may be made by special action of
the Committee on Admissions.
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage from their
&eological studies, it is recommended that their college course of study, besides
fulfilling requirements as to a major and a minor, in addition to the subjects
indicated above, include as many as possible of the following:
English
Speech
Psychology
History
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science or Education
Typewriting
z years
year
year
years
year
I
I
2
I
I
I
year
year
AN cadidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a good
acldemic record in their preparatory studies in college.
Applications for Admission
Applications for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the following:
I.
A formal letter of opp1ication for admission as a s t d e n t in the Seminay,
including a personal statement by the candidate concerning his background,
including baptism, c o n b a t i o n , spiritual experience, doctrinal convictions, and
church membership.
2. A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of these
should be from the pastor of the candidate's local church.
4. A certificate of good health.
These documents must be in the hands of the Secretary of the Seminary
Faculty before July &st.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
Transfer of Credits and Advanced Standing
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that their
studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological Faculty. Any
arrangement to take a part of the theological course a t another seminary must
have the prior approval of the Theological Faculty at Augsburg.
Adsanced standing is granted in certzin instances, when a student applying
for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work done in ocher
theological seminaries of recognized standing.
Expenses
Semiaary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay the regular student
aciivity fee, health fee and a general Seminary fee of ten dollars per semester.
Semjnary students living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover
the cost of room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
p r e 24.
see
Graduation and Degrees
The Seminary course consists of a three-Tear cycle of lectures and study plus
six months of practical service in the congregations. Students who complete all
the requirements of the regular course are graduated with the degree of Bachelor
of Theology. These requirements may be summarized as follows:
I. A minimum of 102 semester credits, including a seminar course in each
of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church
History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point ratio of at least 1.5 (C+ average)
throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. S
ix months of practical Christian service under the direction of the
Faculty Committee on Service. Seo below.
5 . The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words in
length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be submitted for
faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year and the thesis must be
completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New
Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken during the third
week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
Students who complete the required number of credits for graduation with
an honor point ratio of 1.0 (C average) and the six months of practical service, but who have not met all the normal academic prerequisites for admission,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their studies, are graduated with the degree of Graduate in Theology.
seminary Internship
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary each student is required to spend six months in practical Christian service, as appointed
and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is done during the
summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited m o u n t ofi assigned collateral reading is required during the inserpia
period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a l i i t e d mount of
practical church work during the school year either in the Twin Cities or in
nearby communities. This should be done in consultation with the Committee
on Serrice.
COURSJS OF m y *
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I. THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTUREOF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History and contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the ,historical
z Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
3. THESPIRITUALLIFE. A practical study of basic principles of spiritual living, with emphasis upon the cultivation of the devotional life. Selections from
the great classics of Christian devotion are studied.
I Cr.
4. THEOLOGIC~~
PROPAEDEU~C.
A survey of the main divisions of Christian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
I Cr.
5 . INTRODUCTION
TO D o c m n c s . A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Confession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
Luther.
+With the exception of the Theological Orientation Counes, offered m d y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in P three-year cycle. The List of
c m e s to be offered in any spec& year is amwunced to ,the students during &e
pHcedinS rummer.
Old Testament
10. SURVEY OF OLD TESTAMENT
L ~ R A T U R EA. general survey of the individual writings of the Old Testament; the history of the Old Testament
2 Cr.
Canon and text.
11. PROBLEMSAND METHODS. A study of selected problems of history and
interpretation in connection with certain Old Testament books, together with
an introduction to the principles of Biblical criticism.
2 Cr.
12. THE PENTATEUCH. The course includes a general i n d u c t i o n to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages.
3 Cr.
13. THE HISTORIC~Z.
BOOKS. A survey of the history of Israel with e m p h
on religious values and the rise of prophetism. Selected passages from the historical b k s are studied.
3 Cr.
A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
14. THE PROPHETISAIAH.
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book.
3 Cr.
15. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH. Alternates with 16. A study of the political,
moral, and religious trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given
to Jeremiah's personal character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the
stmggle for spiritual freedom.
3 Cr.
16. THEPROPHETEZEKIEL Alternates with 15. A study of Ehe Babylonian
Captivity and its spiritual significance for the people of God.
2 Cr.
17. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of
Psalms.
3 Cr.
18. THE BOOK OF JOB. Alternates with 19. A course which aims to make
clear the teaching of the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard
to fundamental problems of life.
3 Cr.
19. Posr-EErc LITERATURE.
Alternates with 18. A caurse in the litenw e , history, and religion of Judaism in the Exile and post-Exile perioda from
Ezekiel .to the New Testament times.
r Cr.
2a
SURVEY OF
New Testament
MR.HELLAND
NEW TESTAMENTLITERATURE.An historical investigation
of the origin, authorship, and interpretation of the books of the New Testament.
History of the New Testament Canon and text. Special attention to those books
2 Cr.
not treated in other courses.
21. TEXTUALC R ~ C I S M
OF THE NEW TESTAMENT. An introduction to the
principles of textual criticism. Survey of the history of criticism illustrated by
studies in specific selections from the New Testament books.
I Cr.
22. EXEGESIS
OF GALATIANS.The Epistle to the Galatians is studied as the
fundamental document of the Gospel of Christian freedom. Special attention to
the basic problem of the authenticity of the New Testament records.
3 Cr.
23. INTERPRETATIONO F MARK AND LUKE. A study of the life and ministry
of Jesus based on Mark as our oldest source, with supplementary passages from
Luke. The origin and growth of the Synoptic tradition; the literary relation of
the first three Gospels, an attempt to h d a satisfactory solution of the Synoptic
3 Cr.
Problem.
24. INTERPRETATION
OF MATTHEW. Special emphasis is placed on the teachings of Jesus, their preservation and transmission. The relation of Matthew's
Gospel to the Old Testament, and its presentation of Jesus' person, ministry,
and teaching to the Jewish mind.
3 Cr.
25. ~NTERPRETATION OF JOHN. A supplementary study of the life of Christ,
with special reference to the development of faith and unbelief, the Person of
3 Cr.
Christ, and the advanced spiritual teachings of the Fourth Gospel.
26. THE JEWISH SECTIONOF THE EARLYCHRISTIANCHURCH. A study
of Acts, Chapters 1-12,showing the development of the Early Church on
Palestinian soil. This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews
and the Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians.
Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
27. THE LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A study of Acts, Chapters 13-28,
as a basis for the life of Paul, together with an introduction to his epistles, in
their historical sequence, as a part of his ministry. Several papers are required.
3 Cr.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS. The purpose of the course is to gain a
comprehensive view of the Gospel of Christ as preached by Paul, and of the
fundamental Christian doctrinal system set forth in this Epistle.
2 Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
Christ and the spiritual goal of history.
s Cr.
30. THE FIRST EPISTLE OF PETER. The Epistle of the Christian hope. It
contains the chief doctrines of Christianity (the vicarious suffering and death of
Christ, the new birth, redemption by the blood of Christ, faith, hope, and holiness of life) in a non-Pauline setting, thus giving a different approach to these
cardinal truths.
2 Cr.
31. I~JTEWRRTATION
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims at
a mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of the
Holy Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
z Cr.
Church History
40-41. THEEARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization, doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins with
a brief survey of the Book of Acts.
4 fie
42. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the develop
ment of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and decay
of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward reform.
3 Cr.
43. THE REFURMATION.A study of the causes which led up to the Protestant Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3 Cr.
Catholic Counter-Reformation.
44. THECHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.This course coven the period
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the history of the Lutheran Church.
CHURCHHISTORY.
Early colonization; ~ l a n t i n gof churches;
45. AMERICAN
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The hiitory of the Lutheran Church in America
2 Cr.
is studied with special care.
OF CHRISTIAND O C T ~ EA study of the development
46. THE HLSTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods.
2 Cr.
Systematic Theology
A course intended to introduce the student to the field
50. INTRODUCTION.
of Christian truth in its systematic form. The course includes an outline of
2 Cr.
the entire field.
A study in the systematic exposition
51. THEOL~CYAND ANTHROPOLOGY.
of the teachings of the Bible concerning God and man. Papers on special
3 Cr.
mpicr.
5 2-5 3. SOTEIUOLOGY.
The doctrine concerning the restoration and maintenance of the true communion between God and man. The Person of Christ
i
s work; the Holy Spirit; the meaning and method of salvation in relaand H
tion to the individual and to society; the nature and function of the Church.
4 Cr.
54-55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given to the development and
application of Christian ethics with reference to the individual, orgadzed in4 Cr.
stitutions, and society as a whole.
56. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord, containing the
creeda subscribed to by the Lutheran Church. The genesis of each creed, its
doctrinal significance, and its place in the present life of the Church.
z Cr.
57. COMPARATIVE
S ~ O L I CAND
S RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
of the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and of the teach2 Cr.
ings of various modem religious sects and cults.
58. THE ~ O S O P H YOF RELIGION. Alternates with 57. A course in the
principles of the Christian religion. The Christian world view, interpretations
of history, and doctrines of the Person of Christ and Redemption are studied
t Cr.
with reference to antagonistic theories.
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
60. PRINCIPLES OF PASTORALTHEOLOGY.This course, which is h d on the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundaz Cr.
tions of the pastoral office and the New Testament miniitry.
61. P ~ s r o ~ l uPSYCHOLOGY
.
AND SOUL-CARE. A study of Christian experience and its varied expressions. The principles of soul-care are studied in
z Cr.
the light of the ,buic teachings of the Bible.
62. EVANG~~TICS.
A course dealing with foreign, home, and inner missionr,
including the work of Deaconess institutes, also the practical work in rescue
z Cr.
missions, street meetings, special missions, etc.
INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSELING.
Rev. Fredric .M. Norstad.
This course deals with the dynamics underlying human behavior in both
normal and deviated forms. It seeks to acquaint the student with the types of
(emotional and mental disturbances with which he will be most frequently confronted in his pastoral ministry. The course attempts to help the student to
recognize the deviations and distinguish between those things which are properly handled by a pastor and those which the pastor must refer ,to other comI Cr.
petent help.
63.
B. Homiletics
65. ~RINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING. Technical and psychologicd
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
2 Cr.
66. HOMILETICS.The application of the principles of preaching to the omlining and presentation of brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
2 Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the preparation and delivery of sermons. Both
the structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
are studied. Seniors.
z 0.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY. A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the wngregation; oficers, organization, and government in the apostolic times; the
growth of the idea of the Church; the idea of a free church. I and I1 Corinthians
z Cr.
are studied u the best source.
71. CHURCHADMINISTRATION.A study of the various aspects of congregational organization. Methods of increasing dciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective ofice procedures. The practice and teaching of
I Cr.
Christian stewardship.
72. PASTORALPROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the occzsional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics.
I Cr.
73. LITTJRGICS.The principles and forms of public worship. A study of
liturgy as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with empharis on
it. relation to varying conceptions of the Church.
I Cr.
74. HYMNOLOGY.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
I Cr.
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody.
D. Christian Education and Sociology
75. PRINCIPLESOF PARISHEDUCATION.
z Cr-
76. %THODS OF P A ~ H
EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetid
instruction, Sunday schools, Parochial schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish.
z Cr.
77. CREATIVE
RECREATION. A study of recreational activities, their place
and ,possibilities, especially among the young. Opportunity for participation in
activities which the student may use for his own recreation in later life. I Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMAN
SOCIEN. A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must deal.
Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide task
of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
2 Cr.
79. CHRISTIANITYAND SOCIAL WORK.
This course is designed to give the
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures, reports, and institutional visits.
2 Cr.
80.
NEWTESTAMENTGREEK.See College Greek.
83-84. HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.*
The first year is devoted to a study of the
essentials of Hebrew grammar, using Creager uld Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from Deuteronomy.
6 Cr.
HEBREW.Review of the grammar followed by an exe85-86. ADVANCED
getical study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other
books in the Old Testament.
4 Cr.
*Not offered in 1953-1954.
Student Register
THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS-1 952-1953
Third Year
. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . "Edinburg, N. D.
Berntson, Gordon N.
,
..
. .Minneapolis
........... . . . . . . . ,, .
Corlsen, Erling N.
. Newfolden
Huglen, Raynard 0.J. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . .Donnelly
. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .
Jergenson, Arnold 0.
, , , , , , ...
. . Wonomingo
Jystad, Torgney B.
. . . . .
, ,
.
.West St. Paul
Mayer, Henry A. . . . . . . . . . . - - " . .
. . .Fergus Falls
Oxarson, Elder W.
. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Peterson, James E.
Schafer, Harold R. . . .
, . . . .Wessington Springs, S. D.
< , .
. .Minot, N. D.
Sevig, Palmer E.
..........
.,
. . . . .
. . . Fargo, N. D.
Sortland, Allan 0. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tollefson, Harold 0.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Osnabrock, N. D.
Second Year
Minneapolis
Valley City, N. D.
Minneapolis
McVille, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Willmar
Minneapolis
Roslyn, S. D.
Minneopolis
Berklond, Theodore A.
Christopherson, Jornes E.
Erickson, Stanley R.
Gudim, Milo D. .
Halversan, Philip J.
Kallevig, Lloyd C. . .
Soli, John C. . . . . .
Storley, Calvin . . . . Vaagenes, Morris G. . .
First Year
.
Anenson, LeRoy H. . . .
Berg, Russell V. (1)
Dahle, Norman A.
Fladland, Donald J. (1)
Halverson, William H.
Johnson, Morris M.
,
Larson, Marvin 1. (1)
Oman, Lyman F. . .
Paulm, Philip H. ( I j .
Rokke, David H. . . . .
Swanson, Edward E. . .
Underbokke, Leland B.
.
..
, ,
...
....
. .Minneapolis
Seattle, Wash.
. . . .Aitkin
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
.Minneapolis
Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Specials
Ario, Frank L. (1)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . .
. . ..Minneapolis
Estness, Borghild T.
, , ,
....
, , , ,
,... .
. Williston, N. D.
Framstad, Clarence J. ( 1 )
. . . . . . . . . . . .
. .Ely
Korpi, Hugo (1) . . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
.....
..........
. Duluth
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
, . . . . .
Almrado
(1) Registered for first semester only.
COLLEGE STUDENTS1952-1953
SENIORS
Aaskov, Ruth L.. Cumberland Center, Maine
Alfsen, Thomas C. (1 ) . . . . . .Rochester
Baker, Eleanor M. . . . . ..Spokane, Wash.
Becklin, Joyce L. . . . . . . . . . ..Cambridge
Bennethum, Donald J.. . .Columbia Heights
Benson, Stanley G. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Berntson, Rudolph E. .
Edinburg, N. D.
Bodin, C. Allan . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . Minneapolis
Carlsen, Glenn T.
Carlson, Erlond E.
. . . . . . ..St. Paul
Carlstedt, Faith E. . . . . . . . . .Finlayson
Carlstedt, Rhodo L. . . . . . . . Finlayson
.
. Kenmare, N. D.
Christensen, Duane J..
Christina, Joseph L. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Cleary, Joseph J. . . . . . . . .New Brighton
Cote, Arthur J. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Danielson, H. Emmett. . . . . . . .Watertown
Deem, Darlyne G.. . Medicine Lake, Mont.
. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Dickhart, Daniel A.
Dillon, Donald V.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Arthur W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dorn, Roy V. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Eckhoff, Joyce Jorgensen. . . . . . . .Delano
Egeberg, Herman . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
. . . . . .Forgo, N. D.
Elness, Morilyn E.
Emerson, Robert C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.
Engseth, Jerome M.. . . . . . . . . . . Wapata
Evenson, Robert A. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Fenske, . Delmour W.. . . . .Pardeeville, Wis.
Frosig, Kristian V.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gjesdahl, Alice E..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Goodrich, Quentin A. . . . . .Minneapolis
Grender, Carol Y.. . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Gustafson, Charles R.. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . . . .Zimmerman
Hagen, Marvin L. . .
. . . . .Minneapolis
Holling, Lloyd L..
Hamre, James S.. . . . . . . . . . ..Montevideo
Hansen, Clarence C. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hegge, Hialmer M.. . . ..... Williston, N. D.
. . . . . . .Veblen, S. D.
Hill, Lorne H.. . .
Hodne, Richard H.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hokanson, Betty M. . . . . . . . . . .Butterfield
.... .Minneapolis
Hushogen, Berton R.
~acobsen; Alice A.
Jensen, Sherman R.
. . .
Thief River Falls
Paul
. . . . . . . . .St.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Johnson,
Arlan K. . . .Grand Forks, N. D.
James L. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Joan M. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Norman F. . . . . .Farmington
Robert J. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roger A. ( 1 ) . . . .
Minneapolis
Kirchoff, Ralph M. ( I )
Kohls, Allan J. (1)
Kvam, Marilyn J. ( 1 ) .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.
...
. . . . .LeSueur
Lapham, Dean L. .
. .Minneapolis
Lingen, John R..
Loh, Ellen . . . . . . . . . Formosa, China
Lundeen, Donovan T- . . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lundgren, David D. . .
Monger, Elizabeth J . . . .
Mattson, Harold S.. . .
Nofer, H. Fred..
Wilmette, Ill.
. . . . . ..Hoffman
.
. . . . .
Ohno, Tom T.. . . . . . .
Olson, Douglas 0. . . . .
Olson, Harry E., Jr.. . . . .
.
Olson, Howard S.
Oxorson, Rhoda L. . . .
. . .
Ostrem, Gloria R.
Oudal, Wilmer J.. . . . . .
.Minneapolis
.Minneopolis
.
.
Cottonwood
.Minneapolis
. . . . .Winger
Minneapolis
. Joliet,
.
Ill.
.Minneapolis
Parizek, Gloria M.
. . .Minot, N. D.
Potana, R. Raymond. . .Crystal Falls, Mich.
Pearson, Howard E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Pearson, Richard L.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Petterson, Leroy M. . . . . . . . . Colfax, Wis.
Radde, Leon R.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
.Rugby, N. D.
Razook, Patricia R. . .
Mountain Lake
Reimer, Donald J.. . .
Rimmereid, Arthur V. New Rockford, N. D.
Ringstad, Ruth J.. .
Exanaba, Mich.
Ronningen, Marlene A.
. .Carpio, N. D.
Rykken, David A. . . . . . . . . . ..Roseau
Shultz, C. Arthur.. . . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Silrum, Edwin 0..
. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Silverstein, Richord S. (1). . . . . . . .St. Paul
Skogsbergh, Samuel P. (1). . . .Minneapolis
Steineke, Donald D.. . . . . . . . .Moose Lake
Stenoien, Vernon S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Straiton, Thomas P.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Strommen, Dorothy M.. Blanchardville, Wis.
Tamm, William C.. ......... .Minneapolis
Thompson, Carol J.. ....... .Binford, N. D.
Tuff, Harry A.. ........... .Rugby, N. D.
Undseth, Marvin S . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vetvick, Leo B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Vik, Phyllis J.. . . . . . . . . ..Waubay, S. D.
Werts, Harold G..
..........
Zustiak, Mildred R. ( 1 )
Me"
Women
.Minneapolis
. . . . . .Minneapolis
71
. . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Total
JUNIORS
Aasen, E. Hildegarde. . . . . . . . . . . . Winger
Amdahl, Oliver D.. . . . . . Flandreau, S. D.
Andersen, Donald W. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Janice A. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Robert H. . . . . . . . .Minneapoiis
Berntsen, Ruth Ann. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Blake. Shirlee A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Ottawa, Ill.
~otko, Willard J. . . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Brondt, Curtis H. ( 1 ) . ...... .Minneapolis
Carlson, Erwin L. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carlson, Roger E. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Chilstrom, Herbert W..
Litchfield
Cummings, Frank W.. . .Atlantic City, N. J.
.........
Dill, Donald J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Elk River
Dorr, Ardis S.. ................ .Mentor
Dreyer, Marlys 1.. ...... .Spokane, Wash.
Dyrud, Betty J. ............. Newfolden
Elnes, S. Jerome. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Garfield
Erickson, Donna Ruth. ............ Duluth
Erlandson, Wallace E.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Evenson, Leland E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hanska
Fox, Curtis A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fraasch, Audrey J.. ......... .Montevideo
Froiland, David C.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Fullerton, Gerald L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Geisendorfer, James V.. ..... .Minneapolis
Gustafson, Violet E.. .... .McGregor, N. D.
Hafstad, Wallace 1.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hawley
Hamberg, Elaine L. (2). .. .Williston, N. D.
Hanson, James A. ( 1 ) .
.Minneapolis
Harkman, Marylr A.. ........... .Cokato
Harrison, Jean L........... .Minneapolis
Helland, Florence 1.. ...... .Binford, N. D.
Hibbard, Gerald C. ........ .Minneapolis
Hielmeland, Selmer J.. ... .Williston, N. D.
Hoeft, Robert L. (2). ............ Shafer
Holmberg, Richard H.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Huglen, Erling S. ............ Newfolden
Hushagen, Orpha 1.. .......... .Gonvick
......
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
Ingman, Robert C.. . . . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Isaacson, Edsel C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Jensen, Alice K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rosemount
Joel, Leone B.. . . . . .Elbow, Sask., Canada
Johnson, Marcellus 1..Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Richard J. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Johnson, Wilgard G. . . . . . . . . . . .Herman
Kallio, Harold N.. . . . . . . .Chatham, Mich.
Kleven, Lowell H.. . . . . BlanchardviHe, Wis.
Knutson, Maryan A.. ...... .Granite Falls
Kyllo, Valborg L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Kenyon
Langseth, Robert V.. . . . . .Argusville, N. D.
Larson, Arlene J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wadena
Larson, Richard J.. . . . . . . . . . . . Kerkhomn
Larsson, Kenton D.. ........ .Taylors Falls
Lusk, George W.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . St. Paul
Main, Ronald C. ( 1 ) . ........... .Proctor
Mathiason, Alan E.. . . . . . . . . . Warthington
Mattison, Robert T.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Melby, Naomi E.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Lillian
Miesnieks, Arija (2). ........ .Minneapolis
Mulliken, John K.. ............. .St. Paul
Munson, Paul C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
...........
Nelson, Eorl 0. (1).
.Niwllet
Nelson, Gordon A. ........ .Minneapolis
Nelson, Janet A.
.Ellendale
Nelson, Marion J. ......... .Mhneapolis
Norum, Donald A.. ............ .Hallack
.Cumberland, Wis.
Nyhus, Edward 0..
Nystuen, Winifred H.. .Erickson, Man., Can.
............
....
Olesen, Esther ............. Racine, Wis.
Ollila, Douglas J.. . . . . . . lshpeming, Mich.
Olson, Julian R..
.Minneapolis
Oren, Donald G.. ............. St. Paul
Oudal, Yvonne M.. ......... .Minneapolis
...........
Patterson, Robert J..
Peterson, Clinton J.
Peterson, Colette M.
Peterson, Harold E.
.............
........... .
.Lucan
J d h
........ .Minneapolis
. . . . . . . . . Minmeupolis
Phillips, Merton C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Excelsior
Pribble, Fred C..
.Minneapolis
..........
Quanbeck. Kent B..
. . . . . . . .McVille, N. D.
Reinertson, Arlene. .
Mont.
Thompson, Agnes E.. ........ .Minnaqol[s
Thoreson, Allan R. ...........Paferwn
Tiornhom, Barbara L.. ........... St. Poul
T ~ ~ J ~ ~ ~jerome
, - J , c.. ........ .
Twiton. Robert E..
.......
~
i
~
Robetorye, Paulette. . . . . . .Whitefish, Mont.
Rolf, Louis P. (2). . . . . . . . . . . . .Watertown
Valtinson, Joseph 0..
.DeKalb, Ill.
Rundquist, ~ ~ ~
G..t . .i . l. . . , . . ~
i
~Vick, ~Oliver~K.. ~
~ .Minneapolis
~
l
i
Rust.-Garv,R.. . . . . . . . . . . .Harwood. N. D.
Weber, Joyce I. ( I ) . . . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Samson Phyllis M-. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Westphal, Joanne C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Modelia
Sandness, Albert
J.. . . . . . . LaMOure, N - D.
Winquist, R. Elaine. ............. Duluth
Sondquist, Shirley K.. . . . . . . . .Cambridge
Estherville, lowa
Wolden, Gerhard P..
Shiell, James L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hoffman
working, D~~~ J. (2). ........ +-ritchfield
Sigler, Fred C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skogen, Clyde L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Isle
Youngquist' Edmund R.' .......... "laton
Skovholt, Ardelle E.. . . . . .Mooreton, N. D.
Soiseth, Marilyn H.. . . . . ..Williston, N. D.
Solberg, Marilyn Y.. . . . . . . . . . .Ray, N. D.
Men
69
Sonsteng, Ruth E.. . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Women
42
Sorenson, James A.. . . . . . . . . . .Eleva, Wis.
Stensland, Donald E.. . . . . .Portland, N. D.
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
.......
...........
.....
..........................
.....................
-
SOPHOMORES
Ahlquist, Earl S.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Allar, Donold J.. . . . . . . . . . .St. Louis Park
Amundson, Robert E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Arthur L. . . . . . . Minneapolis
. . . . . .Bruno
Anderson, Curtis M. . . .
Anderson, Donna Lou . . . . .Argyle, Wis.
Ashland, Wis.
Anderson, E. William . . .
Anderson, James W. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Myron E. ...... . . . . . .Cokoto
Anderson, Norman E. ... . . . .Lamberton
. . . . .St. Paul
Anderson, Theodore W.
.
Becker, Louis 0..
...... . . . .Minneapolis
Benson, John E. . . . . . . , .Milwaukee, Wis.
. . . . . . . Lanesboro
Berge, Mavis S.
Bodin, Wesley J.. ..... . . . . .Minneapolis
Bosmoe, Valborg J.. ... . . .Pierpont, S. D.
Bouchard, Janet A.. ... ..... .Minneapolis
Briggs, Walter C.. ..... . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burnom, Roy P,. Jr.. . . . . . . . Cordele, Ga.
......
Christensen, Kay M.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Clevenger, Montague S.. . . . .Minneapolis
Collins, Jane B.. . . . . . . . . . .Monticello
Dahlin, Moxine M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Cokato
Dahlund, Lois M. (1). . . . . .Kenmore, N. D.
Danger, Mary J.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Stanchfield
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
~
~
Sun Pmirie, Wis.
Davis, Darwin K.. . . . . . . . .Waubay, S. D.
Dodds, Jack D.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dreyer, Gladys M..
.Spokane, Wash.
Dronen, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dumpys, Hans G.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Hutchinson
.....
.........Minneapolis
Egertson, Darrell J..
Eide, Delores M..
Ekstrum, Norman 0..
............Minneapolis
........ .Zimmermon
......
Haderslev, Denmark
Favrholdt, Gyde
Flok, Lorents J. (1). ......... .Minneapolis
Flann, Duncan D.. .......... .Lake Lillian
Foss, Elaine D.. . . . . . . . . .Maddock, N. D.
Gilbertson, Nora M.. ..Frontier, Sosk., Con.
Gronseth, Phillip N.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hogen, Dean L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Starbuck
Hogestuen, Richard M.. . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
Halling, Beverly J.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holvorson, Helen A.. ... .Galesburg, N. D.
Hanson, L. David ......... .Long Prairie
Hanson, Joanne K. (1). ..... .Minneapolis
Hanson, Phillip J. ....... Estherville, Iowa
Hanson, Wallace L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Woseca
Helland, Rachel E.. .... ..Thief River Falls
Hemingway, G. Jerome. . . . . . .Minneapolis
~
Heng, Rdf 0... . . . . . .
Minneapolis
Henjum, Raymond H.. . .
. . .Hoffman
Herman, Rabert M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holcombe, Thomas E.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holmberg, Phllip A.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Holt, Everett V.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Carver
Honebrink. Elsa M.. . . . . . .
. . .Cologne
Jamieson, Robert G. (1).
Jensen, Maren J. . . . . . .
Jensen, Paul J. . . . . . . . .
Jenson, John R. . . . . . . . . .
Jerdee, Mary L.. . . . . . . .
Johnson, James A. . . . . . . .
Johnson, Marjorie A. . . . .
Johnson, Wesley A. . . . .
Johnson, William R. (1)
Jorgensen, Beverly M. (2)
. Minneapolis
. . . .St. Paul
. . Bronx, N. Y.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Kenyon
. .Minneapolis
Hammer, S. D.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . . .Delano
Karlstod, Elmer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Salol
Kling, Bernadine J. (1) .Dunn Center, N. D.
Knudson, Noel M.
. . . . . .Minneapolis
Kolden, Carolyn M. . . .Portland, Ore.
. . . . Robbinsdale
Larson, Audrey V.
Larson, Grace M. . . . . . . .Fargo, N. D.
Larson, Myrtle I.
. . . .Bewick, N. D.
Lorson, Robert D. . . . . . . . . .Moorhead
Ludvikn, Stanley B.. . . .Portland, Ore.
Lunow, Arthur A..
. . .St. Louis Park
Mahre, Richord A. . . . . . . Minneapolis
Malanfont, Lawrence G. (1). . .Minneapolis
Martin, Gerold A. (1). . . . . . . .Rocine, Wis.
Matre, Mary Ann. . . . . .Estherville, Iowa
Mickelberg, Erwin D.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Modin, J. Henry (1). . . . .Sheyenne, N. D.
. . . . . . . . . . . .Dawon
Moe, Dorothy R.
. . . . . Minneopolis
Morseth, David J.
Nelson, Lenord G. .
. Cloquet
Nelson, Lennart D. . . . . . Minneaplis
Nelson, Philip A.
.
. . , Modeiia
Nelson, Raymond S. .
Maple Plain
. .Minneapolis
Nordstrom, Ethel C.
Olson, Arlene M.
Omdohl, Beverly F.. .
Ostgaard, John D. (1)
Tioga, N. D.
. .Fosston
Climax
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Parkhurst, Milford C.
Pauluk, George . . .
Peterson, Canten . .
Peterson, John R. . .
Pousi, Ruth M.. . . . .
Mondovi, Wis.
. .Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Cambria, Wis.
. . . . . .D a w l
Quonbeck, Paul M.
Minneopolis
Saari, Corwyn J.. .
Minneapo!i:
Schuldt, Kenneth E.. .
Minneapoiij
Seaver, John E. . . .
Minneapoiir
Capron, Ill.
Seaver, Roma R.. . . .
Siegel, David H..
.
Minnwpolis
Skaor, David W.. .
R ~ k l o r d .Ill.
Skjerseth, Donald.
.
B r d e ! , N. D.
Sneitzer, Robert F. . . .
South St. Paul
Steinbrecher, Wayne G.
Minncupolis
M~nnrupol;!
Stenoien, Daniel M.. .
Stensrud, Richard H.. .
Minnecpol:j
Strand, Sheldon A. (2)
Minneapoli3
-3rootee
Strande, Nels A.. . .
Strandlie, Wenona C.
. MinneapoIis
Strutz, Donald R.. . . .
Mdrinerte. Wis.
Swanson, Betty A. ( 1 ) . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Syse, Sanford D.
. Blanchardville, Wis.
Thoreson, Wayne L.
Tollefson, Arlene V..
Tollefson, Duane L.
Topp, Vernald M.
Twedt, Agnes S.. . .
Tweet, Agnes M.. .
.
.
Minneapolis
. . . . .Grove City
. ..McHenry, N.
D.
Tunbridge, N. D.
Unseth, Malcolm W.
Welde, Ronald B. (1)
West, Kenneth W.. .
Willcox, Donald J.. .
Wood, Maynard E..
Men..
Women
.
.
.
..
.Peterson
. .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
. .Minneapolis
Maple Park, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Paynesville
.
FRESHMEN
Allen, Joyce L.. . .
. .Minneapolis
Almquist, James A..
. .Sand Creek, Wis.
Amundson, Margaret A. . . . ..Minneapolis
Amundson, Shirley M. . . .Wolhalla, N. D.
Anderson, Beverly A. (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Deloris Ann
. . . .Ogilvie
Anderson, Keith 0.. . . . Sacred Heart
Anderson, P. Mark (1). . . ..Minneapolis
Anderson, Merriam J. . . . . . . Robbinsdale
Anderson, Potricio J. (2). . . . .Minneapolis
Anderson, Roy Wm. (1). . . . . . .Mound
Anfenson, Pattie J. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Wayzata
. . . . .Minneapolis
Anklam, Robert D. (2)
Arneson, Suzonne M.
. . . .Fargo, N. D.
Arvidson, Kenneth V.
. . .Rockford, Ill.
Bakken, Betty Lou . .
. .Bristol, S. D.
Barber, Robert E.. . . . . . .Saginaw, Mich.
Boxter, Gerald D..
. . . . . . . .Robbinsdale
Bieri, Bonnie Kay.. . . . . . . Blaisdell, N. D.
Bolstad, Kermit E. (2). . .Homestead, Mont.
Boraas, J. Sherman (2). . . . . . . . . .Dowon
Brogg, James A. (2) . . . . . .Chicago, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Brandt, Erwin W. (1)
Bremseth Janice M.. . . . . . . : .Minnea~olis
Brown, constant . . . . . . . . . ~obbinidale
Bullock, Richard W.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Burman, Cory1 A. (1) . . . . . . . . . .Molmo
Bushey, Patricia 1. . . . . . . . . . .Rochester
. . . .Minneapolis
Buskirk, James E.
Bystrom, Wayne R. (1). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Corlson, Ann C. . . .
Carlson, David Jon
Carlson, Roger Alvin
Christensen, Orla J.
Christiansen, Alto J. .
Christianson, Mary J.
Clayton, Joan A. (2). . .
Conyers, LeRoy H.. . .
Currey, Donold E.. .
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
. . . . .Clarkfield
.
.Fergus Falls
. . . . Knapp, Wis.
. . . .Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.Appleton
Dahl, Morilyne J.. . .
Dahl, Stuart A. . . . . .
Dahl, Syba M. . . .
Dahlbloom, Joyce C.
Dickens, Clara M..
Glenburn, N. D.
.New Richland
. . . .Waseca
. . . . .Excelsior
Harrisburg, S. D.
Egesdal,. Sanford E.
.
.Elmore
Eglitis, Mirdza Z. . . . . . Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Elioson, Ann E. (1). .
Engebretson, DeRonda (1).
. lola, Wis.
Elias, LeRoi T.
. . .
. Adrian
Engstroin, Arthur M. ( 1 ) . . . . . .Minneapolis
Enstad; Luther W. . . Grand Forks, N. D.
(1) Registered for first semester only.
12) Registered for second semester only.
Erickson,
Erickson,
Evavold,
Eveland,
Everhart,
Lelond F.
..
Rodney 0.J.
Charles A.. .
Glen C. (1)
Joan M.. .
Gary D. (2).
Floistad, Dorothy M.
Fowldst Carol M.. .
Fox. Mary Ann . . . .
Franzman. Douglas C.
Morris
Glenwoad
Battle Lake
Backus
. . Bagley
. . Robbinsdale
Milwaukee, Wis.
. .Glenwood
.
.Minneapolis
.
Minneopolis
J.
Gennrichr Gretchen G.
Verner L.. .
Gierde, Audrey C. (1)
Gohrick, Joane E.. .
Granell, Nola D.. . . .
Gratz, Duane J. (2). .
Greguson, Miriam E.. .
Gunderson, Raymond H.
Gutzmann, Gordon K.
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
. . . . Barnum
Portland, N. D.
Shelton, Wash.
. . .Clarkfield
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneopolis
St. Paul
Haoen, Elizabeth G.. .
Montevideo
. .Strum, Wis.
Halverson, Gordon J. (2)
Halvorson, Margoret A.
. .Middle River
Hamberg, Glenn E.
Williston, N. D.
. . . . .Aitkin
Hanson, Ruth E. . .
.
.Minneapolis
Haugen, James S.
Haynes, John W.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgaas, Margaret A. . . .Madison, S. D.
Hendricks, Dean M.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hermanson, Margaret A.. Blanchardville,
Wis.
Hiermstad, Stanley L.. .
Walloce, S. D.
Hofflander, Thomas M.. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hofstad, Stephen R. ( I ) . . . . . . . .Madison
Minneopolis
Homme, Donald W.
Homme, Gloria E.
.
Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet M.
. . Bagley
Hovden, Robert A.. . . . . . . . .St. James
Kirkland, Wash.
Hoverson, Julius E.. . .
Hoversten, Thomas H.
.Alden, Iowa
.
.Minneapolis
Howell, George L..
Hunt, Elaine H. . .
. Minneapolis
Johnson, Beryl R. .
Johnson, Darrel W.
Johnson, Farolyn M.
Johnson, Jerome L.
Johnson, Mavis J.
Jones, Louise M..
Kallman, Ralph f .
Kirchner. Robert 1
Minot, N. D.
..
.Hutchinson
. . . . . . . Molmo
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Hendricks
Solon Springs, Wis.
Minneapolis
Farmingto-
Konsterlie, Esther T.. ............Willmar
Kopps, Marilyn L.. .... Blanchardville, Wis.
Lamberton
Krengel, Richard 6..
Kunkel, Lucille M.. ......... Almena, Wis.
..........
Larson, Carol M. .......... .Minneapolis
Larson, Melvin W. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Larson, Robert C.. ..........Robbinsdale
Le-$ander, Roger V.. ..... .Plum City, Wis.
Lee, Carolyn B. ......... .Norma, N. D.
Lee, Russell C. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fosston
Leines, Beatrice H. . . . . . . . . . . . . Willmar
Lindal, B. Constance. .Fort Erie, Ont., Can.
Lindbloom, Lilllun E.. ......... .St. Fmncis
Lindgran, Delmar V. (1).
.Minneopolls
Locke, M i h o e l G. .............. St. Paul
Lcckwmd, Robert R..
..Minnmpdk
Loland, Ruth L.
Seattle, Wmh.
Lower, Carolyn E.. ........... .St. James
Lundgren, Robert A. (2). . . . . . ...St. Paul
Lundin, Hotvey k..
. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Lundquisf, Willlam E. (1).
.Minneapolis
Lunklay, Robert A. IT).. . . . . ..Minneapolis
Lusk, Joyce M.. ............... .St. Paul
....
......
..........
...
McCarlson, B. Louise. . . . . .Websterr S. D.
Malcolm, Lowell P. (1). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Maitin, John L. (1). . . . . . . . .Racine, Wis.
Matison, Jerrj W. (1). . . . . . . . . . .Belview
kattbon, David D.. . . . . . . . . . . . Lamberton
...... .Big Lake
Meredith, Patricia J..
Miller; Gary E. (1). . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Miller, Kenneth E.. . . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Moe, Donovan A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dawson
Moen, Ardell J.. . . . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Moen, Ethel A, (1). . . . .Galesburg, N. D.
Moore, Cleve J.. . . - . . . . .Escanaba, Mich.
Morgan, Emily J.. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Mortenien, Elizabeth A.. . . . . .Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert L.. . . . . Spokane, Wash.
Muten, Shirley A.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
MuAson, Christine C.. . . . . . . . . . . .Atwater
Munson, George R.. . . . . . . . . . .:.St. James
Murins; Valdis ..............:.. Hopkins
Myhre, Edwin C.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Mahtowa
:
N e b , Barbara C. . . . . . . . . . . .Alexandria
Nelson, Lois V. (2) . . . . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Nelson, Morlys E.. .......... :.. .Belgrade
Nelson, Wayne L.. . . . . . . .Marine*,
Wis.
Ne+tnd, Marlys J.. . . . . . . . . . .Paynesville
Nerheim, Lawrence E.. . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Nevin, LeRoy E.. . . . . . . .Cumberland, Wis.
Nlchols, James E.. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapo!is
.
Nickodym, Donald A. (1). . . . . . . . Hopkins
Norby, Robert D.. . . . . . . . . . Appleton
.
Nygaard, Gwen J.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
(1) Registered for first semester only.
(2) Registered for second semester only.
......
Nylander, Kenneth L..
.Tioga, N. D.
Nystuen, David 1.. ........... Northfield
.........
..........
Olsen, Joyce A..
Kenmare, N. D.
..Minneapolis
Olsen, Mary H.
Olson, Damaris R. ..........Minneapolis
Olson, Elinor J. ......... ..Middle River
. k p l e Park, Ill.
Olson, Laurence 0..
Olson, R. Luther.. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Magne B. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Marya M. ............ Formington
Olson, Richard C. .......... .Minneapolis
Olson, Richard M. (2). ...... .Minneapolis
Oredson, William P. (1). .... .Minneapolis
Ose, Roy A. (1). ........ Thief River Falls
Ose, Roger K.. ........ .Thief River Falls
Overlund, E ~ i nK.. . . . . . . .Silverton, Ore.
.....
Porkhurst, Donald L. (1). . . .Mondovi, Wis.
Parten, Eunice C.. . . . . . . . . :....'.. .Welch
Paulson, Helen L.. . . . . . . . . . : .Minneapolis
Pearson, James K.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Askov
Pedersen, Virginia M. . . . . . . . . Greenbush
Pederson, James L. . . . . .:. ... .Nye, Wis.
Petersen, Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . .".Ht~tchinson
Peterson, Connie J. . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Peterson, Joyce Ann . . . . . . . .Mitiheapolis
Peterson, Robert E. ....... ::Minn&polis
Plumedahl, James D. (2). . .'::Robbinsdale
Prieditis, Elmars A.. . . . . . . . . . :Minneapolis
Propp, Richard L. (1). . . . . . . .R&ford,
Ill.
Quanbeck, Norman J.. . . . . . ,, . . .Bertha
Rodintz, Rolland A.. ....... r ,Minneapolis
Rasmussen,. Joyce M.. ....... .Minneapolis
Reichstadt, Lloyd H.. . . , ...:... ..Cepter City
Rorvig, Bruce W.. ..........McVille, N: D.
Rudetl, Violette I . . .......... .Minneapolis
Rundstrom, Alice L.. ......... :Salem, Ore.
> ; .........
Sandback, William W.. ...:...:'.Minneqpolis
Sad, Donohue R.. ........ ..;.. .Palisade
Saugstad, Mary J. (1). ..... .Hudson, S. D.
Schoess, Alden J.. ......... :.,.~Mihnwpolis
Schroeder, Dennis F.. ..... :Mountain.iake
Schultz, Carl E.. ...........: . ..;Ririe:River
Seaver. Ray E.. ............ . M i ~ e a p o l i s
Doran
Shelstad, Roger E.. ........ ..,;-; :. .#.
Sherry, Richard J. (2). ......Westby, Wis.
Skor, Emily A.. . . . . . . . . . .:-rUpham;.N. D.
Smetzer, Harlen C. (1). ... : :IRobbimsdale
Smith, Elmer S.. ......... .'&&IQ
Wash.
Smith, Joonne C.. .......... :,Robbinsda!e
Soukup, Donald F. (1). ...... .Minneapolis
Stonerson, Noomi. ...... .EsthBrville, Iowa
Stensland; Arlen H.. . . . . ..Pofitand, N. D.
....
.
Strand, Theodore H. (2). . . .Minneapolis
Sunde, John P. . . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Suther, Paul R.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Cass Lake
Swensop. James W.. . . . . . . . . . .Windom
Swenion,' Johann H.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Waseca
Sylvester, lone L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . Starbuck
~hompson;Glenn K.. .......Seattle, Wash.
Thompidn, John T.. . . . . . . . . .Kandiyohi
Thompson, Theodore T. (2). . . . . .McGregor
Thorpe, Glenn C.. . . . . . . . . ..Aniwa, Wis.
Thorpe, Mark C.. . . . . . . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorson, .Marilyn J.. . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Thorud, Richard A.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Thorvig, Kathryn L.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Timmons, Eunice B.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Tollefson, Connie L.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Traver, Reginald J. (1). . . . . Minneapolis
Vollmer, Howard R. (2). .
Voxland, Joan M. . . . . . .
Wahlstrom, Vernon J. S.. . . . . . . . .Grasston
Walden, Dorothy M.. . . . .Manitowoc, Wis.
Waldon, John E. (2). . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Warder, William W. (1). . . . .Minneapolis
Warnes, Wanda E.. . . . . .
. . . .Stephen
Wellington, Richard J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
White, Merlin J.. . . . . . . .
Wick, Joon, B.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aitkin
Wicklander, Donald (2). . . . ..Minneapolis
Williams, Beverly A., . . ..
.Minneapolis
Farga, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth I.
Zokariasen, Lloyd A. (2)
Uleberg, :Alice M.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Madelia
Urness, John L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mclntosh
.
Men
Women
Vigen, Gladys H.. . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Voeks, George H. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Total
Excelsior
...........
.........
.....
SPECIAL AND UNCLASSIFIED
Andemn, Roger V.. . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Aria, Frank L.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Magnuson, Albert . . . . . . .
Markson, Stanley H. (1). .
Marquardt, William G.. . .
Mickelberg, Carolyn J. (2)
Carlseh,:3. Beverly (1) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Castle, Bradley F. (2). . . . . . . . . .Stillwater
Caviness, Dovid C. (2). . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Christopherson, James E. (2)
. .
Valley City, N. D.
Colaai, Conartta M. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Nelson, Martin K.. . . . .
Northfelt, Richard A.. .
......
Minneapolis
.Minnaupolis
. . . St. Paul
. .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Oliver, Myrtle R. (1). . . . . .Minneapolis
Olson, William L. (2). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Oppen, Ronald E. ( 1 ) . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Dahlager, -Arlo 0.(1).
.Minneapolis
Dahle, Adeline (2). ......... .Minneapolis
Drury, Thomas R. .......... .Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. (2). . . .
. . . . .St. Paul
Peterson, Lloyd E. (1).
Porten, Horace A. . . . . . . . .Alvarado
Fairbanks, Laland L.. .......... .Harmony
Fisher, Gaorge W.. ............. .Morris
Frank,' Sydney C. (1). . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Sitton, Maryiann (2) . . . .Houston, Texas
Spry, June M.. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Swenson, James A. (2).
.Hopkins
Gilbert, Earl J.. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gimse, I. Shelby.. . . . . . . . . . .Minot, N. D.
Thorson, Arthur W. .
Halvorsen, Elmnor.City Island, Bronx, N. Y.
Jacobson, Luther H. (2). . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kallevig, Lloyd C. (2) . . . . . . . . . . ;Willmar
Koppel, Heljo . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo J. (1). . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ely
Lodohl, Helen
M.
Maas, Edwin H..
Medicine Lake, Mont.
...........
.Minneapolis
(1) RegjJtered for first semester only.
(2) Reg~steredfor second semester only.
Vartdal, Roger A. (1).
Vinger, Mary M.. . . . .
Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
.
ST. Louis Park
Walker, Sue C.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Wilson, Woodrow W. (2) . . . .Minneapolis
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women
.............
Total
..
30
13
-
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
1x8
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SBM~NAIIY
JUNIOR STUDENT NURSES 1
Bakke, Frances A.
Berg, Marilyn A.
Bjornrud, Lorraine A.
Viroqua, Wis.
Lindquist, Pearl E.. . . . . . . . . .Carver
. . . . . . ..Upsala
,
~
~
~ Melson,
f
~Marlys
l R.d . . .~. . . ~. . . .Monterey
Melvie, Margaret A.. . . . . . . . . . . .Viking
Carlson, Betty H. . . . New Auburn, Wis.
Ose, Betty F.. . . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Finstad, Ramona M.. . . . .Portland, N. D.
Otterdahl, Elaine M. . . . . . . . .Little Souk
Folske, Geraldine M.. . . . . . . . . ..St. Paul
Pederson, LaVonne 0.. Clear Lake, lowa
Gerber, Caryl J. . . . . . .Sheldon, Wis.
G ~ cryrtal
~ ~ E., . . .
~
~ lows
Reishus,
~
Meredythe
h
F..~
. . . . .Cottonwood
~
~
pembina, N. D.
Reynolds. Elizabeth A.. . . .Garrison, N. D.
Gryth, Helen P.. . . . .
Ringstad, Elra M.. .... .Escanaba, Mich.
. . .Nisswa
Rognes, Norma 1.. . . . . . . . . .Joice, Iowa
Hanson, Lorraine S..
Haugen, lngeborg C. .
.Pekin, N. D.
Hoivik, Deloris M.. . .
. ~ i ~Sandberg,
~ ~Carolyn
~ Mae
~ ~. . . l. . .i.St. ~
Paul
Sorkness, Elizabeth L..
. . . . . . . Henning
Johnson, Ferne M.. . .
Dolliver, Iowa
Thorsgaard, Carolyn A.
Hatton, N. D.
Kilde, Beverly A.. . . .
Barnesville
.
Roseau
Total . . . . . . . . . .
....
28
Kveen, Herdis S.. . . .
.
FRESHMAN STUDENT NURSES 1
Abrahamson, leleen M.
. . .Browewille
Andrews, Carole F. .
. .Annandale
Axelson, Evangeline L. . . . . . .Lancaster
Larsen, Jane E.
Lanen, Janet E.
...
La Crocse, Wis.
.La Cr-,
Wis.
Nelson, Lois V.
Backlund, Elizabeth A. . . . .Grand Marais
Barbo, Betty Ann. . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
........ .Echo
Bruss, J w n E.. . . .
.Strandquist
Carlson, Darlene L.
Duis, Elaine E.
' '
. . . . .Winger
Flermoen, Delois C.
Herold. Berdine L.. .
Horton, Barbara Ann
. ' 'Waseca
.
La Crow, Wis.
. . .Minneapolis
Jocobson. Melba L.
Johnson, Esther M.
Johnson, Joanne L.
. . . . . . .Sebeka
Knudson, Irma V. .
Marinette, Wis.
Langford, Phyllis A.
Minneapolis
.Viroqua, Wis.
. . .Moose Lake
( 1 ) Registered for first semester only
Okrina, Evelyn E.. . . .
Olson, Marlys J. . . .
Schauer, Carol F.
Shultz, Joan C.. .....
Stenseth, Claudine M.
Marinette, Wis.
.
Cottonwood
... .Canby
....... Waseca
Spokane, Wash.
.W.allace, S. D.
Tollefson, Junice K.
L'Ans?, Mich.
Veitch, Barbara L.
Vik, Margaret A. . . .
Suffon, N. D.
.:..Bagley
Wagner, lone M. . . .
Wickman, Beth/ Jean.
..
Wolff, Joan A.
Total
.
.Badger
Porterfield, Wis.
. . . St. Paul
~
GRADUATES 1952
SEMINARY
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Bervig, Arthur L.. . . . . . Forgo, N. D.
Ozclins, Karlis L.. . . . . . .Barronett, Wis.
Torgerson, Sheldon Luther. . . .Minneapolis
Nwge, Lowell Theodore. . . . . . .Madison
Rev. Elnar Gundale, Class of 1937 . . .Carpior N. D.
With the degree of Graduate in Theology
Andersen, Robe* W.. . . . . .Marinette, Wis.
Feig. Gilbert H. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Kordahl, Axel 0..
.....
Nystuen, Theodore C..
Minneapolis
Northfield
COLLEGE
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Eugene Carlton
Anderson, Fritz J. . . .
Anderson, Jean C. . . .
Anderson, Kenneth L.
Anenson, LeRoy H.. . . . . .
Armstrong, James Douglas
Aune, Wilfred B.. .
. .Willmar
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. .Ellendale
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Backstrorn, Norman .
Bagley, Yvonne Marie
Baker, Phyllis . . . . . . .
Bakken, Hardis Cornelius.
Blomquist, Elroy C.
.
Bohn, Sherman J.
. .
Bozony, Mortha E.
Minneapolis
. . . .Gatzke
. Lakeville
Chicago, Ill.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . . . Hallock
Kenrnare, N. D.
Carlson, Stella M.
Christensen, David W.
Dalberg, Leonard E.
Daniels, Earl R. .
Dingrnon, Donald L.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
.
.Concord
Emerson, Evonne L. . .
Eng, Leona Marie. . .
. . . . Bagley
Englund, Kenneth M.. . .
Minneapolis
Erickson, Delores Romelle
Arthyde
Erickson, Roland E. . . . . . . . .Kenyon
Faul, James 0.
. . . . .
Minneapolis
Gilberkon, Glen
. .
.Minneapolis
Glans, Roger Elmer. . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gordon, Robert Lee. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Gryth, Beverly A.
Pembina, N. D.
Hage, Robert Roy
...
Hagen, James H.. .
Holler. Harriet Marie
.Minneapolis
. . .Montevideo
Wanamingo
.
Hansen, Harold John
Hanson, Celia JoAnn .
Hanson, Elmer Harland
Harvey, Richard V.. . . .
Helmke, Eugene V.
Hetager, Mildred . .
Hindemith, Jerry 0..
..
Hjelle, Orleite Belinda
Holmberg, Henry Allen
Holmquist, lvar Robert
Howells, Richard S. .
Minneapolis
. . . . . .Aitkin
. .Elk Mound
Minneapolis
. . . . .Cokato
Forgo, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Newfolden
. . .Minneapolis
East Moline, Ill.
. . .Minneapolis
Jacobson, Donovan . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Crystal
Johnson, Anton V. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Johnson, Donnis L.. . . Newman Grove, Neb.
Johnson, Gordon Phillip. .Blooming Prairie
Johnson, Morris Melvin . . . . .Minneapolis
Kleven, Charlotte . . Blanchardville, Wis.
Knudson, Millard John. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Korpi, Hugo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Eh/
Kottom, James D.
. . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Kuross, William J.. . . . . .
Minneapolis
Landsverk, Eleanor M..
Larson, Benjamin L. . . .
Larson, Elwood H. . . . .
Larson, Luther J. . . . . . . .
Larson, Marvin Leroy
Leak, John Roy, Jr.. . .
Luhn, Charles W. . . . . .
Lyngdal, Lloyd . . . . . .
. . .Fosston
Minneapolis
. .st. Paul
. . . Brockton
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
. . . Duluth
Madsen, John R.. . . . . . .
Mitmoen, Winnifred Arlene
Minneapolis
. . .Duluth
Nelson, Lola Joyce . . . . . . Stanchfield
Nelson, Roger h r l o w e .
. .Brooten
Nelson, Wayne Merle . . . . . . . . . . .Pennock
Nestvold, Elwood . . . . . . . . . Laramie, Wyo.
Northfelt, Leroy . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Nyhus, Leroy D.. . . . . . . . . .Tacoma, Wash.
Olson, Orville L . . . . . . . . . . .Oakes, N. D.
Onischuk, W;illiam . . . . . . . . .South St. Paul
Oscarson,. .Donald Roy. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Ose,'Eleanor G.. . . . . . . . .Thief River Falls
Paulson, Arnold C. . . . . . . . .Wallace, S. D.
Paulson, LeVon Mae . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Paulson, Philip H. . . . . . . .La Crosse, Wis.
Petersen, Morlo D. . . . .Valley City, N. D.
Peterson, Harvey M. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Peterson, Vera V. . . . . . . .Superior, Wis.
Prazniak, John . - . . . . . . . . .,Minneapolis
Puterbaugh, Karl Dallas. . . . . .Minneapolis
Ringdahl, Irving C.. . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Roberts, Donavon . . . . . . . . . . .Lake Crystal
Rokke, David H.. ............ Strandquist
Schmidt, Ruth Ann . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hawley
Schmitt, Gottlieb . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Sirotiak, Arnold . . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Skiei, Lola Jean. . . . . . . . . . Williston, N. D.
Skonnord, Dorothy G.
Valley City, N. D.
Smith, Lynn Lorrell . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Snodgrass, Melvin E.. . . . . . . ..Minneapolis
Solum, Marvin E.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Argyle
Swanson, Jean A.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bemidji
Blanchardville, Wis.
Thompson, Robert D..
Thorpe, Gordon D.. . . . . . . .Aniwa, Wis.
Thorsen, Floyd Curtis . .
.Minneapolis
Trones, Duane M.. . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Underbakke, Leland B.
Minneapolis
Varner, Joanne Marilyn
Varner, Siegel S,. Jr.
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Walters, Orville Blair. .
.Minneapolis
Wang, Donna J.. . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Weidenbach, Paul A.. . .
.Minneapolis
Wilhelm, Max . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Young, Lyle Henry.. . . Valley City, N. D.
Men . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
......................
79
26
105
ENROLLMENT SUMMARY 1952-1953
FIRST SEMESTER
SEMINARY
.............................
............................
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
...................
...
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students ................................
....-.. . . . .
Total
....................................................
.........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once
...-.............
SECOND SEMESTER
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Totol
.............................
...............................
.........................................
COLLEGE
Men Students ..............................................
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
...........................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting thaw counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TOTAL ENROLLMENT 1952-1953
SEMINARY
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..
..................................
COLLEGE
Men Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Women Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total
..................................
Total Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deducting those counted more than once . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
G:odualt:-i870-1951
Graduater-'952
Total
.........................................
.........................................
.
609
8
-
..................................................
617
COLLEGE
Graduates-i870-1951 ............................................
Graduates-lP52
..............................................
Tota i
................................................
Total Graduates
............
............................
1729
105
1834
-
245 1
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . 42
. . . . . . . . 26
Accounts Payment of .
Admission. College . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Admirsion. Seminary . .
. . . 101
Administration . . . . . .
.... 5
Administrative Staff . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . .
Alumni Association. The
Archives. The . . . . . . . . .
Art . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletia . . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel . .
Attendance. Class . . . . . .
Audio-Visual Educotion
Awards
. . .
.
Band . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37.
Biology. Department of
h a r d of Trustees
..
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business Administration. Curriculum. .
Business Administration. Economics. and
Secretarial Studies. Department of . . .
77
93
5
20
53
87
Calendar
.................. 4
Cancellation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Chapel Service. The . . . . . . . . . 30
Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Choir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36. 77
Choral Club . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37. 77
Christian Education and Sociology . . . 108
Christian Environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Christianity. Deportment of
. . . 61
Church History (Seminary). . . . . . . . . . 106
Classical Languages. Department of . . . 65
Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Classwork, Amount of
. . . . . . . . . 44
College. Augsburg
. . . . . . . . 42
College Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
. . . 111
College Students (1952-1953)
...
committees of the Faculty .
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 47
Contents. Table of . . .
...
.Convocation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Counseling .
. . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Course Fees . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Courses of Study, College . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Cultural Opportunities .
. . . . . . 31
Curriculums
.
. . . . . 51
Debate and Oratory
35. 70
Degree. Bachelor of Arts .
.
. 48
Dentistry Pre-Dental Courses . . . . . . . 56
Departmental and Student Interest
Groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
.
Page
Dioconate
5 9
Dining Hall
. . 4 0
.
. 31
Discipline . . . . . . . . .
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Divisional Organization . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Drama . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35. 71
Economics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Education. Deportment of Psychology
and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . 45
Employment Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Courses . . 57
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
English. Proficiency . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Enrollment Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . . . . 42
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Examinations. Comprehensive . . . . . . . 47
Examinations. Rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
Expenses. Student
24. 25. 26. 102
Faculty. The . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24. 25
Financial Information ............... 24
Financial Support and Control . . . . . . 19
Food Service ..................... 40
Foundation, Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
French . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
. . . 17
Fundamental Aims . . . . . . . .
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . .
German. Department of . . . . . . . . . . .
Grade Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduate Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Graduates 1952 ..................
Graduates (1870.1952) Summary of .
Graduation Requirements. College . . .
Greek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .65.
.
Health and Physical Education. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Health Service
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .66, 109
High School Teaching, Curriculum ..... 53
Historical Sketch .................. 15
History and Political Science. Department of ........................ 79
Home Economics. De~artmentof . . . . 90
Home Economics. Vocations in . . . . . . . 55
Homiletics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Honors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
37. 50
Hospital Affiliation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Humanities. Division of the . . . . . . . 65
. .
Page
Incompletes
.
. 47
Journalism . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35.
. 69
Junior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 48
Laboratories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
22
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Loan Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15. 125
Majors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Mathematics. Department of . . . . . 97
Medical Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Medical Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23. 57
Medicine, . Pre-Medic b t s e s . . . . . . . . 55
Membership In Edvcdknal h i a t i o n s 19
Ministry. Preptation for the . . . . 51. PO1
Minors ........................... 49
Miitonnry Work. Pmporntion for . . . . . 52
Mwaum. The . . . . . . . . . .
. . . 21
Music. Deportment of
.
.
. 74
Music Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25. 75
Music. Organizations . . . . . . .36. 77
Naturol Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
New Testament (Seminary) . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Norwegian. Courses in . . . . . . . . . . 72
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses ........ 56
Nursing. Affiliation with Deaconess
Hospital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23 37
.
Old Testament (Seminary) . . . . .104
Oratory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35,37. 70
Organ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3B.
. 84
Parish W ~ r k . Preparation f w . . . . . . .
52
Pastoral T k l c g y . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Personnel Services. Student . . . . . . . . 38
Philosophy. Department of . . . . . . . . . . 63
Physical Eduwtion. Department of
Heolth and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Physical Sciences. Department of . . . . . 94
Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Piono . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Placemdnt ' Service for Graduates
. .41
Political Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Polity, Worship, and Parish Work . . . . 108
Practical Thealogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
Pre-Seminory Curriculum . . . . .5 1. 101
Prizes, Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . 27
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Rychology cmd Education. Depart-
'.merit of
......
. . .
83
Recreation ond Social Life . . . . .
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . .
Religion ond Philosophy. Division of .
Religious Organizations . . . . . . . . .
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . .
Romance Languages. Department of .
Room Application . . . . : . . . . . . . . . .
Scandinavian Language and Literature.
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . 27
Secretarial Studies . . . . . .
..89
Secretarial Work Curriculum
. . . . 54
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . . . . . -101
Seminary. Faculty . . . . . . .
7
Seminary. Courses of Study
1 0 3
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . . . ..24. 102
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees
102
Seminary. General Requirements . . . . 101
Seminary Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Senior College Requirements . . . . . . . . 49
Social Life. Recreation and . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Sociology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Social Sciences. Division of the . . . . . . . . 79
Social Work Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . 58
Spanish . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Special Programs of Study . . . . . . . . . . 23
Special Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
Student Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
Student Areas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Community Life . . . . . . . . . . 30
Student Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Student Nurses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Student Personnel Services . . . . . . . . . 38
Student Register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Student Society. The . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Systematic Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . .ID6
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . . . . . . .53. 83
Teaching Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 42. 46. 47
Theology. College Preparation for . 51. 101
Theology. Courses of Study . . . .
TO3
Theological Orientation Courses
103
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
. 101
Theological Students (1952-1953).
T I0
Theology. The Three-Year Cyck of
Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
103
Transfer and Advanced Standing'. .43. 102
Trustees. Boord of . . . . .
5
Tuition and Fees . . :
.
24. 25
University Courses
:
.....
Veterons; Admission of . .
Voice
. . . . . . .
. . 4 5
. '
. . . 43
. 76
EVENING SCHOOL
1954
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MINNEAPOLIS 4, MINNESOTA
Augsburg College is pleased to announce the fourth annual evening
school, a program in adult education for the Twin City Community. The
evening session is ten weeks long, with classes meeting once a week.
The classes norlnally meet for a single period of one hour and fifteen
minutes; three, as indicated in the description of the course, require a
double hour. Although no college credit is given in connection with these
short courses, certain requirements for each course will be outlined b y
the instructor.
The college reserves the right to cancel any course in which there is
insufficient registration and refunds will be made only if the course is
cancelled. Requests for additional courses may be made to the Director.
The College will try to meet such needs when the request is presented b y
twelve students or more.
Tuition will be $9.OC per course and is payable in advance. An additional fee will be charged for a laboratory course.
A special rate of $5.00 per course will be available to a group of
five students or larger from a single organization registering in Courses
26e, 56e, and 71e. Such organizations will include churth groups and
clubs of various kinds.
The first part of the hour on the opening evening will be used for
registration and payment of tuition. Instructions for registration may be
secured in Science Hall.
Advanced registrations will be taken on. request. These must be accompanied by the registration fee.
Address inquiries about Evening School to:
Dean Martin Quanbeck
Director of the Evening School
Augsburg College, Minneapolis 4 - Phone LI 0501
Classes will begin on Monday, January 18, 1954, and meet every
Monday until March 22. One class, Course 52e, will meet on Thursdays,
beginning January 21 and continuing till March 25. Classes begin at
7:00 except the double-period classes, which begin at 6:30.
2e.
Scandinavian Cooking-Breads, Cookies and Cakes
A laboratory course in the preparation of Scandinavian breads,
cookies, and cakes. The class meets for a double period (2% hours).
A materials fee of $5.00 is in addition to the regular fee. Enrolment limited to 15 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S30.) Miss Sigrunn
Kvarnrne.
26e.. How the Bible Came to Us
The aim of this-co.urse is to acquaint the student with the human
history of the Word of God. The course includes a disclission of the
original languages of the Bible, the materials and methods of
transmitting the sacred text from age to age, ancient translations
of the Scriptures, and the transition from manuscript to printed
page. The course also includes a treatment of modern translations
and versions. (7:OO-8:15, Room S212.) Mr. lver Olson.
51e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Beginner's Course
Instruction in "rosemaling". Demonstration and individual work.
The class meets for a double period (2% hours). A materials fee
of $2.00 for paints, oil, and turpentine is charged in addition to
the regular fee. Brushes and plates may be purchased from the
instructor. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00, Room S33.)
Mr. Hans Berg.
52e.
Norwegian Folk Painting (Rosemaling)-Advanced Course
Similar to Course 51e except that it is intended for those who have
already had this course. Same fees. Enrolment limited to 16 students. (6:30-9:00 Thursdays, Room S33.) Mr. Hans Berg.
56e.
Ten Evenings With Great Writers
Reading and discussion of selected writings by American and British
authors, including Washington Irving, Nathaniel Hawthorne, Ralph
Waldo Emerson, William Shakespeare, John Milton, William
Wordsworth. (7:OO-8: 15, Room S205.) Miss Anne Pederson.
71e.
Popular Minnesota Geology
A survey of geological forces and events that have produced the
land formations of Minnesota. Each class meeting will include the
use of some picture materials, rock samples, or fossils. Slides and
motion pictures will be used extensively. (7:OO-8:15, Room S206.)
Mr. Orval Engen.
a member of the Board of Trustees and Treasurer of the Geological
Society of Minnesota.
ticism of Emily Dickinson". Miss Pederson holds the rank of Associate
Professor of English at Augsburg College. She has been afiliated with
Augsburg since 1933 except for a 2-year leave of absence to teach in
the Son Mateo and Burlingame, California, public schools.
Show less
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one... Show more
AUGSBURG COLLEGE AND
THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Founded 1869
CATALOG RECORD FOR
1956
-
1957
and
1957
-
1958
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR
1958
- 1959
and
1959
VOL. XX, NO. 1
-
1960
CATALOG NUMBER
JANUARY-FEBRUARY, 1958
THE AUGSBURG BULLETIN
Published bimonthly and one additional
issue in April
by Augsburg College and
Theological Seminary at Minneapolis, Minnesota. Enfered as second-class matter March
21. 1947, at the post osce at Minneapolis, Minnesota, under the act of August 24, 1912.
LMLLNUAK
1957
1958
SEPTEMBER
S
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1 2 3
8 91011121314 5 6 7 8 91011 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
15161718192021 12131415161718 11 121314151617
29 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
99 30
95 26 27 28 29 30 31
26 27 28 29 30 31 -
OCTOBER
FEBRUARY
1 2 3 4 5
1
6 7 8 9101112 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
13141516171819 9 1011 1213 1415
2021 2223242526 161718192021 92
93 24 25 26 27 28
27 28 29 30 31
JUNE
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 91011121314
15161718192021
22232425262728
29 30
MARCH
NOVEMBER
1
1 2
2 3 4 5 6 7 8
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 1213141516 9 1011 1213 1415
1 7 1 8 1 9 2 0 2 1 2 2 ~ 161718192021 22
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 $: 32; 25 26 27 28 29
JULY
1 2 3 4 5
6789101112
13141516171819
20912223242526
27 28 29 30 31
DECEMBER
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 9 1011 1 2 1 3 1 4
15161718192021
29 23 24 95 26 27 28
29 30 31
APRIL
AUOUST
1 9
1 9 3 4 5
6 7 8 9 1011 751 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
13141516171819 I011 1P13141516
20 21 22 23 24 25 96 t J 10 1990 21 29 23
27 28 29 30
g 2526Q7282930
M
T
W T
F
MAY
JANUARY
SEPTEMBER
S
S
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2 3
1 2 3 4 5 6
7 8 910111213 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 0
14151617181920 11 121314151617
91222324252627 18192021222324
35 26 27 28 29 30 31
28 29 30
S
M
T
W
T
F
S
1 2
3 4 5 6 7 8 9
1011 12131415 16
17181920212223
$: 25 26 27 28 29 30
FEBRUARY
JUNE
OCTOBER
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
5 6 7 8 9 1011 8 9 1011 191314 7 8 9 1011 1213
12131415161718 15161718192021 14151617181920
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 19 23 24 25 26 27 28 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
98 29 30
96 27 28 29 30 31
NOVEMBER
MARCH
JULY
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 2 3 4
1
9 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 1011 121314 5 6 7 8 9 loll
9 1011 12131415 15161718192021 12 1314151617 18
161718192021 22 92232425262728 192021 22232425
96 27 28 29 30 31
24 25 26 9 7 28 29 99 30 31
::
DECEMBER
APRIL
AUGUST
I 2 3 4 5 6
1 9 3 4
1
7 8 9 1011 1213 5 6 7 8 9 1011 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 ,
1415 161718 1920 19 13 1415161718 9 1011 1 2 1 3 7 4 1 5
21222324252627 192021 22232425 u 1 7 ' I 8 1 9 9 0 1 1 22
9 8 29 30 31
2627282930
g i g 9596372%29
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PAGE
4
Academic Calendar
-
General Information
5
----
Financial Information
14
Student Community Life The College -
-
Academic Administration
-
21
34
--34
-
42
Curriculums
-
Courses of Study
53
Division of Religion and Philosophy
55
Division of the Humanities ....-.
59
--
Division of the Social Sciences
Division of the Natural Sciences and Mathematics
General Requirements
96
-.--.
Courses of Study
.
96
1
0
0
-----
Board of Trustees
Administration
86
...........-...-----
--
The Theological Seminary
107
-
,.--lo8
-109
Committees of the Faculty
The Faculty
--
Graduates
Student Enrollment
Index
72
1
D
-m
-
1
0
-
-120
1
2
3
.--.I26
,
CALENDAR
1958 - 59 and 1959 - 60
FIRST SEh4ESTER
Sept. 11-16
Freshman Days
Sept. 10-15
Sept. 11, 16
Registration
Sept. 14, 15
Sept. 17
College classes begin
Sept. 16
Sept. 17
Seminary convenes
Sept. 16
s p t . 17
Late registration fee
Sept. 16
Oct. 24-26
Homecoming
Oct. 23-21
Nov.
End of first half of semester
Nov.
Nov. 27, 28
Thanksgiving recess
Nov. 26, 27
Dec. 19, 4:zo p.m.
Christmas ,recess begins
Dec. 18, 4:zo p.m.
Jan. j, 8:00 a.m.
Classes resume
Jan. 4. 8:00 a.m.
Jan. 19-23
College examinations
Jan. 20-26
Jan. 20-23
Seminamry examinations
Jan. 21-26
Jan. 23
First Semester ends
Jan. 26
Jan. 16-29
Registration for Second
Semester
Jan. 18-Feb.
12
I2
I
SECOND SEMESTER
Feb. 2, 8:00 a.m.
Classes begin
Feb. 3. 8:00 a.m.
Feb.
2
Late registration fee
Feb. 3
Feb.
12
Lincoln's Birthday
Washington's Birthday
April 3
End of first half af semester
Feb.
22
April
I
Maroh 2j, 4:20 p.m. Easter recess begins
April 13, 4:zo p.m.
March 3 I , 8:oo a.m. Easter recess ends
April 19, 8:00 a.m.
May
Seminary Commencement
May 27
May 25-29
Collage Examinations
May 27-June 3
May 30
Memorid Day
May 30
May 31
Bac,cala.ureate Service
June 5
June
College Commencement
June 6
22
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
PURPOSE
Augsburg College is a four-year liberal arts college sponsored by
the Lutheran Free Church for the purpose of giving young people
an opportunity to obtain a broad education in a Christian en\''Ironment. In addition to securing a general education at the college level,
students may prepare themselves for such vocations as high school teaching, business administration, social work, medical technolog!-, secretarial work, parish work, and missions. They may prepare for further
study in the fields of dentistry, engineering, law, medicine, nursing, and
theology, as well as for graduate study in various fields.
Augsburg Theological Seminary, with its facilities on the same campus, offers a three-year course of study leading to a Bachelor of
Theology degree. Its chief purpose is to prepare pastors and missionaries for the Lutheran Free Church.
LOCATION
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary is located in the Riverside Park area of hlinneapolis. rrithirl t r a l k i ~ pJ i s t a n c ~uf the main
I~usir~ess
section 01 tl~rcil!. Science Hall. containing the administration cifficeh. is located at lhe corner nf 5 e ~ e n t hStreet and Twenty-first
A\eriue South. .Iugshurg studenb have tlic a d r a ~ ~ t a gofe getting their
~ o l l t : ~ ceducalion
:
i n a metropolitan renter pulsating with industrial.
social. and cultural activitira. They hare acre33 to libraries. museums.
a11tl art ccrllcctiarls. The! m a v hear the best in music and lectures.
Minneapolis is recognized throughout the nation as a vital center of
relieil~ui life and nctitily. Out5ta11dii1gleaders in many Gelds both
from ,,her part9 of hrncrica and from fureipri ct~untriesare frequent
vi~iit~rb.
College students iu t l ~ r . Twill Cities have abundant opportunity tn contact conternporar?- :llnerican life a t one of its foc:aI points.
ACCREDITATION
Augsburg College is accredited by the North Central Association
of Colleges and Secondary Schools, the regional accrediting agency
for colleges and universities. It is approved by the Minnesota Department of Education for the training of secondary school teachers. The
teacher education program in home economics has been approved for
the preparation of teachers of federally aided high school departments
in this field.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SE~ARY
HISTORICAL SKETCH
Augsburg was begun as a seminary in 1869, at Marshall, Wisconsin.
It was the first theological seminary founded by Norwegian Lutherans
in America. Through an arrangement with a private institution known
as Marshall Academy, the Seminary was at first housed in the academy
building. Students who needed further preparation in academic subjects were to obtain this in the academy. This arrangement failed to
work out satisfactorily; so the seminary moved to a private dwelling,
where classes continued until 1872. In the autumn of that year Augsburg Seminary was removed to Minneapolis, Minnesota, where a
building had been erected for its use. In the same year the school was
incorporated under the laws of Minnesota. The aim of the institution
was to train ministers for the Lutheran congregations which were being
organized in growing numbers in the pioneer settlements that were
spreading rapidly over the Northwest.
The college was established when it became evident that in order
to get students who were adequately prepared for theological study
a college department was needed. In 1874 a college curriculum was
planned which provided for one year of preparatory studies and four
years of college work along two lines, a classical course to prepare
students for theology, and a scientific course to prepare for other
professions. The latter course, however, was later discontinued, partly
for lack of funds and partly because too few students selected the
course. The first college students were enrolled in 1874 and the first
class was. graduated in 1879.
In 1900 a high school course covering three years was established
which in 1910 was expanded to a standard four-year course. This
was discontinued in 1933. In the years 1916-1919 the college course
was thoroughly revised. As a result of this and of subsequent growth,
the earlier classical course was greatly modified and supplemented by
social and scientific studies and a more general emphasis upon the
study of the humanities. In recent years there has been continuous
study and modification of the curriculum including the introduction
of a number of new majors to meet the developing needs of the students. The Divisional organization was adopted in 1945. At the present
time majors are offered in 17 fields.
Coeducation was introduced in the College in 1921.
Recent years, especially since the close of World War 11, have witnessed a greatly increased enrollment and a corresponding expansion of
physical facilities both in campus area and in buildings.
In the Theological Seminary there has likewise been a continuing
revision of the curriculum and the addition of new courses to meet
changing needs. The requirement of a six-month period of internship
was added in 1939. Standards of admission have been raised so
that a bachelor's degree or equivalent is now the required scholastic
preparation.
While the Theological Seminary has its own organization, the Seminary and the College continue to function in close cooperation and as
integral parts of one institution.
Five presidents have served Augsburg during the course of its history. The terms of office of two of these cover a span of over half a
century. The first president was August Weenaas, who served from
1869 to 1876. He was succeeded by Georg Sverdrup, 1876 to 1907.
Sven Oftedal served from 1907 to 1911 and was followed by George
Sverdrup, whose term extended from 1911 to 1937. H. N. Hendrickson
served as acting president from 1937 until 1938. Bernhard Christensen,
the present president, has served since that time.
FUNDAMENTAL AIMS
The educational purposes of Augsburg College and Theological
Seminary spring from the conviction that in the Christian religion
there are revealed the most basic truths concerning both man and
God, and that Christianity is the fundamental force for good in human
life and society. All the aims of the College, as well as those of the
Seminary, are integrated with this principle.
Students who enroll at Augsburg are invited to take up their college
work with the distinct understanding that the Christian spirit is determining in all things. They are expected to cooperate wholeheartedly in
the program of the school towards that end. The entire program of the
school, curricular and extra-curricular, and the discipline necessary to
make possible the carrying out of this program, spring from the aim
"to see all things through the eyes of Christ."
To express more distinctly some major aspects of its program of
Christian higher education, the following statement of aims has been
formulated by the college faculty:
T o lead the student to a deeper understanding; and personal experience of the truth and power of the Christian Gospel, to the end
that he may become both an effective participant in the work of
the Christian Church and an earnest adirocate of the Christian way
of life.
AIJGSBURGCOLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
T o familiarize the student with the culture of our own and other
civilizations, not only for the enjoyment this knowledge affords
but also for the development of a more sympathetic understanding
of our fellow men throughout the world.
T o develop the student's interest in the attainment of the common
purposes of our country, so that he may work for the welfare of
our institutions and for the preservation of our liberties in community and nation, and also develop an enlightened interest and
participation in human affairs throughout the rest of the world.
T o cultivate in the student a Christian social spirit, in order that
he may realize in his life a right balance between what he expects
of others and the service he will render his fellow men.
T o teach the student to discipline his own urges, interests, ambitions, and demands in a way that will effectively contribute toward
the development of good character.
T o train the student i n scientific methods of study and also develop his understanding of the relations of science to the welfare of
humanity.
T o stimulate intellectual interest and develop scholarly insight,
so that the student may learn to think with accuracy and comprehension at the same time as he experiences an understanding of
truth which will help him to integrate the findings of science with
the deepest spiritual reality.
T o awaken and foster i n the student an intelligent appreciation
and enjoyment of the best in-the fields of the fine arts.
T o guide the student in the understanding of social relatio'nships
in order that he may take his place in groups and gatherings with
propriety and grace, motivated in his conversation and conduct by
the principles of Christian courtesy and sincerity.
T o provide guidance for the student in the discovery and clarification of his aptitudes and his life purposes so that as early as
possible he may plan his educational program wisely.
T o train students in vocational and professional lines, giving full
preparation for high school teaching, business administration, home
economics, and parish work; furnishing partial training towards
the study of medicine, dentistry, nursing, engineering, law, and
social service, and offering a four-year college course preparing
for the study of theology.
T o help the student develop certain skills, as in language, music,
physical activities, use of the library, laboratory work, and typewriting, together with other skills, which will increase his efficiency
in the various relationships of life.
To afford the student wholesome recreational experience which
will contribute toward an effective use of leisure time and develop
such qualities as leadership, sportsmanship, and self-control, with
good recreational habits, thus providing a constant source of social
and personal satisfaction.
To instruct the student in principles, attitudes, and ideas pertuining to health, and also to train him in practices and skills which
will promote his physical and mental well-being and make him
better fit to meet the responsibilities of life.
FINANCIAL SUPPORT AND CORTTROL
From 1870 to 1890, Augsburg was supported by the NorwegianDanish Lutheran Conference. The merger of that church body with
two others, in 1890, resulted in the affiliation of Augsburg with the
newly created United Norwegian Lutheran Church. Due to differences
concerning the control of Augsburg, a division arose, and in 1897 congregations whose sympathies were deeply rooted in Augsburg formed
the Lutheran Free Church. The resulting close association, in educational and spiritual activity, of Augsburg and the Lutheran Free Church
has been marked by unity of purpose and ideals for more than half a
century.
The control exercised by the Lutheran Free Church is indirect. The
Annual Conference of the Church nominates the members of the
Augsburg Corporation and the Board of Trustees. The Corporation
through the Board of Trustees exercises direct control over property,
finance, and personnel. Academic control is vested in the President
and the Faculty.
In addition to the income from student tuition and fees, which has
materially increased with the growth and development of the College,
the chief financial support of the institution comes from the congregations of the Lutheran Free Church. In recent years a growing circle
oI friends also outside the Lutheran Free Church, both alumni and
others, have contributed financially to the school. Since 1951, business
and industry have given significant support through the Minnesota
Private College Fund. Augsburg welcomes and invites support on the
part of all who believe in her program of vital Christian education.
MEMBERSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL ASSOCIATIONS
Augsburg College is fully accredited by the North Central Association of Colleges and Secondary School as a degree-granting institution.
It is a member of the American Council on Education, the Association
of American Colleges, the National Lutheran Educational Conference,
the Association of Minnesota Colleges, and the Council of Minnesota
Private Colleges.
THE ALUMNI ASSOCIATION
The Augsburg Alumni Association has as its goal to enable the
graduates of the College and Seminary to maintain effective contact
and cooperation with one another and with their Alma Mater. The
annual meeting is held at Commencement time each year. Local Augsburg clubs are promoted, and a bi-monthly bulletin is published. The
affairs of the Association are under the leadership of the Board of
Directors. The Alumni Office is located in Science Hall.
THE AUGSBURG FOUNDATION
The Augsburg Foundation is an association of alumni, former students, and other friends of Augsburg, having as its purpose to give
united and systematic support, both spiritual and financial, to the
school. The Foundation was established in 1941 by join,t action of the
Board of Trustees and the Alumni Association. Since 1956 its activities
have been closely coordinated with the development program of the
college.
EDUCATIONAL PLANT
BUILDINGS
The Main, erected in 1900, ,contains a large number of classrooms
and offices, the Chapel, and the museum.
Science Hall, erected in 1948-49, is a large and completely modern
building. It includes the general administration offices, well-equipped
laboratories for Chemistry, Physics, Biology and Home Economics; the
student organization offices and the student center; a small auditorium,
and several classrooms and faculty offices. On the fourth floor is the
Tower Prayer Chapel.
The George S v e r d r u ~Library, named in honor of Augsburg's fourth
president, was erected and dedicated in 1955. Adjacent to Science Hall
and of similar contemporary architectural design, it contains spacious
reading rooms, seminars, work rooms, a visual-education center, the
Augsburg Archives, and a number of classrooms and faculty offices.
There is stack space for approximately 100,000 volumes.
The classrooms and offices of the Theological Seminary are located
in one section of the Librarv building.
Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall, erected in 1938, is a modem, fireproof dormitory affording living quarters for about 150 men. On the
ground floor of this building is the college cafeteria and dining hall.
Sivertsen Hall, acquired in 1939, and remodeled in 1955 as a wing
of Gerda Mortensen Hall, provides comfortable modern housing for 45
women students.
The beautiful new Gerda Mortensen Hall located at 6th Street and
24th Avenue, was erected in 1955. It provides excellent and completely
modern housing for 125 women students, as well as apartments for the
resident 'head and her assistants.
Morton Hall and Miriam House are smaller dormitory houses, each
accommodating about 20 students.
The Gymnasium, a temporary structure, was erected in 1947 for the
College of the Federal Works Agency as a part of a program providing
educational facilities for veterans.
The Music Hall was acquired by purchase, also in 1947, and ha?
been remodeled to serve the needs of the music and drama departments.
A large number of dwellings have also been acquired in recent years
in the expanded campus area, and are in use for faculty, staff, and
married student housing.
The President's Home, a residence of modern architectural design
located at the south of the Square, was erected in 1949.
The Museum is located on the ground floor of the Main. Members
of the Alumni Association have presented many valuable gifts. There
are several collections: a Madagascar Collection, a Santal Collection,
and a considerable collection of rare minerals, curios, etc. Contributions
to the Museum are invited. Professor Landa is the curator.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
THE ARCHIVES
Archive Society was organized in 1929, for the purpose of gathering documents, books, and other articles of historical
value. For a number of years a fire-proof room in the Main housed the
archives collections. With the erection of the George Sverdrup Library
in 1955, adequate, fire-proof quarters for the achives were provided.
Here are now found a large collection of periodicals, old and rare
books, manuscripts, letters, and pictures, and also about 1,000 volumes
of Norwegian-American literature, affording extensive resources for
scholarly research. Contributions to the Archives should be sent to Prof.
Iver Olson, Archivist.
The beautiful and spacious new George Sverdrup Library provides
a central study-workshop for both faculty and students. It contains
about 30,000 volumes, exclusive of pamphlets, all available on open
stacks. The two large reading rooms have book stacks and reading
tables arranged in such a way that a place for study is always close
.to the books one may need. Additional conveniences include conference rooms, where from 2 to 6 students may study together, and
seminar rooms for larger groups or small classes. A typing corner is
provided in the ground floor reading room.
The library subscribes to about 325 of the best periodicals dealing
with a large variety of subjects, as well as a number of serials devoted
to the interests of special fields.
In the Twin City area other libraries are located which make their
holdings available to Augsburg students, notably, the St. Paul and
Minneapolis public libraries, the latter of which issues library cards to
out-of-town students for each school year; the James Hill Reference
Library in St. Paul, which has one of the finest reference collections
ir! the Northwest; and the University of Minnesota Library, which is
within walking distance of the Augsburg campus. Augsburg students
make extensive use of all these libraries.
The laboratories of the Natural Sciences are located in the Science
Hall. Three laboratories and two storerooms for Biology are located on
the second floor; three laboratories and a large storeroom for Chemistry, and a laboratory and two storerooms for Physics are located
on the third floor.
To facilitate instruction the college provides many excellent visual
and auditory aids. The audio-visual center is located on the ground
floor of the Library. Varied equipment is available for classroom use
and other college activities. This equipment includes: movie projectors,
slide and filmstrip projectors, a sound amplification system, a tape
recorder, an Episcope, phonographs, and a microcard reader. Records,
slides, maps, filmstrips, and microcards are also housed in this center.
Science Auditorium, as well as several classrooms, is equipped with
facilities for projection.
SPECIAL PROGRAMS OF STUDY
Evening classes are held as a community service for adults not enrolled in the day school. Announcement of courses to be offered are
made in the fall. Information about the evening school may be obtained from the office of the Dean.
Student nurses in the Schools of Nursing at the Lutheran Deaconess
and Swedish Hospitals in Minneapolis receive much of their first
semester of instruction at Augsburg College. Application for admission
to the Schools of Nursing should be made to the hospitals directly.
In cooperation with the Minneapolis General and Swedish Hospitals,
Augsburg offers work which enables the student to receive a college
degree with a major in Medical Technology. The first three years of
this work are taken at Augsburg and a final twelve-month program is
completed at the hospitals.
SPAN
Augsburg participates in the SPAN (Student Project for Amity
among Nations) program. This is a joint venture of the University of
Minnesota and several colleges in the state. Qualified students are
selected to spend a summer in informal study abroad. Applications are
made in the spring of the Sophomore year.
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
A considerable part of the income on which Augsburg operates is
derived from endowment and from gifts, a major part of the latter
coming from the supporting church. Therefore, the fees charged the
student do not constitute the whole cost of his education, for he enjoys
the benefits of the gifts of those who believe in and support the work
of the school. For theological students, the church assumes the full
cost of tuition; a statement of other expenses in attending the seminary
is given in the Seminary section of the catalog.
GENERAL EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Tuition (Covers instruction, library, etc.) ..................................$250.00
Student activity fee (Covers school paper, annual, and other
.
9.00
student projects)
Health fee
6.00
5.00
Matriculation fee (for those registering the first time) .....
Key deposit (refundable)
1.00
Locker (optional)
1.00
Mail box fee
..
.
.50
.
Total
.$272.50
Books are estimated at $25.00 to $M.00.
Students registered for more than the maximum number of credit
hours (17 in the College) are charged at the rate of $12.00 for each
additional credit hour a week per semester.
Special students will pay at the rate of $22.00 per credit hour up
to 11credits. Those who register for 12 or more credit hours will pay
the regular tuition charge.
The fee for auditing a course is one-half the fee charged when it is
taken for credit.
Students and auditors enrolled for 7 to 11credit hours of class work
per week pay one-half of the student activity, and health fees.
ROOM AND BOARD PER SEMESTER1
Room
Board (estimate)
1
Subject to change.
..-$68.00 to 85.00
- 180.00
A limited number of rooms are available at the lower cost.
Men students are required to buy and use a minimum of
$150.00 of meal book coupons per semester. women students
$125.00.
SPECIAL FEES
Late registration fee per day (after classes begin) ......................
Change of registration after the beginning of the second week
of classes .
....
Registration with the Placement Bureau
Placement fee, depending upon the method
of placement ....
$3.00 to
Graduation fee, for seniors in both the College and Seminary..
Final examinations taken at another hour than the one
.......
scheduled -....
..........
.......
Examination making up an incomplete or a condition ............
Comprehensive examination -. . .
Transcript of credits (after first one which is free) ....................
MUSIC FEES PER SEMESTER
Piano
$35.00
Voice
35.00
.40.00
Organ
40.00
Brass or Wood wind (private instruction) Private instruction, per lesson
.
..
3.00
..........
14.00
Brass or Wood wind (class instruction)
. 8.00
Piano studio rental (one hour per day)
20.00
Qrgan rental (one hour per day)
4.00
Voice studio rental (one hour per day)
Choir ................................................................................................ 5.00
Concert Band
5.00
COURSE FEES PER SEMESTER1
4.00
Art 1. 2
2.00
Art7, 8 .3.00
Home Economics 2, 36, 75
.
5.00
Home Economics 39, 40
Biology 60 ....................................................................................1.OO. 2.00
2.50
Biology, 1, 2, 3N, 4, 52, 53, 56 -........
.
.
5.00
Biology 7N, 13, 14, 25, 26, and 54
.
1 Subiect ta change
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
1
Chemistry, 3N, 4
Chemistry 5, 6, 53, 54, 61, 62, 66, 71, 91, 92
Physics 3, 5, 6, 6 , 73, 74 .
.
Secretarial Studies 2, 8, 51, 52
Secretarial Studies 1, 53, 54
Education 97
A
5.00
7.50
5.00
.. 2.50
1.50
15.00
..
.
,
Note: These fees cover cost of material and repair of equipment but
not breakage.
ESTIMATED EXPENSES PER SEMESTER1
Resident students
General expenses .......................................................................$272.50
Room and Board ......................................................$ 2 . 0 0 to 265.00
Special, music, course fees, and books .................... 27.50 to 75.50
Total, approximately ............................................. 548.00 to 613.00
Off-campus students
-General expenses .
Special, music, course fees, and books --A
Total, approximately -
$ 2 7 2 . 5 0
27.50 to 75.50
300.00 to 348.00
These estimates do not include transportation, clothing, or
personal expenses.
PAYMENT OF ACCOUNTS
Student accounts are due in full at the time of registration in September and February. Parents may deposit money in advance at the
school or the student may make the payment when he registers. Recognizing that payment of fees in full at registration poses a financial
problem in some cases, the college has instituted a "deferred payment
plan." In this plan the college will accept, at the time of registration
in September and again in February, a payment of $200.00 in the
case of resident students and $100.00 for off-campus students. The
balance may be paid in monthly installments during the semester. To
defray the cost of the plan a charge of $1.00 is made for each payment
on the student's account after registration.
The college reserves the right to with-hold transcript of record or
diploma until all college bills have been paid.
1
Subiea to change.
REFUNDS
Tuition and fees for a student cancelling his registration before the
middle of any semester will be charged at the rate of 10 per cent per
week or fraction thereof, except for matriculation and special fees,
which are not refundable. There is no fee refund after the middle of
the semester.
Payments for board and room are refunded in proportion to the
time students have been in residence. Students who move out of dormitories but do not cancel out of school are charged the full semester
room rent.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
Financial aids in the form of loan funds, scholarships, grants-in-aid,
and employment assistance are available at Augsburg. Students must
complete an application form and meet certain requirements to qualify
for financial aids. The college gives assistance to students in securing
work both on and off the campus.
LOAN FUNDS
Several loan funds have been established to assist students in working out their financial problems. Loans may be arranged at a reasonable rate of interest for various periods of time.
The General Student Loan Fund, established through the gifts of
many individual donors, is chiefly maintained by contributions from
the Augsburg College Women's Club.
The Olaf Rogne Fund, established in 1954, extends assistance to
students in the Seminary.
The Charles and ~lloraCrouch Student Loan Fund, established in
1954, extends assistance to members of all classes.
The Senior Loan Fund, established by the class of 1955, is available
to selected graduating seniors.
T h e John and Anna Jorgine Gregory Theological Student Loan Fund
is available to students who are preparing for the ministry.
T h e Student Aid Fund of the Zion Lutheran Hour, established by the
Zion Lutheran Church of Minot, North Dakota, likewise extends loans
to students preparing for the ministry.
Arrangements for the loans are made through a conference with the
Dean of Students, chairman of the faculty committee on student loans.
In addition to arranging loans, the committee counsels students on
financial matters with the objective in mind of helping the student work
out a satisfactory plan for his finances.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND PRIZES
Forty Freshman Scholarships of $300 each are available to outstanding high school graduates. Half of the $300 is applicable on the tuition
for the second semester of the Freshman year. The remainder is divided
between the Sophomore and Junior years provided the student's scholastic record is 2.0 or better.
The American Indian Scholarship was established in 1955 by Spring
Lake Park Lutheran Church, Minneapolis. It is a scholarship of
$200.00 to be applied on tuition at Augsburg College. It is to be
awarded to an American Indian student selected on the basis of
scholarship and economic need.
The Henry P . Opseth Music Scholarship was established in 1953 in
memory of Henry P. Opseth, former head of the Music Department
and director of the Augsburg College Choir. It is awarded annually
to a sophomore or junior student of outstanding promise or achievement in the field of music.
The Marilyn Solberg Voice Scholarship in memory of Marilyn
Yvonne Solberg, a member of the Augsburg College Choir from 1950
until the time of her death in 1953, was established in 1955 by her
parents, Mr. and Mrs. Iver Solberg and her brother, Dorvan. It is
awarded to an Augsburg student who has music as a major or minor
and who s h w s outstanding promise or achievement i-n -the -a-rt of
singing.
The George Sverdrup Graduate Fellowship was established by the
Board of Trustees of Augsburg in 1947 to honor the memory of
George Sverdrup, President of Augsburg from 1911 to 1937. It is
awarded annually to an Augsburg graduate of outstanding character
and ability who plans to prepare further for the vocation of teaching.
The amount of the Fellowship is five hundred dollars.
The Keith E . Hoffman Memorial Scholarship was established in
1945 by Mr. and Mrs. Charles S. Hoffman of Minneapolis in memory
of their son who gave his life in the conquest of Okinawa. The scholar-
ship is awarded annually to a student selected on the basis of academic
achievement, personal character, and ability in the field of athletics.
T w o Luthran Brotherhood Scholarships of $300 each are provided
by the Lutheran Brotherhood Life Insurance Society and awarded each
fall to outstanding Lutheran college seniors. The students are selected
by the college in the spring of the junior year on the basis of religious
leadership and scholastic standing.
The Augsburg College Women's Club Scholarship awards, totaling
$400, are granted each year to two or more students of outstanding
character and excellent scholarship.
The Adolph Paulson Memorial Prize, from a fund established by
members of the Paulson family in memory of Professor Adolph Paulson who taught Social Science at Augsburg from 1930 to 1935, is
awarded annually to a college student for the best essay written on an
assigned subject in the field of Christian Sociology. The amount of
the prize is $50.00.
The Iver and Marie Iversen Scholarship was established in 1957
through a grant from Mr. Iver Iversen of Brooklyn, New York. It is
awarded annually to a student in the College or Seminary. The award,
in the amount of $250, is made on the basis of need, scholarship, and
interest in Christian service.
The Celiu Fredrickson Scholarship consists of the income from a
fund of one thousand dollars. It is awarded annually to an Augsburg
student from the Lamberton, Minnesota, parish of the Lutheran Free
Church.
The Greater Augsburg Alumni Association Scholarship of $500 is
awarded annually to an outstanding alumnus of Augsburg in order to
encourage and assist promising students in the carrying out of projects
of graduate study.
The Women's Missionary Federation Scholarship is awarded by the
Federation to returned missionaries or to Lutheran students of recognized Christian character and good scholastic records who are making
preparation for mission work. The scholarship varies from $50.00 to
$250.00 per year. Higher awards are possible for graduate work or
rrledical study.
20
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE^
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
GRANTS-IN-AID
A few grants-in-aid are made to students in good standing who are in
special need of financial assistance. To qualify for a grant, a student
must make application, providing information about his own and his
family's resources and anticipated expenses.
EMPLOYME!NT SERVICE
The employment service, located in the Placement Office, has been
successful in placing hundreds of men and women students in parttime positions. The types of work secured are of many kinds, including recreational leadership, restaurant work, domestic service, sales
work, and secretarial and clerical work.
Students are employed by the college in many activities. For these
positions preference is given to upper-class students who have maintained a good scholastic average.
Assistance in securing summer employment is also provided each
spring by the Employment Service.
Application forms for part-time employment on or off campus may
be secured from the Admissions or Placement Offices.
STUDENT COMMUNITY LIFE
The influences which mould life and character on a college campus
are of many kinds. While the exercises of classroom, laboratory, and
library form the organizing basis of college activity, they need to
be supplemented by other than academic forces. These intangible but
very real supplementary influences have much to do with creating the
spirit of an institution. At Augsburg definite emphasis is placed upon
the maintenance of a wholesome spirit of Christian community living.
Students are urged to give conscious attention to this personal and
spiritual side of their development and thus contribute toward the
prevalence of a vital and happy Christian atmosphere on the campus.
It is the earnest desire of those who direct the policies of Augsburg
that the institution may constantly be permeated by an atmosphere in
which the quest for Truth as it is in Christ is prayerfully fostered in
each life.
All students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in Religion. There are numerous voluntary religious activities in which students are encouraged to participate. Spiritual Emphasis Week is held twice each year. It is assumed
that every Augsburg student will find a church home in Minneapolis
and attend its services regularly.
It is expected of each student that his life, conduct, and influence,
both on and off campus, shall be worthy of a member of a Christian
College. Those who do not feel drawn to this quality of life and to the
fellowship in which it is nourished should not seek to be enrolled at
Augsburg. A truly Christian spirit and environment must be the
product of the united effort and prayer of faculty, students, and
administration.
The heart of Augsburg's program of Christian education is the daily
Chapel Service, where the faculty and students gather for united worship, prayer, and a brief meditation upon the Word of God. Regular
attendance is expected of all students.
The Religious Life Committee, composed of students and faculty,
endeavors to promote a religious program' that will stimulate growth
of Christian life in the Augsburg community. Co-chairmen of this
'
council are the student Director of Religious Activities and the College
Pastor. Areas for which this committee carries primary responsibility
are the Mid-Week services, Spiritual Emphasis Weeks, prayer meetings, and informal group meetings.
This committee also serves as a coordinating agency for all volunteer
Christian organizations on campus. The two principal organizations
are the Lutheran Student Association and the Mission Society.
The Mission Society promotes interest in missions through a program of study, fellowship, worship, and serdice. A highlight of the
year is the Mission Festival, a week-end conference devoted to the
study of missionary activity, and recruitment of workers. The Lutheran
Student Association seeks to serve as a stimulus and outlet for Christian faith and life. Students participate in regional and national LSA
Conferences, and conduct a schedule of meetings on campus.
The Concordia Society is an organization for all the students in the
Theological Seminary.
Regular convocation programs are held at Augsburg throughout
the year. These programs acquaint the campus community with outstanding personalities in various fields. A wide range of interests is
covered, including the scientific, political, social, religious, and artistic.
Students at Augsburg are given many opportunities for social training and recreation. The Student Council through the Chairman of
Social Activities, assisted by a Comlnittee on Social Education, sponsors each month an all-school social activity which all students may
attend. Most of these are informal. The Sophomore and Junior classes
sponsor semi-formal banquets. The Associated Women Students and
a number of other organizations sponsor teas, dinners, and social
affairs on and off campus. Social dancing is not approved of at
Augsburg.
"No man is a hypocrite in his pleasures." To learn to enjoy the
right form of recreational activities is an important aspect of preparation for life. At Augsburg there is a definite attempt to encourage the
formation of helpful recreational habit-patterns, not only with regard
to the planned play program supervised by the Director of Recreation
and the Department of Physical Education, but also with regard to
the use of leisure time in general.
STUDENT
COMMUNITY
LIFE
'C
MUSICAND THE FINEARTS
Augsburg's location in Minneapdis gives its students unique oppqrtunities to make use of some of the finest educational and cultural
advantages which the Northwest has to offer. Excellent art collections
are to be found in the Minneapolis Institute of Arts and the Walker
Art Center. The Twin City libraries are .extensive in their services.
The Historical Museum in St. Paul gives access to large collections of
historical material. The Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra programs
and other concerts afford rich opportunity for the enjoyment of music.
Many students and faculty attend Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra
concerts by virtue of a special college season ticket arrangement.
Season tickets are available also for other University concerts and
the University Theater drama programs.
A bi-weekly bulletin, Events of Interest in Minneapolis, listing programs, concerts, art displays and exhibitions is compiled and issued
from the Student Personnel Office.
STUDENT PERSONNEL SERVICES
Institutional services to students are organized and administered
in accordance with plans and policies established by the Student Personnel Committee. Included are such services as Counseling, Testing,
Freshman Orientation, Student Records, The Student Health Service,
Housing and Food Service, Placement, Student Employment, and Coordination of Student Activities. The administration of these services
is centered in the Office of the Dean of Students.
Under the counseling program at Augsburg each student is assigned
a faculty counselor to assist him in the planning of his total college
program. All faculty members participate in counseling. The broad
intellectual interests of the faculty member are combined with the
professional skill and techniques of trained counselors to provide
counseling- at various levels, and in many areas of student needs. Personal, social, and spiritual problems as well as vocational choice and
financial needs are given consideration.
As far as possible, the work of obtaining the necessary data about
the individual student and organizing the total program of counseling
is carried out by the Office of the Dean of Students in accordance with
the plans and policies established by the S t d e n t Personnel Committee.
These plans include testing, assignment of counselors, scheduling of
group conferences and counseling periods. Each new student is assigned a faculty member who is his counselor for two years. When
a student enters the Upper Division, he chooses a major field of study.
The major adviser then becomes his counselor. Faculty counselors
confer with their counselees at regular intervals throughout the year
and at other times as the needs of the individual student appear. If a
serious problem develops which demands professional skill and more
time than the professor has to spend in counseling, the student is referred by way of the Office of the Dean of Students to professionally
qualified counselors. The Dean of Women and the Dean of Students
are special counselors to the women and the men, respectively.
- -
Students receive vocational counseling in conference with their
counselors, and have frequent opportunities to confer with persons who
are eminently successful in the particular professions selected by
students as their tentative occupational choices. An Occupational Information file in the college library provides materials for a study of
vocations. The Orientation course, required of all freshmen, includes a
unit on vocational planning. The results of a vocational interest test
are available for all students.
Students who have various personal problems are encouraged to seek
help through counseling conferences. Often students have been able
to solve problems of finances, social adjustment, and personality
through counseling sessions.
Those who have spiritual problems may confer with the College
Chaplain, or with members of the Department of Religion as well as
with their faculty counselor. By a system of referral, students may
receive counsel from any member of the faculty, or from qualified
persons beyond the college community. The Personnel deans are available at all times for special counseling conferences.
The collegt physician is consulted in regard to all problems pertaining to physical and mental health.
Counselors and major advisers strive to help students develop their
latent ability. Students who distinguish themselves acad'imically are
named on the Dean's List, and are thereby qualified to participate
in a study program designed to develop their special talents to the
highest degree. Honor societies such as the Augsburg Guild o j Honor
and Lambda Iota T a u recognize students who have excelled in several
areas.
All new students are given a battery of tests during Freshinan Days.
College aptitude scores, English, and reading ability scores are used
by counselors to help students plan their initial programs. Personal
adjustment scores and the vocational interest test profile help the
students learn to know more about themselves, in order to make the
best choice of subjects and occupational goals. Sophomores participate in a nation-wide testing program. Seniors also take a nationally
standardized test.
Freshmen and other new students participate in Freshman Days
before the beginning of classes each semester. The students take tests,
inspect the college facilities, and become acquainted with their fellow
students, with the faculty, and especially with their own faculty counselors. The faculty counselors and students have several conferences
during which they plan the student's program of study.
All freshmen enroll in a class in Orientation. In this course, the
students learn about standards and requirements of various areas of
college life. Methods and habits of study and related techniques are
explored. Personal health, social adjustment, personal finances, and
vocational aims are discussed.
Individual student records are kept in the Records Office under the
supervision of the Registrar. These records include admissions data,
academic achievement, student participation and achievement in nonacademic activities, test scores, reports of counseling and other information.
The Student Personnel Office maintains a file of clubs and societies,
including the constitutions, activities, schedules, and membership roster.
The Student Health Service provides campus dispensary service
with a registered nurse in charge. The college physician has daily office
l~ours on campus for consultation and for emergency treatment.
Physical examinations are given all entering students and seniors.
Corrective treatment is prescribed where needed, including psychiatric
referral. Infirmary rooms are adjacent to the dispensary. The Health
Service is housed in a first floor section of Memorial Hall, the men's
residence hall.
Students, faculty, and staff have chest X-rays taken semi-annually
through the cooperation of the Hennepin County Tuberculosis Association Mobile Unit. The Department of Physical Education conducts a
program of recreation for all students. All freshmen are required to
take a course in personal and community health.
-
-
In its residence program, the college aims to develop in the students
Christian character, self-control, and thoughtful consideration of others.
All students not living at home must live in college operated or college
approved housing and take their meals in the college dining room.
Under certain conditions students may make other arrangements after
consultation with the Dean of Women or the Dean of Students. Single
students are not permitted to live in apartments.
Residence halls are open to students a day before regular schedules
become effective, and they close a day after. the term closes. Students
who wish to stay in residence during vacations must apply for the
privilege. Rooms are furnished except for bed linen, towels and blankets.
Laundry facilities are available in each residence. Bed linens and towels
may be rented with laundering service at a reasonable cost. This service
is required of all women students. An optional linen service is available
to men students.
Gerda Mortensen Hall, the residence for women, located at Sixth
Street and Twenty-fourth Avenue South, houses 160 women and provides a lounge, recreation facilities, and a room with grill service available to all students. Sverdrup-Oftedal Memorial Hall houses 150 men
and also contains the college dining rooms and the student health
service.
Students engage a room at the beginning of the fall semester for
the entire school year. Room reservations with deposit of $15 are required of all single students residing outside the Twin Cities. This
deposit is applied to the first semester's room rent. For new students it
should accompany the Admissions Deposit. Rooms for new students are
assigned in the late summer according to the date of application. Present
students must make room application and submit the deposit by May
15. After May 15 reservations for present students are assigned on
the same basis as for new students. Students who find it necessary to
cancel their room reservation will receive full refund of the deposit
if the cancellation is received by August 1, and half refund if it is
received by September 1.
City or suburban students may make application for residence housing. Their names will be placed on the waiting list, and they will be
assigned to rooms in regular order as vacancies occur. The room
deposit of $15 is required and is refundable in full should no room
become available.
PLACEMENT
GRADUATE
The Placement Bureau assists seniors and alumni in securing positions. Continuous contact is maintained with business, governmental,
welfare, and educational institutions and organizations at the local
as well as the state and national levels. Interviews are arranged both
on and off the campus. A registration fee and a small placement
fee are charged.
EMPLOYMENT
STUDENT
An employment service, located in the Placement Office, assists students in obtaining part time remunerative work.
OF STUDENT
ACTIVITIES
COORDINATION
The Coordinator of Student Activities assists student officers to
maintain effective functioning of student activities, and keeps on file
the club constitutions, rosters, and schedules of meetings. Faculty
sponsors are approved by the Coordinator.
The program af student activities is a primary responsibility of the
Student Council, legislative and executive body of the Augsburg Student Society. Faculty concern and responsibility for all student activities and the co-curricular program is assigned to the Faculty Council.
Liaison between the Student Council and the Faculty Council is the
function of the Student-Facdty Committee, whose special responsibility it is to promote student activity, and to keep the college activities
calendar. The Calendar is kept in the office of the Coordinator of Student Activities.
A weekly bulletin of events is furnished all college personnel by
the office of Student Personnel.
COMMUNITY STANDARDS AND DISCIPLINE
The Christian life implies an intimate relation to the person of Christ.
Although the claims of this life may not be indentical to, in fact may
go far beyond, the claims of any particular community, every community operates under some standards of life and conduct that give
character to it. Out of the religious and cultural traditions of Augsburg
has grown a way of life which is approved by the college and which it
regards as helpful in the development of its particular type of community. Those who elect to enroll at Augsburg are expected to be
guided by these general standards of conduct.
Confidence is placed in the individual student, but his habits and
conduct are matters of sincere concern and attention. It is the aspiration
of Augsburg to strengthen in each student the highest standards of
honesty, integrity, and charity in all his relationships and activities. Although the college does not accept full responsibility for the enforcement of all regulations as they pertain to the off-campus life of the
student, it is concerned about his behavior in every situation. It also
recognizes the original jurisdiction of the parent in the home.
Disciplinary problems are first dealt with through counseling. Those
not solved in this way are channeled to a faculty-student Committee on
Discipline through the office of the Dean of Students. In all such cases,
careful investigation and the privilege of a hearing precede any disciplinary action. The college reserves the right to dismiss any student whose
continuation in college is deemed undesirable.
In dealing with the alcohol problem, Augsburg seeks to have its students refrain from all use of alcoholic beverages. It specifically forbids
the possession or consumption of alcoholic beverages in dormitories, in
any college-approved place of residence, or at any college-sponsored
event. Any student who appears under the influence of alcohol is subject
to severe disciplinary action.
Every student is expected to know the college regulations, those
stated in the catalog as well as any additional ones that may be issued
for a given year.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT
The Augsburg Student Society, comprising the whole student body
of Augsburg College and Theological Seminary, is organized to conduct student affairs, develop student initiative and leadership, and
provide opportunity for practical experience in the democratic processes of group activity.
The administration of student government is delegated to the Student
Council, a representative group elected by the Student Society and the
various classes. Each of the college classes has its own officers and participates in student government through its representative on the
Council.
Augsburg is a member of the National Student Association.
The Student Council directs several projects of interest to the college
community. These projects include the annual One Appeal Campaign,
Leadership Training workshops, Courtesy Week, and Political Action
Week.
Counseling of freshmen by upper class students is conducted through
a College Brother-College Sister program.
Associated Women Students, composed of all the women students,
provide.; opportunity for the women to develop a degree of seIf government. It aims to create a sense of harmon? and fellowship, to promote and maintain high standard5 of honor and integrity in personal
conduct, and it encourages participation in all college activities. It is
affiliatd with the Intercollegiate Associated Women Students, a national
organization.
The Student Council office and the Council Room adjoin the Augsburg Echo and Augsburgian offices on the ground floor of Science
Hall. The student post office and Student Center occupy a prominent
place on the same floor, and serve as a focal point for student activities.
PUBLICATIONS
The Augsburg Echo, the college newspaper, is published by a student
stsff. The Faculty adviser teaches courses in journalism. Staff members
enrolled in the class earn academic credit.
Augsburg's yearbook, the A u g b u r g h , pra~-idesa pictorial record
of the activities of the year. Work on the annual provides opportunity
for creative expression in artietic dwign a5 we11 as in photography.
The top staff members of the Augsburg Echo and the Augsburgian
constitute the Board of Publication.
A student editor, named by the Board of Publications, with the
assistance of the Registrar, compiles the annual S t u d e ~Handbook
a r ~ dDirectory.
CO-CURRICULAR PROGRAM
The enthusiasm and energy of students motivate them to pursue
their interests beyond the classroom. For most effective participation,
students with similar interests have united to form clubs. Several of
these are extensions of courses beyond the class room. Others are
devoted to interests not offered in the curriculum. New clubs are
formed as the occasion demands.
r
AUGSBLJRG
COLLEGE
AND THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
STUDENT
CLUBS
The Alpha Delta Theta, Sigma Chapter, is a professional sorority
open to students preparing for medical technology. Membership is
based upon scholarship, character and professional potential.
The Aristotelian. Society unites those who have a common interest
in scientific knowledg,e and experimentation. Thus they may develop
their interest in the various branches of science and perhaps infuse
some of that spirit of interest throughout the college.
The Art Club is organized to satisfy the student's creative urge in
the field of art, to educate members, as well as others, in the field of
art and all that it contains, and to promote an interest in art among
the student body.
The Business Club draws membership from the Business and Secretarial Studies classes. The development of professional interests is
the major objective.
The Camera Club is composed of camera fans who meet regularly
to exchange ideas about their hobby and to develop skill in photography.
The Cosmopolitan Club brings together foreign and American students who have a mutual interest in the culture, language and people
of the various countries.
The Augsburg Society for Dramatic Arts provides for its members an
opportunity to learn from participation in stage presentations and from
field trips, as well as from reading and seeing plays produced. Membership is open to all students.
The F ~ u r eTeachers of America, Martin Quanbeck Chapter, offers to
its members associate membership in professional education associations
and strives to acquaint future teachers with the importance of teaching
as a profession. Interest in education or in the teaching profession is
the only requirement for membership.
The Home Economics Club, open to all students in the Home Economics Department, aims to promote professional attitudes toward all
aspects of home and community life.
The Public Aflairs Federation aims to stimulate interest in public
affairs and give students opportunity to participate actively in local,
state, and national politics, and in other human relations activities.
The Social Service Club is an organization of students preparing for
professional work in the field of Social Service.
The Writers Club includes students who enjoy creative expression
in various forms of writing. The members share their literary efforts
in an informal atmosphere, and benefit from mutual criticism.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECHOIR
The Choir has about sixty members selected from all classes. In
addition to local concerts, the choir goes on tour each year to various
parts of the United States and occasionally to Canada.
The band meets for rehearsal at a regularly scheduled period four
times per week. The concert band makes an annual tour and presents
public concerts in Minneapolis. There are also a Varsity Band and
Imstrumental Ensembles.
THE AUGSBURG
COLLEGECANTORIANS
This Women's Chorus participates in school programs and concerts
and makes short tours annually.
THE MALECHORUS
The Chorus sings at various churches in the Twin City area and
makes short tours in the vicinity.
FORENSICS
Augsburg College participates in intercollegiate debating, both in
Minnesota and in the neighboring states. Students may also participate
in local and intercollegiate oratorical contests.
THE 'A" CLUB
Membership in the "A"- Club is limited to men who have won a
major A at Augsburg. The aim of this organization is "to bind the 'A'
men of the past, present, and future into a more intimate bond of
fellowship, and to keep the athletics of Augsburg on the highest possible
plane."
WOMEN'SATHLETICASSOCIATION
Membership in the Women's Athletic Association is gained by participation in individual and group recreational activities with awards
given on a point basis. The Augsburg W.A.A. is a member of the
Minnesota Athletic Association of College Women.
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION
AND RECREATION
Under the direction of the Department of Physical Education, a
wide range of recreational activities is arranged for general student
participation. Every student is urged to participate in some activity
for his own recreation and relaxation.
An intramural program provides competition in a variety of team
sports as well as individual performance activities. Climaxing the intramural program is the Extramural Meet, a tournament for the winners
of intramural schedules in various colleges.
INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
Augsburg is a member of the Minnesota Intercollegiate Athletic
Conference. The college is represented annually by teams in football,
basketball, hockey, wrestling, baseball, track, tennis, and golf.
PURPOSE AND PHILOSOPHY OF INTERCOLLEGIATE
ATHLETICS
It is the purpose of Augsburg College to provide an intercollegiate
athletic program which is in harmony with its Christian philosophy.
This philosophy is to be reflected in the conduct and outlook of both
the players and the spectators. The educational program of the college.
recognizes that recreation and play are a fundamental part of human
life, and that this phase of life needs to be cultivated if physical,
mental, and emotional health are to be maintained. Intercollegiate
athletics, as a phase of that program, gives recognition to the fact that
competitive pIay can contribute to the development of student interests,
skills, insights, and loyalties.
More specifically, the following outcomes are sought: (1) The student participating in athletics should acquire and exhibit, both in and
out of athletics, such basic qualities of character as self-discipline,
honesty, sense of fair play, and cooperation. (2) The participant
should develop the knowledge, interests, and skills which will be of
special use to him in such vocations as teaching and coaching or re-,
creational leadership, or in his own recreational activities. Far from
being set apart from his educational goal or in. any way competing
with it, the student's participation in intercollegiate athletics must
either contribute directly to this goal or be complementary to his
other educational activities. ( 3 ) The student spectator should acquire
and exhibit some of the finer qualities of Christian character, such
as self-restraint, sense of fair play, appreciation of high grade performance on the part of both opponents and fellow-students, and respect for individual personality. (4) The intercollegiate athletic program should contribute to the development of a unified and healthy
"school spirit." Enthusiasm for intercollegiate athletics or other cocurricular activities should not overshadow pride in high scholastic
achievement, nor can it take the place of a well-rounded and effective
intramural and general recreational program.
HONORS AND AWARDS
The 1925 Class Cup i n Athletics is awarded to the athlete who has
made outstanding records both in athletics and in scholarship.
The Harold A . Johnson Trophy, presented by Gerald L. Johnson
in 1943, is awarded annually to the student who is judged to be the
most valuable player on the -basketball team.
The Class of 1918 Oratorical Cup was presented to the college as a
prize t o arouse interest in oratory. The name of the winner of the
annual contest ishengraved upon the cup, which is to remain in the
possession of the college and is placed on exhibition in the Science
Hall.
The 1927 Class Cup for Scholarship is awarded to the senior student
of highest scholastic standing who has attended Augsburg for at least
two years.
Omicron Chapter of Lambda Iota Tau, a national honor society, is
open to English majors who have attained a high scholastic average
and have presented a paper on a literary topic before a public audience.
The Augsburg Guild of Honor is an organization to recognize and
honor those members of the senior graduating class who have shown
themselves to be individuals excelling to an outstanding degree in
scholarship, leadership, and participation in extra-curricular activities.
-
-
The Dean's List includes students who have achieved an honor point
ratio of 2.5 or better in the previous semester of work at Augsburg
College.
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
ADMISSION PROCEDURE
Application for admission should be made on the regular admission
form, which can be secured from the Office of Admissions. This
form is generally available also in Minnesota high schools. The application, together with the high school record, previous college record,
if any, two letters of recommendation, a small photograph, and an
admissions deposit of 815.00 should be sent to the Office of Admissions.
The deposit, which will be applied on first semester tuition, is partially
refunded if the application is not accepted or if it is withdrawn by the
applicant before August 1. A student seeking admission in the fall
semester should apply not later than September 1 and for the spring
semester by January 15.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
Augsburg College admits as students, men and women of good
moral character and sound health who appear to have the ability to
succeed in college. Estimate of ability is determined by rank in the
high school graduating class and college aptitude tests, and by the
high school record or previous college record.
The normal basis for admission is the completion of the courses of
grades nine to twelve in an accredited high school. No definite pattern
of subjects is required, but it is recommended that the last four years
of high school include four units of English, or three units of English
and two of a foreign language, two units of social studies, one
uuit of mathematics and one or two units of science. A unit is defined
as a course covering one academic year and equivalent to at least 120
hours of classwork. Graduates of unaccredited high schools are considered for admission on the basis of their rank in high school and
their achievement in a college aptitude examination and an English
achievement test.
Applicants who are not high school graduates but who give evidence
of sufficient maturity are considered for admission upon recommendation and on the basis of achievement in a college aptitude test, English achievement test, and General Educational Development Tests on
literary materials, social science materials, and natural science materials.
For most graduates of Minnesota high schools the results of the
college aptitude and English achievement tests are available in advance if they have been taken in the state-wide testing program. The
General Educational Development tests are available to service men
through the Armed Forces Institute. All tests may, however, be taken
at Augsburg by arrangement with the Registrar.
The College reserves the right to reject the applications of students
whose previous records or aptitudes, as measured by tests, indicate
they may have difficulty in doing college work.
TRANSFER AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are accepted by transfer from other institutions if they
did satisfactory work and were otherwise in good standing there. If
their previous work was unsatisfactory, they are admitted to Augsburg
only under special circumstances.
Advanced standing, that is, credit for courses completed, is granted
to students who present satisfactory transcripts from accredited institutions. In certain cases advanced standing is granted on the basis of
comprehensive examinations.
ADMISSION OF VETERANS
Veterans, qualified for educational benefits under any of the government programs, may study at Augsburg and receive these benefits.
The veteran must secure a certificate of eligibility from the regional
office of the Veterans Administration. Application for benefits must
be made in advance of registration, except that veterans who are
eligible for assistance under Public Law 550 may make application
for entitlement when they enroll at the college.
In order to receive credit for experience in the military services,
the veteran must present a photostatic or certified copy of his Separation Record at the Registrar's Office. Evaluation is made according to
the recommendation of the American Council on Education. Some
college credit is given for the completion of the work in certain service
schools and for some courses taken through the Armed Forces Institute.
REGISTRATION
Students who have been accepted for admission should regi..qter on
the days designated in the Calendar for this purpose. Students who
register late are charged a late registration fee of $1.00 per day after
classes begin. No student may registe~f o r OF enter a course later than
two weeks after the beginning of classes.
In registering, care should be taken to include the Lower Division
requirements during the first two years. However, if such registration
is delayed beyond the second year, a student will neither be required
nor permitted to register beyond the allowed number of credit hours
per semester in order to make it up.
No credit will be given a student for any subject for which he has
not registered. The college reserves the right to cancel any course for
which there is not sufficient registration.
Registration means that the student accepts all the rules and regulations established by the school.
The normal registration is 16 credit hours. A credit hour is defined
as one recitation period a week throughout a semester.
The privilege of registering for more than 1'7% credit hours may
be granted only to students who have gained an average record of B,
or two honor points per credit, in their previous college studies. Exceptions to this rule may be made under certain conditions determined
by the Admissions and Scholarship Committee. No student is permitted to carry work for more than 20 credits per semester.
Students working part-time are urged to arrange the amount of
their registration accordingly.
CHANGE OF REGISTRATION AND CANCELLATION
In case a student desires to make any changes in his registration,
he must obtain a form from the Registrar's office on which he may
make application, stating clearly his reasons for desiring the change.
Approval of the teachers concerned and the student's adviser and the
Registrar must be obtained before a change will be permitted. A
course which is abandoned without being cancelled through the Registrar's Office will result in a grade of F.
No course may be added after the first two weeks of classes. A course
may not be cancelled after the first six weeks of classes. A fee of $1.00
is charged for each change of registration after the first week of classes.
A student who finds it necessary to leave school before the end of
a semester must cancel his registration at the Registrar's office in
order to remain in good standing.
UNIVERSITY COURSES
By arrangement with the University of Minnesota, students may
register for courses at the University. But such registration will not
be allowed unless the student has a grading of C average, or 1 honor
point per credit, in his courses at Augsburg. Also, the combined number of credits in any semester must not exceed 17. The credits thus
gained at the University may be transferred to Augsburg College and
counted towards graduation.
CLASSIFICATION
In order to be classified in one of the college classes, a student
must be carrying a minimum of twelve hours of work in which college
credit is given. Classification is based on the attainment of the following number of credit hours together with an equal number of
honor points: Sophomore, 24; Junior, 58; Senior, 92. Students are
classified by this regulation at the time of their registration each
school year.
PROBATION AND ELIMINATION
The Admissions and Scholarship Committee meets at the end of each
semester to consider the status of students who are doing unsatisfactory work. Freshmen who obtain honor point ratios of .5 or below,
Sophomores .6 or below, and Senior College students .8 or below, as
well as students with 6 or more credits of F, at the end of a semester
are placed on probation during the semester that follows. They remain
on probation until an honor point ratio of 1 is attained. A student is
not allowed to remain in college on probation for more than two semesters consecutively, except by special permission. He is dropped for low
scholarship if he fails to maintain a satisfactory scholastic record.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
Regular attendance in class is required. Students who find it necessary to be absent because of illness or for other reasons should confer
with their teachers.
Students are expected to arrange the hours of part-time employment so that work does not conflict with classes. Any exception to this
rule must be agreed to by the teacher of the class affected and must
be approved by the Dean of the College.
A record of attendance is kept by each teacher, and periodic reports
are submitted to the Registrar. At the end of the semseter, a record
is made of the total absences of each student for the semester.
Absences for tours, field trips and other instructor-arranged activities are cleared with the Dean of the College. Lists of participants,
with information as to exact periods absent, are issued by the Dean
to all instructors involved.
Teachers deal with tardiness as they see fit. Students arriving in
class late must assume responsibility for reporting their presence to
the teacher.
EXAMINATIONS
Tests are given periodically throughout the semester. In the course
of each semester, reports of the grades attained are made to the
Registrar who forwards them to the counselors and students. Final
reports are sent at the close of each semester to the parents and
students.
Written examinations are regularly scheduled at the close of each
semester. No student or class may arrange to take a final examination
in any course before the examination week.
Absence from a final examination without a sufficient reason will
result in a grade of failure in the course concerned.
A student who has to be absent from a final examination because
of a conflict with outside work from which he cannot obtain an excuse
may arrange to take such an examination during some period after
the time on which the subject is scheduled.
If a student has obtained permission from the Dean of the College
to take a final examination at another hour than that scheduled, he is
charged
a fee of two dollars for such an examination. Before the student takes the examination, he must obtain a statement from the Registrar's office and bring it to the teacher concerned. The teacher will
give no examination before he has this statement.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions
are not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete may be changed to a passing
grade only when the average of the previous work is sufficiently high.
The final grade after the condition examination is taken may not be
higher than D. A fee of $2.00 is charged for an examination making
u p an incomplete or a condition received at the end of a semester.
COMPREHENSIVE EXAMINATIONS
Compre)lensive examinations may be permitted in courses in which
the Admissions and Scholarship Committee feels the student has adequate preparation or background. Students who wish to take a comprehensive examination must apply in writing to this committee.
When permission is granted, the necessary approval forms may be
secured at the offiee of the Registrar. A fee of $5.00 is charged for
each examination and must be paid in advance. Examination questions and the answers will be filed in the Registrar's office.
GRADE VALUES
3 honor points per credit
A-Superior,
&Very
good, 2 honor points per credit
C-Satisfactory,
D-Passable,
F-Failure,
1 honor .point per credit
no honor points per credit
minus 1 honor point per credit
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
In order to qualify for the Bachelor of Arts degree, certain requirements must be met with regard to credits, courses, and grades. A
student who plans to graduate from Augsburg is urged to study the
requirements as outlined in this section of the catalog and in the
department in which he plans to major. It is the responsibility of the
student to see that he includes the required subjects at the right time
in his program of studies. The faculty advisers, the Dean, and the
Registrar will gladly assist him in planning his program.
Lower Division Requirements
1:or a general college education and as a basis for study in professional
fields, students are required to complete the following credits in lower
division courses:
Religion
Each semester, 2 credits
English
6 credits
Course 1-2. Students exempted from
Freshman English must earn 6 credits
above Freshman English.
3 credits
Course 11.
Fine Arts
2 credits
H.Ec. 3, 64, Mu. 7, 3, Phil. 60, Sp. 29,
or any literature course satisfies this requirement.
Foreign Langzmge
8 credits
Students who have studied a foreign language for three years in high school and
students with majors in Home Economics
are exempted from this requirement.
Social Sciences
Hist. 1-2; 21, 22; or Soc. 1, 2.
6 credits
Natural Sciences
8 credits
Health and Physical Education
3 credits
Courses 2, 3 and 4. Students with majors
in Home Economics will substitute H. Ec.
63 for P. E. 2.
Orientation is required of all Freshmen.
Major and Minors
A student is required to complete a major and one or more minors
for graduation. The major subject is determined by the student's
aims as well as by his particular interests and aptitudes as shown in
the quality of work he does in the Lower Division.
It is well for the student to know in his Freshman year what major
line of study he will pursue. Students who are still undecided as to
their major choice when they appear for registration in the junior
year, should, before they register, consult with a faculty counselor
and with heads of the various departments to determine their field
of major work. In planning the major, a student is required to consult with the Head of the Department offering the major. Majors are
offered in the following areas: Religion, Philosophy, English, Speech,
Music, History, Sociology, Social Science, Business Administration,
Business Education, Secretarial Studies, Home Economics, Biology,
Physics, Chemistry, Natural Science, Mathematics, and Physical Education.
For major and minor requirements as to hours of credit see devartmental statements.
Electives
Electives are planned with the purpose of properly distributing a
student's choices among the fundamental fields of knowledge and culture, as well as among the correlatives of the major. Juniors and
Seniors should, as a rule, choose their electives from courses designated as Upper Division Courses, that is courses numbered 50 or
above. At least thirtv credits in Upper Division Courses must be completed for graduation.
Total Credits and Honor Points
The amount of work required for graduation comprises a minimum
of 128 credits with an average grade of C, or one honor point for each
c:.edit. A credit equals one recitation period a week throughout one
semester.
Honor points are computed at the rate of one honor point for each
credit with a grade of C, two honor points for each credit with a
grade of B, and three honor points for each credit with a grade of A.
English Proficiency
In order to qualify for the A.B. degree a student must demonstrate
2 proficiency in the writing and speaking of English.
Residence Requirement
To receive the A.B. degree the candidate must spend at least the
concluding year for such a degkea in residence.
DEGREE WITH DISTINCTION
The A.B. degree with distinction is conferred as follows:
Distinction
Honor point n&
Summa Cum Laude
Magna Cum Laude
Cum Laude
To be eligible for these honors, the student must have completed
at least two years of work at Augsburg, and his record at Augsburg,
as well as his total record must meet the requirements as given above.
CURRICULUMS
The following courses of study are outlined as guides for the student
and his adviser in plann,ing a program which will prepare him for the
vocation of his choice.
THE CHRISTIAN MINISTRY
Completion of the pre-seminary curriculum qualifies the student for
admission into the three-year course in the Theological Seminary,
which prepares students for the Christian ministry as pastors or missionaries. The following program gives the approximate pre-seminary
course. It does not include a major or a minor. The student should seek
the counsel of the Seminary adviser as early as possible since the major
selected by the student may affect the choice of courses even in the
Freshman year.
The Seminary adviser for candidates for Augsburg Seminary is Mr.
Stensvaag; for candidates for other Seminaries, Mr. Helland.
Sophomore
Freshman
.
Basic Bible
Orientation
. .
Freshman English .
Foreign Language
..
Healcth .
European Civilization
Physical Education
.
Electives
4
I
6
8
z
6
I
4
Junior
New Testament Greek
Speech
. .
.
History
.
Sociology or Economics or Political
Science or Education
.
Electives
. ..
Natural Science
Psychology
Foreign Langua,ge .
Typewriting .
New Testament Greek
Electives .
8
4
6
I
8
6
Senior
6
6
6
6
8
32
.... .
Religion
Youth Work in the Church
Philosophy
. .... ....
English Li,terature
..
Electives
. . . . . .
z
2
6
6
16
32
The foreign language requirement includes 14 semester credits in
Greek, and 14 smester credits in Latin, German, or Norwegian.
PARISH
AND
MISSIONARY WORKERS
The purpose of this course is to train men and women for effective
service in the Church at home or abroad; that is, as teachers in vacation, week-day and Sunday schools, as youth leaders, and as parish
workers. The course is so arranged that the student will, upon its satisfactory conclusion, receive the A.B. degree and also a certificate
indicating that he is a qualified parish worker.
Students interested in becoming parish workers should consult with
Mr. Stensvaag, parish work adviser.
The suggested schedule provides for a minor in Religion and makes
it possible to plan for a major in Home Economics, History, English
or Sociology. It is also possible to plan for a major in Religion with a
minor in some other field. The courses essential for the securing of the
Parish Worker's Certificate are italicized in the outline below.
Freshman
Basic Bible . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . .6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . 8
Typewriting . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Sociology
..... . 3
Social Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Orientation
................. I
Physical Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
-
Sophomore
Religion . .
. . . . .
Beginning Speech . . . . .
Types of Public Speech .
Foreign Language . . . .
General Psychology . .
Health
. . . . . . . . . .
First Aid . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
..........
32
Junior
The Missionary Enterprise . . . . . . z
Principles of Christian Education . 2
The Christian Churches
. . . . z
The Lutheran Church . . . . . . . r
Social Psychology or Urban Sociol......... 3
OgY - Actiltg
, ,
, , . .
. 3
Story Telling . .
,
. . . .I
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . 6
Recreational Activities
. . . I
Electives
. .
.
10
Senior
Parish Work
............ z
Youth Work in the Church
. .
z
Edt~caticmal Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Hymns and Music of the Church
z
Fzindamentals of Jozrmalism . . . . . z
Crafts . . . . . . . . . . :', . . . . . . . . s
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . 3
Secretarial Practice . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts
, ,
........ 2
Electives
. . . . . . . . . . . . 11.
-
HIGH
SCHOOL TEACHING
Each state sets certain requirements for obtaining a teacher's certificate. The course outlined below satisfies the requirements for a certificate for teaching in Minnesota at the junior and senior high school
level. The same program will meet the demands set by most of the
neighboring states. The student should apply to the Department of
Education for admission to the Education curriculum during his Sophomore year. Admission will be determined by a committee on the basis
of scholarship and other qualifications. Students should usually prepare
for competency in at least two subject-matter fields in which high
schools offer work. In addition to departmental majors, broad majors
for teaching may be secured in natural science, social science, and
business education.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
European Civilization . . . . . . . - . . . 6
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign Language or Natural
Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Psychology . . . . .
Teaching in High School
.
,
Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . .
Electives in Major or Minor . . .
Senior
............... 4
Religion
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education. 3
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . 4 or I
Special Teaching Methods . . . . . . . . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4
Sophomore
VOCATIONS IN HOME ECONOMICS
f o r k in the Deparhent of Home Economics is intended to prepare
students for homemaking, ta e q i p them for the teaching of home
economics in high school. and to give them the first two years of the
training required for such vocations as dietetics. institution manage~ e n t home
.
economics and journalism, and home manomics in business.
Each student who plans for a vocation in this field should consult
members of the home economics staff about the details of the program
when she begins her college work. X curriculum for a home economics
education major is given below. A graduate who completes this curriculum qualifies for certification by the Minnesota State Board for
Vocational Education to teach in federally aided secondary school home
economics departments. Courses in italics are not required for a general
home economics major.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Orientation
. . . . . . - - - . . . - . . .I
P.hysica1 Education . . . . . . . . . I
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6
Zoology* or Anatomy . . . . 8 or 4
Art in Daily Living . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Selection . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Nutrition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Clothing Constraction . . . . . . . 2
-
3 4 or 33
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . , . . . .
4
Educational Psychology . . . . . . . 3
Group Activity . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Tefiching in Secondary Schools . . . . 3
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Textiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Color and Design . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . 3
Home Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Family Health . . . . . . . . . . . . z
Sociology or Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . 3
Sophomore
Religion
.................... 4
Pspcholagy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Marriage and Family Relations . . 3
Principles of Physiscs . . . . . . . . - - 4
Chemistry 5-6* or
Chemistry 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 or 4
Child Development . . . . . . . . . z
Foods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Elective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . o or z
-
Senior
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .. 4
Special Methods . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Student Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Guidance . . . . . . . . . . 3
Issues in Contemporary Education . 3
Home Management Problems . . . . . 2
Home Management La'bora.tory ... 2
Advanced Clothing Construction . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives must be in the minor field which the student selects.
*Strongly recommended for students who contemplate graduate study
in home economics or work in the areas of nutrition, foods or textiles
research.
BUSINESS
The program in business administration is intended for students
who are planning to work in the fields of business and industry. In
addition to giving preparation for a business vocation the following
suggested course of study leads to the Bachelor of Arts degree.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion
Freshman English
Foreign Language
Principles of Accounting
Introduction to Business
Orientation
Henlrh
Physical Education
Elective
Junior
.
Religion
United States History
. ..
Business Law
Public Finance or Money and
.
. . .
Banking
Taxation or Cost Accounting
Electives
Religion
Psychology
. . ,
Speech
. .
....
Principles of Economics
Introduction t o Statisti,cs
Natural Science . .
Electives .
.
3
3
13
Senior
Religion
. . .
4
Business Finance or Marketing . . 3
Industrial Mana)gement or Labor3
Management Relations . . .
Seminar in Business Administration . 3
Fine Arts
,
. . 3
Electives
. .
. 16
32
32
4
6
3
-
-
LAW
The following two-year program is suggested for students who plan
to study law.
Freshman
Religion
.
. .
Freshman English
Principles of Accounting
. .
Sociology .
European Civilization
. .
Orientation
General Psychology
Pihysical Aotivities
Sophomore
Reli,gion
Christian Ethi,cs
.
Principles of Economics
American Government .
Logic
.
. . ... .
Introduction to Philosophy
History or Literature
..
Natural Science
.
.
SOCIAL WORK
A rapid expansion of the field of social work during the past twenty
years has created an acute need for trained social workers. Positions
are available in pubIic agencies an federal, state, county, and municipal
levels; in private agencies sponsored by churches or other community
organizations; in goup work, case work, or community organization.
In response to this need, Augsburg College has developed a curriculum designed to do two things: (a) equip graduates for immediate
employment in social work positions that do not erequire post-graduate
training, and (b) prepare students for further study in graduate schools
of social work.
Augsburg College is an active member of the Minnesota Conference
on Social Work Education. During recent years graduates of Augsburg
have secured positions in both public and private welfare, in probation work, child welfare, group w o ~ k ,and case work.
The following courses are recommended for students interested in
Social Work. The courses which are italicized should be taken by all
such students.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . .
Freshman English . . . .
European Civilization
American Government . . . . . . . . . . 6
Natural Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Sociology
Social Problems . . . .
...........
Foreign Language . . . .
Orientation . . . . . . . .
Physical Education . . .
Health . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elementary Statistics
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Principles of Economics . . . . . . . . . 3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Fields of Social Work . . . . . . . . . . .
History of Philosophy . . . . . . . . . .
Criminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Public Welfare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electives
3
Rural Sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Urban Sociology ...............
3
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
3
6
3
3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Introduction to Methods of Social
Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Social Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Abnormal Psychology . . . . . . . . . 3
Fine A ~ t s . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 3
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . .16
32
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students may complete a course leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in Medical Technology by completing three years
of work at Augsburg College and twelve months at General Hospital
or Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis. This course prepares them for
examination for certification in Medical Technology. It is recommended
that students in this curriculum choose a minor in an unrelated field.
The following program is suggested.
Sophomore
Freshman
................ 4
Religion
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Chemistry $-6 . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Orientation
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . I
Foreign Language - . . . . - . . . . . . . . 8
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Onganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . .
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General Zoology
..............
Health . . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . . . . .
Elective . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . . . . .
4
.8
4
3
8
2
3
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Chemistry 61 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Bacteriology . . . . . . . . , . . . . . . . . 4
Fine Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6
-
Lectures, lzboratory and ~ractical
work at General or Swedish Hospita1 for twelve months . . . . . . 3 2
-
Students taking this program must register at Augsburg as well as at
the affiliated hospital in their senior year.
DI ACONATE
A program whereby a Deaconess candidate can prepare for service
in the areas of parish work, social service, high schod teaching, missionary work, nursing, or secretarial work may be arranged in consultation with the Directing Sister of the Lutheran Deaconess Home, the
Dean of Women and the Registrar.
NURSING
Most hospitals prefer that applicants to their school of nursing have
at least one year of college. In many instances two or more years of
college work are desirable. The following pre-nursing curriculum is suggested for those planning to enter a four-year school of nursing. Those
who plan on a three-year nursing program should try to select courses
in college which will not duplicate the courses they will study in the
school of nursing which they plan to attend.
Freshman
,
~
,
Religion . . . . . .
4
Freshman English
. . . . . . . . .6
General Zoology
. . . . . . 8
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2
sociology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elements of Nutrition .
- 3
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
-
,
~
Religion
. . . . . . . . . . . .4
History or Political Science . . . . . . 6
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4
Child Care . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Electives
................7
-
33
34
The following courses of the School of Nursing of the Lutheran
Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota, are offered at Augsburg
College. This is a part of the three-year course offered by the hospital.
Application for admission to the School of Nursing should be made to
the Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, Minneapolis, Minnesota.
First Year
Anatomy and
Bacteriology
Chemistry .
Psychobgy .
Second Year
Physiology . . . . . . . . 4
. . . . . . . . ., . 3
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
. . , . . . . . . . . . .2
I2
Sociology
.
.
-
. . . . . .
2
2
Students enrolled in the School of Nursing at Swedish Hospital, Minneapolis, take courses in Chemistry, and Human Anatomy and Physiology at Augsburg College. Applications for admission to this program
should be made directly to Swedish Hospital.
ENGINEERING
A student may take two full years of pre-engineering at Augsburg
before transferring. The course outlined below applies 'to the fields of
aeronautical, electrical, agricultural, civil, and mechanical engineering
and engineering mathematics at the University of Minnesota. The
chemistry and chemical engineering programs will be slightly different. Students planning to enter this program should complete higher
algebra and solid geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Engineering Drawing and Descriptive Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Physics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
-
Sophomore
Reli3gion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Elementary Calculus and Differential Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . .. l o
Introduction to Atomic and Nuclear
. . . . . . . . 4
Physics . . .
Electricity and Magnetism
..
4
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Psychology or Sociology I , 2 . 4 or 6
-
Statics may be taken at the University of Minnesota in the first
quarter of the junior year, except for the courses in civil and mechanical engineering, in which case it may be taken in evening school or
summer session.
DENTISTRY
Preparation for the study of dentistry can generally be completed
in two years. The following schedule will meet the requirements for
admission to most dental schools. Students planning to enter this curriculum should take higher algebra and plane geometry in high school.
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . .
. 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis
. . .lo
Orientation
.............. I
Health . . . . . . . . . ., . . . . . . . . z
Physical Education
. . . . . , .. I
Sophomore
Religion
.......- European Civilization . . .
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Organic Chemistry . .
...
General Physics
. . . .
4
6
8
8
8
MEDICINE
Most medical schools require a minimum of three years of college
education, but premedical students often find it advantageous to complete their college work before entering the medical school. The following program will meet the requirements of most medical schools,
but it is advisable for the student to study the requirements of the
medical school to which he plans to apply.
Students who have not had higher algebra in high school will need
to add Second Course Algebra to the curriculum given below.
Sophomore
Freshman
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
General Chemistry and Qualitative
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Introduction to Mathematical
Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . I
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - . . . . - 4History or Philosophy , , ,
,
6
Zoology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
General Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . 4
0r.ganic Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
35
33
-
Junior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Social Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
German . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Quantitative Analytical C,hemisrrg j
General Ph,ysics . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
34
-
Senior
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . - - 4
Sociolagy . . . . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . 3
Fine Arts . . . . , . . .- . . , . . . . . . . . 3
Physical Chemistry . . . . . . . . . . - . - 4
Genetics . . . . . . . . . . . . . ., . 4
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..1 4
32
SECRETARIAL
WORK
The first year of the following program provides preparation for
certain office positions. Completion of the second year provides more
advanced training. A student who has had similar courses in high
school may be admitted to advanced classes on the basis of his proficiency in the subject. An outline of the requirements for teaching business subjects in high school appears under Secretarial Studies.
First Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Freshman English . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Shorthand . . . . . . . . . . 6
Elementary Typewriting . . . . . . . . I
Intermediate Typewriting . . . . . . . 2
Principles of Accounting . . . . . . . . 6
Orientation . . . . . . - . . . . . - . - . . . I
Physical Education . . . . . . . . . .I
Health . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
-
Second Year
Religion . . . . . . . . . . .
Speech . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Typewriting
Advanced Shorthand .
Psychology . . . . . . .
Secretarial Practice . .
Offi,ce Machines . . .
Consumer Education .
Electives . . . - , . . . . .
COURSES OF STUDY
COURSES OFFERED
Descriptions of the courses offered in 1958-60 are given on' the
following pages. Unforeseen circun~stances may necessitate making
changes. Courses with inadequate registration may be cancelled. Students should consult the schedule of classes to determine definitely the
current course offerings.
NUMBERING OF COURSES
Odd numbers are used for first semester courses and even numbers
for second semester courses. The Roman numerals I, I1 after the
descriptive title also indicate the semester in which the course is to
be offered.
Numbers 1 through 49 indicate lower division courses which are
primarily for freshmen and sophomores. Numbers 50 through 99 are
upper division courses intended for juniors and seniors.
Two course numbers joined by a hyphen (1-2) indicate that the
course is a continuation course and both semesters of it must be
completed before credit is given. Course numbers separated by a
comma (1,2) indicate that it is a year course, but students may receive
credit for one semester without completing the other.
CREDITS
Credits shown are in terms of semester credits. For continuation
courses, the total credits for the year are given. A two-credit course
generally meets twice a week and a three-credit course three times a
week. In the case of laboratory courses, the hours of meeting per week
are more than the credits given. A semester is approximately 1 8 weeks
in length. The normal load for a student is 16 credit hours per semester.
DIVISIONAL ORGANIUTION
The college courses are organized into four divisions in order to
make interdepartmental coordination more convenient and cooperative
aims more easily achieved. A chairman is appointed for each division.
Major and minor requirements are indicated in the departmental
statements.
DIVISIONOF RELIGIONAND PHILOSOPHY
Religion
Philosophy
DIVISIONOF THE HUMANITIES
Greek, Latin, Hebrew
English, Journalism, Speech
German, Scandinavian, French, Spanish
Music, Art
DIVISIONOF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES
History, Political Science, Geography
Sociology
Psychology, Education
Library Science
Business Administration and Economics
Secretarial Studies
Home Economics
Biology
Chemistry
Physics
Mathematics
Health and Physical Education
DIVISION OF RELIGION AND PHILOSOPHY
MR. STENSVAAG,
Chairman
the individual is apprised of
Through the study of religion and
the central realities of life and encouraged to build on the certainties of the
Christian faith. The work proceeds on the assumption that Christianity alone
can furnish a unifying principle which gives meaning to human existence. The
student is challenged to accept this point of view-to
relate himself to Christ
as the center, to evaluate all his studies and experiences in the light of revealed
truth, and to make consistent use of all his talents and training. The goal to
be desired is the development of an informed and integrated Christian personality dedicated to the realization of God's kingdom on earth.
Department of Religion
The courses in Religion are designed to give the student a working knowledge of the Bible, to acquaint him with the history, doctrines, and ethics of the
Church, and to prepare him for effective service in the congregation. The fundamental aim in instruction is to lead as many as possible to personal faith in
Christ, and to nurture the Christian life.
All full time students are required to register for two class hours per week
in one of the courses offered in religion during each semester of their studies.
Registration in New Testament Greek satisfies this requirement.
Major, 28 credits. Minor, 2 2 credits. Credits in New Testament Greek, except the first semester, Course I , may be applied toward a Religion major or
minor.
I, 2.
BASICBIBLE. Fr. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A brief introduction to the Bible followed by the study of the Gospel of Mark
and of one or two books in the Old Testament. The second semester is devoted
to the study of two or three books in the New Testament, including Romans,
and of ;brief portions from the Old Testament. Reading assignments include the
emire New Testament.
CHURCHHISTORY.I.
2 Cr.
A brief survey of the main events in the history of the Church for the purpose of developing a more intelligent and appreciative church membership.
3.
z Cr.
4. THE CHRISTIANFAITH IN THE MODERNWORLD.II.
A study of the Christian faith in its relationship to the secular movements and
rival .faiths of modern Western civilization. The course is designed to give to
the student an understanding, from the standpoint of the Christian faith, of
the present conflicts and crises in Western culture.
5. THEMISSIONARY
ENTERPRISE.
I.
2 Cr.
The missionary motives, means, and results are studied as these are seen in their
varied emphases in the history of missionary work in heathen lands. (Offered
1959-1960.)
7. PRINCIPLESOF CHRISTIANEDUCATION.
I
z cr.
Seeks to develop a fundamental understanding of Christian Education, its history,
objectives, and methods, especially as applied to Sunday School and Vacation
Bible School teaching.
2 Cr.
8. GREATMEN AND WOMENOF THE CHRISTIAN
CHURCH.11.
The lives of outstanding Christian men and women from the days of Christ
until the present are studied. Special reports, class discussion.
g. CHRISTIAN
ETHICS.I.
z Cr.
The problems of human duty are studied in the light of various human philosophies of morals. Validity is determined by reference to the Word of God.
The main emphasis is on the new life in Christ, its creation, development and
presemation, and its manifestation in the various phases of life.
lo. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
See Course l o under the Department of M&c.
2
cr.
23. GROUPACTMTY.
See Course 53 under Education.
I
Cr.
Upper Division Courses
5 I , 52. COMPARATIVE
RELIGION.I, 11.
2, z Cr.
A study of the origin, growth, teachings, and social results of some ten or
twelve of the great non-~hristian religions of the world.
5 3. THECHRISTIAN
CHURCHES.I.
z Cr.
This course aims to give the student an insight into the origin, development,
doctrinal position, and practices of the vafious branches of the Christian Church.
54. THE LUTHERANCHURCH.TI.
2 Cr.
A study of the Lutheran Church, its doctrines and practices. Attention is
given to Lutheranism in America and to the basic principles of the Lutheran
Free Church.
2 Cr.
56. YOUTHWORKIN THE CHURCH.11.
A study of ~rinciples,methods, and materials in youth work for the purpose
of developing effective Christian leadership in this sphere.
57.
QROBLEMS
IN CHRISTIANL.IVING. II.
2
Cr.
A consideration of some of the fundamental questions connected with living
the Christian life: such as, the assurance of salvation, the devotional life,
standards of conduct, the use of the Bible, stewardship, choice of vocation, life
in the local congregation. The Epistle to the Philippians is studied.
5 8.
PARISHWORK.I1
s Cr.
This course seeks to familiarize the student with the work of parish organization and visitation. It ranges in scope from soul-care to surveys. Class lectures
are supplemented by actual field work.
I. Sr.
2 G.
59. GODAND MAN IN THE OLDTESTAMENT.
The rich and varied aspects of the Hebrew life with God discovered and made
significant for our day through the study of a number of great passages, including selections in Isaiah and the Psalms.
60. THE MESSAGE
OF THE NEWTESTAMENT.
11. Sr.
2 cr.
A discovery of the essence of the Christian Faith through a careful study of
representative sections, including passages in the Gospel of John and the Letters
to the Ephesians and the Hebrews.
Department of Philosophy
The courses in philosophy seek to assist the student in becoming familiar with
the thoughts of the great men and intellectual movements in the history of
Western civilization, to create an understanding of the principles of sound
reasoning, and to develop a Christian philosophy of life.
Major, 24 credits. Minor, 16 credits. Courses 2 5 , 26, 41,42, 58 are required
for the major. Courses 41,42 are required for the minor.
35. 'LFrmo~ucm
TO ~ I L O S SO.
~ I.
.
3 Cr.
By means of reading selected scarce materiaf, supplemented bp cIassroom lecture
and discussion, zhe srudmc is acquiinted with rhe terminology of philosophical
discussion. Selected phitowphkal problems are rreated, including the of
ethics, mer*ph~sics, and theory of knowledge.
26. LOGIC.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the formal rules governing valid inference. Topics considered include: immediate inference, syllogism, scientific method, and a brief introduction
to the notation of symbolic logic.
41, 42. HISTORY OF PHILOSOPHY. I, n.
3. 3 Cr.
!in historical survey of the outstanding men and movements in the development
of philosophical thought from the Greeks through Kant.
U,pper Division Courses
2.
$2
n.
RELIGION.I,
under Department of Religion.
COMPARATIVE
See course 5 I,
2, 2
Cr.
j 5. CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY.Prereq. 42. I.
3 fie
An historical survey of the main currents of philosophical thought since Kant.
Topics dealt with include: German idealism and romanticism, existentialism,
Marxism, ,positivism, and pragmatism. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
n.
56. KIERKFGAARD.
Prereq. 41 or 42.
3 Cr.
A study of selected writings of the Danish existentialist with emphasis on his
ccntribution to theory of knowledge as it relates to philosophy of religion and
theology. (Offered 1958-59.)
cr.
5 8. PLATO.Prereq. 41. 11.
3
A careful study and analysis of a number of the dialogues of Plato, including
selected portions of the Republic. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
60. FORMSAND PHILOSOPHYOF ART. 11.
The spirit and substance ofi art and the art experience in their various forms
through demonstrations, lectures, and readings in the philosophy of art. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
61. PHILOSOPHY
OF RELIGION.Prereq. 3 credits in Philosophy. I.
An inquiry into the nature of religious faith and the religious experience from
the viewpoint of philowphy and psychology. (Offered 1959-60.)
Jr., Sr. 11.
74. HISTORYOF POLITICALTHOUGHT.
See course 74 under Political Science.
3 Cr.
I , I Cr.
81, 82. SEMINARIN PHILOSOPHY.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
An advanced discussion of a thinker or topic chosen by the instructor and
students. Arranged when there is sufficient demand. (OfEered 1918-59.)
DIVISION OF THE HUMANITIES
MR. THORSON,
Chairman
It is the purpose of the Division of Humanities to transmit to the students
a knowledge of and interest in the cultural heritage of mankind, and to assist
the student in &ding his place within this culture. The Division seeks to
stimulate the student's desire to acquaint himself with the cultural treasures
as chese are found in language, literature, and the fine arts, and to seek an expression of these upon the basis and within the framework of the Christian faith.
Department of Ancient and Classical Languages
The courses in classical and ancient languages aim to give the students a real
insight into our classical heritage. Hebrew and New Testament Greek are tools
by which a student may gain a more complete understanding of the Scriptures.
A knowledge of New Testament Greek is a standard ,prerequisite for adrnission to most theological seminaries.
N e w Testament Greek
Minor, I 6 credits.
I-Z? ELEMENTS
OF NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
8 Cr.
111 adldition to the theoretical and practical study of the grammar of the Greek
language of the New Testament, the course will cover the manuscript transmission of ,the Greek text of Ithe New Testament with the description of the
main uncial manuscripts and ancient versions.
5 r, 52. ADVANCED
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK.I, 11.
3 , 3 Cr.
Selections from the Synoptic Gospels and Acts. Special emphasis is given to
parsing and syntax ai the Greek text.
53, 54. GREEKEXEGESIS.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Selections from the Pauline and Catholic Epistles. Special emphasis is given to
the syntactical and exegetical approach to the Greek text.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Latin
8 Cr.
I-2.t BEGINNING LATIN.
Fr. I, II.
Grammar, easy prose, composition.
3, 4. GSAR, AND ST. AUGUSTINE.
SO. I, n.
3, 3 Cr.
Continuation of grammar and syntax. Reading from Caesar's Gallic War and
Sr. Augusthe's Confessims. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
Hebrew
E3-E4.1
HEBREW
FOR BEGINNERS.I,
n.
6 Cr.
See Course 9-10 under Theological Sminary.
S f , 86. HEBREW
EXEGESIS.
I, 11.
See Course 17, I 8 under Theological Seminary.
2,2
cr.
Department of English
The Department of English aims to train students in the proper use of
English in oral and written expression; to increase proficiency in reading and
in analyzing literary texts; to acquaint the students with the development of
the literature of England and America; and to instill a deeper understanding
of the fundamental truths and realities of life revealed in great literature.
The department prepares specifically for the teaching of English in secondary
schools and for graduate study.
Freshman English is required of all students. The department annually may
exempt a few well qualified students from this requirement. Those exempted
from Freshman English must register for 6 credits above Freshman English.
Major: 27 credits pbove Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, 52,
61, 62, 74, and one of the ,following: 59, 81, 83, or 85.
Minor: zo credits above Freshman English, including courses 31, 32, 51, $2,
61, and 62.
Teaching major: 27 credits a'bove Freshman English, including courses
listed for the non-teaching major plus 71.
Teaching minor: 2 0 credits above Freshman English, including courses listed
for the non-teaching minor plus 71.
A minor in speech, library scien.ce, or a foreign language is recommended for
those who plan to teach English in high school.
Students who plan to do gaduate work in English should include courses 76,
78, and 92.
$Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
Loth semesters.
A. IMPROVEMENT
OF READING.
I, 11.
o Cr.
A developmental program for students who wish to improve speed and
comprehension in reading. Open to all students.
I-2.f
FRESHMANENGLISH.I, 11.
6 Cr.
A study of language, composition, and literature. Themes and a reference paper.
Required of all students. Students who do not meet the minimum requirements
in the entrance English tests are 'placed in special sections meeting five hours a
week.
21.
MASTERPIECES
OF WORLDLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
2 Cr.
Reading, analysis, and discussion of some of the world's great classics. Recommended for non-English majors.
25. EXPOSITORY
WRITING.Prereq. 2 . I.
r Cr.
Practice in the writing of exposition and argumentation. Reading and analysis
of models.
26. CREATIVE
WRITING.Prereq. 2. 11.
2 Cr.
Writing of description and narration. Study of techniques in the composition
of fiction, poetry, and drama. Individual and group projects.
31. F O U N D A ~ OOF
N SLITERATURE.
Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Study of Greek and Roman masierpieces, tracing the influence of the classical
tradition in modern British and American literature.
MEDIEVALAND RENAISSANCE
LITERATURE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. 11.
English literature from Beowulf through Shakespeare. Some attention paid to
non-English works.
3 2.
Upper Division Courses
50. CORRECTIVE
WRITING.hereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to develop correctness in writing and usage. Required of all students
who rank low in the sophomore Cooperative English Test.
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
2, 2 Cr.
Prereq. 3 1 or consent of instructor. I, 11.
The growth of American literature from colonial times to the present. Its
themes, techniques, and place in intellectual movements.
5 I, 5 2.
5 7. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.1.
See course 5 5 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
z Cr.
icontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
L
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
rn
DRAMA.
11.
5 6. THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
See course 56 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
2
Cr.
Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
z Cr.
57. THEBRITISH NOVEL.
The development of the novel in England. A study of the major novelists and
their novels. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
POETRY.Prereq. 3 I or consent of instructor. I.
59. CONTEMPORARY
Analysis of: the techniques of modern poetry. (Offered 19y 8-59.)
z Cr.
BRITISH LITER~TURE
OF THE SEVENTEEN^ AND EIGHTEENTHCENTURIES.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 3 I . I.
The principal authors from John Donne through Samuel Johnson. Discussion
of literary movements and historical backgrounds.
61.
OF THE NINETEENTH
CENTURY.
Prereq. 3 I . 11. 3 Cr.
Gr. BRITISHLITERATURE
Romantic and Victorian literature in England. Stress placed on major writers of
prose and poetry.
TO MODERN
ENGLISH.Prereq. z. I.
z Cr.
71. INTRODUCTION
The study of American English vocabulary, sounds, and grammar. Designed to
give prospective high-school English teachers an introduction to the study
of language.
t Cr.
72. LITERARY
CRITICISM.Prereq. 2 . 11.
A study of basic :texts, winh emphasis on principles and issues which have
special relevance for modern thought. (Offered I 9 5 9-60.)
74. SHAKESPEARE.
F r e q . 3 2 . 11.
3 Cr.
Reading of some of the plays. Attention given to the principles of drama and
the historical background.
76. MILTON. Prereq. 61. H.
z Cr.
A study of Milton's major poems and selected prose works in relation to the
important intellectual movements of the seventeenth century. (Otfered
1959-60.)
78. CHAUCER.Prereq. 3 2 . 11.
2 Cr.
Chaucer's poetry in relation to the thought and culture of the Middle Ages.
Emphasis on The Cmterbu~yTales. (Offered 1958-59.)
z Cr.
8 I. MODERNDRAMA.Prereq. 3 I . 11.
A survey of the chief dramatists from the time of Ibsen. Representative plays
studied as literature and as theater. (Offered 1958-59.)
8 3 . MODERNBRITISHLITERATURE.
Prereq. 3 I. I.
2 Cr.
The irmpo~tantli,terary movements of the present century in England, concentrating on leading authors and nota'ble productions. (Offered 1959-60.)
AMERICAN
LITERATURE.
Prereq. 5 I, 5 2 . 11.
85. CONTEMPORARY
Major writers since World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
2
Cr.
2 Cr.
92. ENGLISHSEMWAR.Prereq. Sr. and English major or minor. 11.
Methods and problems of bibliography and research. Selected topics in American
and British literature. Intended for students preparing for graduate study in
English.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH. I.
See course 93 under Education.
93.
2
Cr.
Journalism
I.
FUNDAMENTALS
OF JOURNALISM. I.
2 Cr.
An introduction to the theory and practice of journalism, with emphasis on
reporting and writing. Some attention given to editing and headline writing.
2.
EDITING THE SMALLPAPER.I1
2 Cr.
The mechanics of newspaper production. Designed especially for prospective
advisers of high-school publications. (Offered 1959-60.)
5 . Echo STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Students who are regular members of The Augsburg Echo stag and who may
receive credit for their work must register for the weekly staff meetings. These
meetings are also open to members of Course I. Hour arranged.
A,
Augsburgian STAFF MEETINGS.I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Students who are regular members of the Augsburgian staff and who may receive credit for their work must register for the schduled weekly stag meetings.
5, 7 .
Department of Speech
This department aims to foster in students those speech skills whidh contribute to meaningful self-expression and effective leadership. It seeks to
develop platform skills, intelligent speech compositions, and critical listening
habits. It aims, through courses in interpretative reading and drama, to stimulate an appreciation of h e literature and drama.
The department offers a major in general speech which prepares the student
teach speech in the secondary schmls and to take graduate work in speech,
radio, theater, or speech pathology.
ta
All students are required to earn 3 credits in speech
is designed especially for this requirement.
Major: 21 credits above Speech I I , including courses
Also required is Phil. 26. English is recornmenKed as a minor.
Minor: 1 5 credits above Speech I I. For Education students courses 66 and 76,
and st least one course f r m each of ~ h following
e
groups: 12,5 1 ; 31, 32; 61, 62.
II
Students needing help with speech problems such as stuttering, lisping, foreign
dialect, and excessive stage fcight should contzct the head of rhe department
for individual attention.
i I. BEGINNING
SPEECH.Fr., So. Offered both semesters.
3 Cr.
A study of basic problems of effective speaking and critical listening, with
emphasis on informative speaking.
I z. TYPES
OF PUBLICSPEECH.Prereq. I I . Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to argumentation and persuasion, discussion, debate, interpretative reading, and parliamentary procedure. Participation in various speaking
activities.
I 5.
STORYTELLING.
I.
I Cr.
Selection and preparation of stories for various age groups. Observation and
practice in story telling. (Offered I 9 5 8- J 9.)
21-2z.t INTERCOI-LEGIATE
DEBATE.I, 11. Open to all students.
2 Cr.
Practice in debating the intercollegiate debate question of the year. Participation
in intercollegiate debate tournaments.
ZJ, 26. PUBLICSPEAKING
SEMINAR.Open to all students. I, 11.
I, I Cr.
Advanced work in public speaking. Participation in collegiate oratory contests.
Arranged.
TO DRAMATIC
ARTS.Open to all students. I.
3 Cr.
zg. INTRODUCTION
An introduction to the history of the theater and to the theories of drama and
dramatic production. (Offered I 9 J 8- 5 9.)
3 I. INTERPRETATIVEREADING.SO. I.
3 Cr.
Basic principles of oral interpretation of literature. Practice in reading various
kinds of prose, .poetry, and drama. (Offered 1959-60.)
32. ACTING.SO. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the art of .acting. Practical work in pantomime and improvisation; participation in dramatic presentations.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. GROUPDISCUSSION.
Jr., Sr. I.
z Cr.
Principles and types of discussion. Practice in group discussion techniques. (Offered 1958-1959.)
5 j. RADIOSPEECH.Jr., Sr. I
2 Cr.
Exercises and projects in preparation and prodnction 04 radio programs. (Offered 19j9-60.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must conlplete
both semesters.
61. ARGUMENTATION
A N D DEBATE.Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of logic in public address. Preparation and delivery of argumentative speeches and participation in debates. (Offered 1959-60.)
62.
PERSUASION.
Prereq. I I . Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
Applications of psyahology in public address. Preparation and delivery of persuasive speeches. (Offered 195 8-59.)
2 Cr.
64. STAGECRAFT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
A stu'dy of stage design, scene construction and theatrical lighting, with emphasis on the problems of the amateur stage. Laboratory exercises. (Offered
1559-6b.)
3 Cr.
66. STAGEDIRECTION.
Prereq. 3 2 . Jr., Sr. 11.
Theory and ,practice of stage direction with laboratory exercises in planning
anmd conducting rehearsals. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
76. SPEECHPATHOLOGY.
Jr., Sr. I1
3 Cr.
Physical and psychological factors underlying normal and abnormal speech. An
introduction ,to principles and methods of speech correction.
OF SPEECH.Sr. I.
95. TEACHING
See course 95 under Education.
2
Cr.
Department of Modern Languages
This ~ e ~ a r t m e n
aims
t to impart to the student the knowledge of a modern
language as a factor in stimulating a sympathetic interest in the people for whom
it is the main channel of expression. It also aims to aid the student in developing
an understanding of the idiom of a particular language and' a mastery of tshe
rules of grammar and rpronunciamtion. It furthermore seeks t o develop an interest
in the histony, literature and life of the people whose language he is learning,
and to transmit to American life the best of their cultural and religious
heritage. A special ai,m is to provide language facility and technical training
for such a plan to teach, study theology or become candidates for higher
academic degrees.
German
Minor, so credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNINGG E F ~ A NI, . 11.
8 Cr.
A study of the grammar and vocabulary of the German language so that the
student attains a reading knowledge.
3,4. MODERNGERMANPROSEAND POETRY.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
This course continues to build up the vocabulary of the student through the
study of easy prose and poetry.
fantinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
5 I, 1Z. GERMANLITERATURE.
I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of German literature. (Wered
1919-60.)
Scandinavian Language and Literature
24 credits.
I-2.t BEGINNINGNORWEGIAN.Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
Reading, translation, spelling, and exercises in writing and in pronunciation.
j, 4. INTERMEDIATE
NORWEGIAN.
SO. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
Further study of grammar. Reading of standard authors. Brief survey of
Norwegian literature. Composition. (Offered I 9 18 - 5 9.)
I I. SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.I.
3 Cr.
A !brief survey of the history of the Scandinavian peoples, with history of
Norway as the core. (Offered 1919-60.)
r 6. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
3 Cr.
A survey of social thought and life in Scandinavia since 1814, with special
emphasis upon recent developments. (Offered I 9 19-60.)
Upper Division Courses
5 5 . THEMODERNSCANDINAVIAN
NOVEL.Jr., Sr. I.
2 Cr.
The course includes selected novels by Jonas Lie, Sigrid Undset, Selma La.gerl@f,
and others. Knowledge of a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered
1958-19.)
DRAMA.Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
56. THE MODERNSCANDINAVIAN
The course includes dramas 'by Bjgirnson, Ibsen, and Strindberg. Knowledge of
a Scandinavian language not required. (Offered 19 18-19.)
French
Minor, zo credits.
I-2.t
BEGINNING
FRENCH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
The course includes the study of French sounds and their spelling, the essentials
of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of suitable selections from
French literature. (Offered 1919-60.)
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE
FRENCH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
One half of the time is devoted to the further study of grammar, composition,
and oral work. The other half is spent in reading representative types of French
literature. ( m e r e d 195 8-59.)
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Upper Division Courses
y I. SURVEY
OF FRENCHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of the authors and literary movements of the seventeenth, eighteenth,
and nimeteenth centuries. (Offered only as an honors course for selected
students.)
FRENCH PHONETICS,CONVERSATION,
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A thorough study of French sounds, phonetic symbols, drill on pronunciation,
honet tic readings, various types of oral work, memorization, dictation and
composition. (Otfered only as an honors course for selected students.)
52.
Spanish
Minor,
20
credits.
I-2.i
BEGINNINGSPANISH.I, 11.
8 Cr.
Stresses pronunciation, the essentials of grammar, elementary conversation,
and background reading in Spanish on the Latin American countries.
3, 4. INTERMEDIATE SPANISH.I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Includes further study of grammar, oral and written work, and the reading of
short stories, novels, and plays in the Spanish language.
Upper Division Courses
5 I. SURVEY
OF SPANISHLITERATURE.
I.
3 Cr.
A study of Spanish literature from the Poema del Cid to modern times. Lectures in Spanish, reading of representative works and reports. (Offered 1959-60.)
52. SPANISHCONVERSATION
AND COMPOSITION.
11.
3 Cr.
A course aiming to facilitate free expression in Spanish through conversation
2nd composition, including original themes. Laboratory, including audio-visual
aids, in'tegrated with classroom work and instruction. (Offered 1959-60.)
TEACHING
OF MODERN
LANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
See course 73 under Education.
73.
z Cr.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Music
The Department of Music offers training to students who wish to become
teachers of music, soloists, and directors of choral and instrumental ensembles,
as well as preparation for those who expect to pursue specialized study in the
field of music. General instruction is aflorded students who are interested in
the appreciation and understanding of the music of the masters. Emphasis is
laid upon (the rich musical heritage of the Christian Church.
Graduation Major, 36 credits, including courses I , 2, 7, 8, I 5-16, 55-56,
57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;4 credits from 10, 77, 78; and 8 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
Teaching Major, 3 2 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2, 7,
2 credits from 77, 78; and 6
credits in applied music, 2 of which must be in piano or organ.
8, 15-16, 55-56, 57, 58, 61-62' or 63-64';
Two public recitals, at least one of which must be in the junior or senior
year, is required of all music majors.
Graduation Minor, 26 credits, including courses I, 2, 7, 8. I 5-16, 78; 4
credits from 10, 15-56,57, 58, 77 and 2 elective credits; and 6 credits in applied
music, 2 of which must be in private lesms in either vocal or instnunend
music.
Teaching Minor, 22 credits in addition to 88, 89; including courses I, 2,
15-16,55, 57, 58, 61-62 or 63-64;and 4 credits in applied music.
Two credits are given for membership for one year in the Choir or the
Concefit Band. One credit is given for membership for one year in the Women's
Chorus or Male Chorus. Credit in Choir is not granted for less than two
com(p1ete semesters within an academic year.
One credit per semester is granted to studeqts taking a minimum of sixteen
thirty-minute lessons per semester in either voi'ce, #piano,organ, brass, or woodwinds. Occasional lessons are available without credit.
For statement of fees see under Financial Information.
3 , 2. THEORY,
I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
A 'basic course in the fundamentals of music, including the prinoiples of
notation, major and minor scales, intervals, triads, rhythms: aural skills: sight
reading, dictation, and part singing. Should be taken ,concurrently with I 5-1 6
whenever possible.
.
*A student wirh a major for teaching should 'be prepared for both vocal
and instrumental work. Unless he takes 'bo& technique courses, his work in
applied music, excepting the required credits in piano, must be in instrumental
music if he registers for Choral Technique, and in vocal music if he registers
for I n s t m e n t a ~ lTechnique.
AND LITERATURE
OF MUSIC.I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
;, 8. HISTORY
,4n historical approach to the appreciation of the world's greatest musi,c.
Supplemented by musical scores and record illustrations. For students with or
without a musical background. Students should complete 7 before regisrering
&or 8, or have consent of instructor.
10. HYMNSAND MUSICOF THE CHURCH.11.
2 Cr.
A survey course dealing with the development of the music of the Christian
Church, with special attention to Protestant hymnody. Designed for the
ginera1 student, the course also will prove helpful to organists, choir directors,
and pre-~heologicalstudents. The course is accepted as fulfilling the requirements
of a course in religion.
15-16.? HARMONY.I, II.
4 Cr.
Application of the study of scales, intervals, and chord formation in written
exercises. Written work includes harmonization of figured bass and given
melodies as well as opportumty for simple creative writing.
Upper Division Courses
HARMONY.
Prereq. z, I 6. I, 11.
2, 2 Cr.
5 5, 56. ADVANCED
Continuation of the work begun in Course 15-16,with advanced work in harnlonization of figured bass and given melodies. Thorough study of modulation,
advanced ,chord formations, #theuse of suspensions, retardations, and ornaments
of music.
Prereq. z, or z Cr. in piano, organ, or equivalent.
57, 58. CONDUCTING.
Jr. I, 11.
2, r Cr.
course designed for students planning to enter the field of public school
music, as directors of vocal or instrumental music or both, and for those who
wish training in church choir administration and direction. Students in music
education are advised to take the course in their junior year.
61-64.? INSTRUMENTAL
TECHNIQUE.
Prereq. z. I, II. Sr.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in string, reed, brass, and percussion instruments, preparing the
prospective public school music teacher an,d director for work in band and
orchestra.
65-64.? CHORALTECHNIQUE.
Prereq. 2. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Class instruction in the fundamentals of voice as related to singing, preparing
the prospective public school music teascher and director for work in vocal music.
77. COUNTERPOINT.
Prereq. 5 5. I. Sr.
2 Cr.
Strict counterpoint in one, two, three and four-part writing in all the species.
-
f(=ontinuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
78.
MUSICALANALYSIS.Prereq.
2,
$5,
and 7 7 or consent of instructor.
TI. Sr.
2
Cr.
A detailed study of the structure and form of music, together with the study
of the harmonies constituting any musical composition.
88. TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.
Jr. TI.
See course 888 under Education.
t
Cr.
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC. Sr. I.
89. TEACHING
See course 89 under Education.
2
Cr.
I,
z Cr.
cr.
I
%. % c r .
%, %, Cr.
o Cr.
These organizations exist not only for fihe benefit of the music student but
for anyone enrolled as a student who wishes to ,participate in groups affording
opportunity for musical expression.
I , I Cr.
PREPARATORY
PIANO.I, 11.
Keyboard fundamentals. Major and harmonic minor scales, sight reading, hymns,
and simple repertory.
I , I Cr.
INTERMEDIATE
PIANO.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Melodic minor scales, chords, and arpeggi. Repertory including Bach-Carrol,
Burgmuller Opus 100, and Sonatina album.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
PIANO.Prereq. Interm. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
Technique as needed, using Cramer, Loeshorn, Bach Two-Part Inven,tions,
Sonatas of Haydn, Mozart, Beethoven, etc. Repertory from Classical, Romantic,
and Modern Composers.
I , I Cr.
ELEMENTARY
ORGAN.Prereq. Prep. Piano or equiv. I, 11.
General coordination and technique of playing the organ. Study of the Baoh
Eight Little Preludes and Fugues, Dupre's 79 Chorales, and hymn playing.
I , I Cr.
ADVANCED
ORGAN.Prereq. Elem. Organ or equiv. I, II.
Technique as needed. Repertory from pre-Bach, Baroque, Romantic, and modern
organ composers.
I'OICE.
I, 11.
I , I Cr.
Voice instruction includes correct habits of pronunciation and articulation,
brea,th control, flexibility, ear training in some cases, and interpretation of song
classics, both sacred and secular. One thirty-minute lesson per week.
:Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
%
BRASSINSTRUMENTS.
I, TI.
or
% or
WOOD-WIND
INSTRUMENTS.
I, 11.
I
Cr.
I
Cr.
Private or class instruction in these instruments is offered as follows:
a) Private instruction+nk
per semester. I credit.
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
b) Class instruction-ne
thirty-minute lesson per week (or its equivalent)
per semester, in groups of not less than three pupils. f/Z credit.
Opportunities for participation in Brass, String, and Woodwind ensembles are
offered each year on a non-credit basis.
Art
I . 2.
MODELING
AND SCULPTURE.
I, 11.
2, z Cr.
Design in three-dimensional form. Modeling of portraits, human figures and
animal Iforms. Plaster casting.
3. ART IN DAILYLIVING.I.
See course 3 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
7, 8. PAINTING.I, 11.
2 , z Cr.
Still life and landscape painting. Theory of composition and color. Problems
in line, form, space, color mixing, and practic,al problems.
Upper Division Courses
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
64. HJSTORY
!ke course 64 under Department of Home Economics.
3 cr.
tcontinuation course. To receive credir. for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
DIVISION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
It is the general purpose of t h e work in this division m improve rhe student's
understanding of human relationships and his appreciation 0: rheir imporeance
2nd value, especially in their Chrktian interpretation. T h e work pmceeding
under the guidance of the faculty in this division i s therefore mwldsd to
develop a higher grade of citizenship and to improve the individual's adaptation to his vocation.
Department of History and Political Science
The work of this Department is designed to give the student an understanding and appreciation of the events, functions, motivations, and operations of
the phenomena in the fields of History and Political Science. It affords preparation for graduate study and for .teaching in secondary schools.
History
Major, 30 credits; minor, 21 credits. Students with a major or minor in
history x p l a n to teach in this field must include History 21 and 22. For
non-majors, prerequisites may be waived on consent of the instructor.
I-r.? EUROPEAN
CIV~IZATION.
Fr. I, 11.
6 Cr.
This course is a rapid survey of European history from ancient times and up to
the present. Desfgned to lay the foundation for future work in History.
I I.
SCANDINAVIAN
HISTORY.
I.
See Course I I under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
UNITEDSTATESHISTORY.
SO., I, TI.
3. 3 Cr.
A survey of the life of the American people, and the development of their
ideas and institutions. First semester to 1865, second semester to present.
2 1 , 22.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
AND THE REFORMATION.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr. I.
5 I . THE RENAISSANCE
A study of the economic, social, political, cultural, and religious movements
that marked the transition from medieval to modem civilization and culture.
(Offered 1959-60.)
3 Cr.
TO 1800. Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
52. ENGLAND
Emphasis placed upon the constitutional development of England and the
factors which shaped the background of U. S. History. (Offered 1958-59.)
f-Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
53. LATIN-AMERICAN
HISTORY.
Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
A swdy of Latin America and its development. (Offered lr58-59.)
3 Cr.
$4. MODERNRUSSIA.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Particular emphasis on the period since Peter the Great. (Offered 1958-59.)
UNITEDSTATES.Prereq. 21, 22. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
5 5 . CONTEMPORARY
The United States drom about 1900 to 'the present. Seminar offered in connection with this course may be taken for one additional credit on approval
of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
DIPLOMACY.
Prereq. 6 cr. in Hist. or Pol. Sci. Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
56. AMERICAN
A consideration of foreign relations of the United Sta,tes from the Revolutionary
War to ,the :present. Seminar offered in connection with .ahis course may be
taken for one additional credit on approval of instructor. (Offered 1959-60.)
61. ANCIENTHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A cu1,tural and political history of ancient civilizations and their contributions
to modern cultures. (Offered I 9 5 8 - 59.)
62. HISTORY
OF CANADA.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
The development of Canada from early exploration to the present, with
emphasis on Canadian-United States relations. (Offered
I 9 59-60.)
64. MEDIEVALHISTORY.Prereq. 1-2. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The medieval period of Europe and the Mediterranean area. (Offered 1958-59.)
71.
FRENCH REVOLUTIONAND EARLY NINETEENTH CENTURY EUROPE.
3 Cr.
Prereq. 12 credits in Hist. Jr., Sr. I.
Poli,tical, economic, social, and cultural developmen,t in Europe from 1789 to
I 850. The French Revolution, Napoleon, the Restoration, *he Revolution of
1848. (Offered 1959-60.)
credits in H i t . Jr. Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Politi,cal, economic, social, and cultural ,deveIopment in Europe from I 848 to
1914. The national unification of Germany and Italy, che rise of imperialism,
and the ,background of World War I. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
LATENINETEENTHCENTURY
EUROPE.Prereq.
74.
HISTORYOF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. 11.
12
3 Cr.
Sec course 74 under Political Science.
CENTURY.
Prereq. 1 2 cr. in Hist. Sr. I, 11. 3, 3 Cr.
8 I , 82. THETWENTIETH
A survey of recent developments in (the world, extending from che ourbreak of
Vorld War I to vhe present. Seminar offered in connection wich this course
may 'be taken for one ~d~ditional
credit ,per semester on approval of instructor.
(Offered 1958-59.)
SEMINARIN NORTHWESTHISTORY.Jr., Sr. I. Prereq. consent of instructor.
2 Cr.
A st,udy of various areas of the history of Minnesota and the Northwest. A
research paper is required of each member of the class. (Offered 1958-59.)
99.
Political Science
Minor,
I1
credits.
I, 11.
6 Cr.
41-42.t AMERICANGOVERNMENT.
A study of the Constitution; civil rights; federal, state, and local governments;
citizenship; and popular control of government. Contemporary issues are
stressed.
Upper Division Courses
S THE UNITEDSTATES.Jr., Sr. I.
53. POLITICAL P A R ~OF
3
American parties, their organization, methods, functions, pressure groups. (Offered 1958-59.)
&=r.
16. AMERICAN
DIPLOMACY.11.
See course 56 under History.
3 Cr.
6 I.
PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 4 1-42 or Econ. I 5 for Political Science minors.
Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
See course 61 under Business Administration and Economics.
74. HISTORY
OF POLITICAL
THOUGHT.
Jr., Sr. II.
3 Cr.
-4 study of .political philosophy and its influence and historical signi,ficance
from ancient Greeks to the present. (Offered I 959-60.)
OF THE SOCIALSTUDIES.Sr. I.
81. TEACHWG
See course 85 under Education.
2
Cr.
Geography
14. HUMANGEOGRAPHY.
Fr., So. II.
A study of geographical factors affecting mankind.
3 Cr.
Combined Major in Social Sciences for Teaching
Requirement: 21 credits in History (including History 21 and 22) and
Geography; Sociology I, 2; Economics 15, 16; Political Science 41-42.
Minor in Social Science
Requirement: 6 credits each in History and Sociology; Political Science 41-42;
and 3 credi,ts in Economics.
-'Continuation Course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
Department of Sociology
The objectives of this Department are to help students attain a better understanding of society and its social problems, as well as to prepare students for
social service, for graduate training in social work, and for graduate study in
Sociology. Beyond understanding of society and its problems and beyond
academic competence, the Department aims to explore the relevance of' Christianity to effective social service.
Major, 24 credits including Sociology I , 2. Required in addition are History
1-2, or 21, 22.
Minor, 1 5 credits including k i o l o g y I , z. Required in addition are History
1 - 2 , or 21, 22.
Introduction to Statistics is re~om~mended
for majors and minors in k i o l o g y .
For other recommended courses see under Social Work curricu1,un.
I.
PRINCIPLES
OF SOCIOLQGY.
Fr., So. I.
3 Cr.
fin introduction to the field of Sociology, examining its methods, techniques,
and general concepts as they apply to an analysis of American society.
2. SOCIALPROBLEMS.
Fr., So. 11.
3 Cr.
The dynamic processes at the root of contemporary problems. Problems of
personal, family and community disorganization are selected for special study.
TO STATISTICS.
Fr., So. 11.
4. INTRODUCTION
See course 4 under Business Administration and Economics.
YN. SOCIOLOGY.
I.
4 course in general sociology for nurses.
16. MODERNSCANDINAVIA.
11.
See course 16 under Scandinavian Language and Literature.
3 Cr.
2
Cr.
3 Cr.
2I.
RURALSOCIOLOGY.
SO. I.
3 Cr.
Structure, function and change of rural society with special attention to the
problems of contemporary rural America.
22. URBANSOCIOLOGY. SO. n.
3 Cr.
Study of the city as to historical background, causes of growth, social communities, maladjustments, urban planning, housing problems, health factors,
cultural centers, and rural-urban relationships.
AND FAMILYRELATIONSHIPS.
11.
42. MARRIAGE
See course 4 2 under Department of Home Economics.
3 Cr.
Upper Division Courses
51. CRIMINOLOGY.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
A study of the nature of delinquency and crime in our contemporary world. An
examination of causal factors, methods of apprehension, treatment, and prevention of delinquency and crime.
RACERELATIONS
A N D MINORITY
PROBLEMS.
Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11. 3 Cr.
5
The dynamics of prejudice, racism, and discrimination, together with an examination of social action programs. (Offered I 9 5 8-5 9.)
56.
RELATIONS.
Jr., Sr. 11.
LABORAND MANAGEMENT
3 Cr.
An analysis of the socio-economic roles of labor and management in a dynamic
society. (Offered 1959-60.)
57. FIELDSOF SOCIALWORK.Prereq. I. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory course to acquaint the student with the scope, nature, and
fanctions of social work. A survey of private and publjc social agencies in
the field of family welfare, child welfare, medical social work, group work,
and other community agencies.
60. PUBLICWELFARE.Prereq. I . Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
An introduction to the historical development, basic concepts, legislative policies,
organizational structure, and institutional functions of social welfare, including
a survey of c o n t e m p o r a ~public welfare and social security. (Offered 1958-59.)
61. SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. I , Psy. 5, 6. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Society and the individual, the socialization process, the development of personality, the impact of group norms. Selected forms of collective behavior
such as crowd, rumor, and audiences.
62. ABNORMAL
SSYCHOLOGY.
See course 62 under Psychology.
3 Cr.
64.
INTRODUCTION
TO METHODS
OF SOCIALWORK. Prereq. consent of in3 Cr.
structor. 11.
Principles and procedures of case work and group work designed especially for
students who anticipate entering the field of social, work. (Offered 1959-60.)
Department of Psychology and Education
Psychology
Courses in orientation are offered to freshmen as a part of the total program
to assist in the adjustments tha* the in-coming student needs to make. The
work in psychology is designed to aid the student in more ,adequately understanding, p r e d i c ~ g ,and modifying his own behavior as well as that of his
fellow men.
I.
ORIENTATION.
Required. Fr. Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
Designed to assist freshmen in making the proper adjustment to their work as
college students. I t includes units on orientation to the college, methods of
study, irnprovemeht of reading speed and comprehension, and vocational and
educational guidance.
5 , 6. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I, TI.
2, 2 Cr.
A study of the basic processes underlying human behavior. The general prin-
ciples, metho& and problems of psychology are discussed. The second semester
emphasizes mental health and the application of the principles of psychology to
other problems of everyday life.
7N. GENERALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
An introductory course intended for nurses.
2
cr.
Upper Division Courses
SOCIALPSYCHOLOGY.
I.
See course 61 under Department of Sociology.
61.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
ABNORMALPSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. f , 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
The sociological, psychological, and biological factors involved in neurotic and
psychotic behavior. Modem methods of diagnosis, treatment, and prevention.
Community organization for mental hygiene.
62.
Education
The education curriculum has been designed primarily for those preparing
to do high school teaching, although any student who is preparing to work
with youth is encouraged to study in this area. The work in this department
will qualify the teaching graduate for a Minnesota Teacher's certificate on the
junior and senior high school level, as well-as for further study in the field of
education.
Admission to the teacher education curriculum requires an application to be
approved by the Committee on Teacher Edu,cation. Application must be made
during the second semester of the sophomore year if the student is to complete
the program in the regular time of two years. Approval is granted on the
basis of a satisfactory health report, favorable personality characteristics, and
a minimum in scholastic achievement of 1.5 honor point ratio in the major, a
1.0 ratio in the minor, and a 1.0 ratio for the over-all average. The applicant
should be preparing for competency in at least two subject-matter fields that are
also taught on the high school level.
All students admitted to the teacher education curriculum must secure
two credits of Group Activity usually to be taken in connection with Ed. 5 1
and $ 2 . I n addition to the regular lower division requirements, students in
teacher education are required to have four semester hours in general psychology, these credits to be ,completed before taking Ed. 5 I .
N o student will be permitted to modify the two-year teacher education
curriculum in his program unless that change is approved by the Committee
on Teacher Education. All questions regarding the teacher education curriculum
should be referred to the Committee on Teacher Education.
3 Cr.
PSYCHOLOGY.
Prereq. Psy. 1, 6. Jr. I.
y I. EDUCATIONAL
.4 study of human development, learning, and adjustment in order to better
understand human behavior, especially the behavior of adolescents in a school
context.
$2.
TEACHING
IN SECONDARY
SCHOOLS.Prereq. I . Jr. II.
3 Cr.
This course has three parts: a study of the purposes and programs of secondary
schools; developing personal competency in planning instructional activities;
and developing the ability to evaluate the outcome of instruction.
53, $4. GROUP ACTIVITY.
I , I Cr.
This is not given as a separate course, but offered in connection with Education
5 i , $ 2 ; Religion 7 , 57. $ 8 ; Physical Education 6 , I I , 1 3 , 1 4 , 8 1 , 8 2 . The nature
of the experience will vary with the course with which i t is associated, and
may include such activities as teaching, supervising recreation, and advising
clubs. The cooperation of the agencies involved is necessary, with reports from
the supervisor and the student to the teacher of the course with which the
work is connected. A student may not receive more than 2 credits in Group
Activity.
3 Cr.
56. PRINCIPLESOF GUIDANCE.Prereq. 5 I . Sr. 11.
A study of the guidance function of the classroom teacher, tools and techniques used in studying students, and methods appropriate .for student guidance,
including counseling.
58. ISSUES
m CONTEMPORARY
EDUCATION.Sr. II.
3 Cr.
The purpose of the course is to develop skill in perceiving and defining current
problems in education, to gain an understanding of possible solutions, and to
develop some ability to evaluate the various solutions proposed. The relation
of the problems to the development of American education and to a philosophy
of education is stressed.
73.
TEACHING
OF MODERNLANGUAGES.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
79.
TEACHING
OF NATURALSCIENCES.Sr. I.
z Cr.
8 I.
TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.Sr. I.
z Cr.
83.
TEACHING
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
81.
TEACHING
OF SOCIALSTUDIES.
Sr. I.
67.
TEACHING
OF HEALTHEDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I. z Cr.
$8.
TEACHING
OF GRADESCHOOLMUSIC.Jr. 11.
z Cr.
89.
TEACHING
OF HIGH SCHOOLMUSIC.Sr. I.
z Cr.
91.
TEACHING
OF HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
92.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS. Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
53.
TEACHING
OF ENGLISH.Sr. I.
2
Cr.
y5.
TEACHING
OF SPEECH. Sr. I.
z Cr.
z Cr.
Courses 7 3 through 95 include the study of the materials, organization, and
teaching procedures of the field for which they are given; applications of the
principles of teaching are made in the specific field. Usually, each student is
required to take two of these courses to prepare for student teaching; this
means one course related to the major and one to the minor. Prerequisites are a
major or a minor in the field and Education 52.
4 to 5 Cr.
Prereq. $ 2 . Sr. I.
97. STUDENTTEACHING.
Observation, participation in teaching activities, and experience in actual control of the classroom situation. Direction of the program is shared by the
college supervisor and selected critic teachers.
Library Science
The dollowing courses prepare the student to meet the state requirements
for a minor in library science. They train him in making a wise choice of
bmks for the school library, in preparing books and other library materials for
circulation, in administering a school library, and in making intelligent and
effective use of library tools for his own needs as a teacher.
Minor,
I6
credits.
3 Cr.
OF THE SCHOOL
LIBRARY.
So., Jr. I, 11.
5 ~ - 5 6 . t BASICFUNC~IONS
Designed to &paint the student with the place of the library in the school
and community; local public, county, state, and national services; standards;
relations with school admin,istration, faculty, students, and community; the
budget; planning, housing, and equipment; library records; organization of
materials; school library administration. Two credits first semester; one credit,
second.
+Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
57-58.? ELEMENTARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
Library materials for the elementary school library; book selection, prin,ciples
and standard lists; correlating the library holdings with the grade curriculum;
reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered I 9 5 8- 5 9.)
59-60.? SECONDARY
MATERIALS.
Jr., Sr. I. 11.
6 Cr.
Introduction to book selection; book selection in subject fields, including reference books and related fiction;
and other non-book materials, standard dists for book selection; reviewing of individual titles. Sources. (Offered
1959-60.)
I Cr.
METHODS.Prereq. 5 6 . Sr. I.
6 1. PRACTICAL
Giving the student practice experience in school limbraries; teaching the use
of the library; weeding and withdrawal procedures.
2 Cr.
62. READING
GUIDANCE.
Prereq. 56. Sr. 11.
Remedial reading in the school as it relates to the school library, reading ladders;
student's personal library; professional literature in the field; lists, testing,
and records; guiding individual students in their recreational reading.
Department of Business Administration and Eccrnomics,
and Secretarial Studies
The objective of this department is to help students gain a broad knowledge
and sound perspective of business and our economic society. Such knowledge
and perspective are necessary for success in specific positbns in our complex
business world and .should provide the background to facilitate advancement,
with experience, to positions of respons2bility. A degree with a business major
is a common requirement of business firms and government agencies.
Together wich secretarial studies, the department also provides a teaching
major or minor, and it ,prepares for graduate work in business. Furcher, it
recognizes the need for trained people in &e social sciences and presently offers
a minor in economics.
Business Administration and Economics
Major in Business Administration, 36 credits, including courses I,
16, 53, 72.
2,
3, 4, 15,
In addition, History 21, z t and Psychology 5, 6 are required.
Minor in Business Administration,
21
credits, including courses I , 2, 3,
I 5,
16, and six credits in Upper Division courses.
Minor in Economics, I 5 credits, including courses
from 4, 51, 56, 6 1 , 62.
I
1, I 6,
and nine credits
I, 2.
P ~ C I P L EOF
S ACCOUNTING.Fr. I, 11.
3, 3 c r .
An introduction to the principles of accounting and their application to the
single proprietorship, partnership, and corporate forms of business; preparation
and analysis of financial statements; procedure in recording business transactions;
and an introduction to manufacturing and cost accounting. Two lectures and
one double laboratory hour per week.
3. INTRODUCTION
TO BUSINESS.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
An introductory survey of business and business management including a study
of the variety, nature and interrelationsship of problems of business operation.
Finance, personnel, production, marketing, internal organization and control,
and governmental relationships are a few of the :topics covered.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO STATISTICS.
SO. 11.
3 Cr.
A course in scientific met,hods of dealing with the collection, organization,
comparison and interpretation of numerical data. The technique of constructing
gaphs and tables, as well as fin,ding measures of central tendencies, variability,
correlation and sound methods of sampling.
I 1: I 6. PRINCIPLESOF ECONOMICS.
SO. I, 11.
3. 3 Cr.
The foundations of economic analysis; production, employment and prices; and
public poli,cy. The objective is to promote interest in economic problems and
the ability to use economic analysis in reaching judgments about economic
poli,cy problems.
Upper Division Courses
3 Cr.
5 I . MONEY AND BANKING.Prereq. 2, 4, I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. I.
The influence of money and banking on economic activity and of monetary
and fiscal policies which might be adopted to yield a stable general price level
with high levels of output and employment. (Offered 1958-19.)
5 3 . BUSINESSLAW. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Legal rules relating to contracts, agency, negotiable instruments, property and
business organizations.
54. MARKETING.
Prereq. z, 4, 15, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
Marketin,g :from a businessman's standpoint, winh emphasis on ways in which
management decisions are made con,cerning product .planning, merchandise
selection, channels of distribution, promotional activities, pricing and selling.
(Offered 1959-60.)
RELATIONS.
Prereq.
56. LABORAKD MANAGEMENT
See course 56 under Department of Sociology.
I
5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
3 Cr.
MANAGEMENT.Prereq. I 5, 16. Jr., Sr. 11.
18. INDUSTRIAL
The more important production procedures commonly employed in progressive
manufacturing plants, and their relationship to the attainment of management
objectives. (Offered 1958-59.)
59. COST ACCOUN.I?NG.
Prereq. I , 2. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Essential features of accounting for manufaoturing concerns with particular
reference to the securing of unit costs of manufactured products; order method;
process costs; and cost reports. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
61. PUBLICFINANCE.Prereq. 15. Jr., Sr. I.
Governmental taxation, spending and borrowing, and ,the impact of governmental finance on economic activit,~.
62. BUSINESSFINANCE.Prereq. 59. Jr., Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
The various objectives in financing of private businesses, with major emphasis
on administrative tools of finance and means of financing short-term, intermediate-term, and long-term asset requirements. (Offered 1958-59.)
6 3 . TAXATION.
Prereq. I , z. Jr., Sr. I.
3 Cr.
This course will cover several types of taxation, wich particular emphasis on
the income tax, attempting to give a knowledge of tax requirements, proced,ures and problems as they relate .to business and individuals. (Offered
1959-60.)
Sr. 11.
3 Cr.
72. SEMINARIN BUSINESSADMINISTRATION.
This seminar will cover special problems of concern to business majors which
are not considered in the regular curriculum. Lectures will be given by local
business leaders. The course will encourage advanced study by students in
areas of particular interest to them.
Secretarial Studies
These courses are pIanned to prepare students for stenographic =nd secretarial
positions in business o&ces, to assist in the preparation &or the teaching of
buiness edmcation in high schools, for parish secretarial work, and to provide an
opportunity for the development of business skills for personal use.
Graduation major, 31 credits above I , including z, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54,
Eusiness Administration I , z, 3, 53. Business education major, 37. credits above I
including courses listed f o r grad,uation major plus Business Administration I 5, 16.
Minor, 25 credits a~bove I , including 2, 3-4, 8, 51, 52, 53-54, and Business
Administration I , 2, o r I 5 , 16.
I.
ELEMENTARYTYPEWRITING.
Offered both semesters.
I Cr.
A course f o r the development of the fun.damental skills of typewriting. Three
hours per week.
2.
INTERMEDIATE
TYPEWRITING.
11
2 Cr.
Problems in typing tabulations, manuscript typing, use of carbons, addressing
envelopes, and in letter arrangements. Four hours per week.
SHORTHAND.I, 11.
6 Cr.
3- 4 . t ELEMENTARY
Fundamentals of Simplified Gregg Shorthand. Dictation and transcription. Four
hours per week.
i-.Gntinuation course. T o receive credit for this course, a student must complete
both semesters.
8. OFFICE MACHINES.Prereq. 2. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
The operation of the calculator, adding machine, mimeograph, mimeoscope,
spirit duplicator, and the transcription machine. Two hours per week.
Upper Division Courses
TYPEWRI~NG.
Prereq. 2 or equivalent. I.
2 Cr.
5 I. ADVANCED
Further development of typewriting technique in business letter qrrangernent,
billing, tabulating, and the typing of legal documents. Open to students having
attained a speed of 50 words per minute. Four hours ,per week.
52. SECRETARIAL
PRACTICE.Brereq. 2, 3-4,11.
3 Cr.
Dictation, business letterwriting, filing, telephoning, use of business and legal
forms, personality development, writing application letters, and making application for a job. Mimeographing also taught for those who include this as a
part of the parish worker's course. Four hours per week.
ADVANCED
SHORTHAND.
Prereq. 4 or equivalent. I, 11.
4 Cr.
5 3-54.f
Advanced study of Gregg shorthand. Rapid dictation. Open to students who
can take dictation at a minimum of 80 words per minute. Four hours per week.
81. TEACHING
OF BUSINESS.
Sr. I.
See course 8 I under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Home Economics
The objectives of .the department are threefold: first, to provide courses that
will help students to solve personal, home, and family living problems; second,
to offer training for homemaking; and third, to offer training for the teaching
of home economics. Graduates are qualified to teach in federally aided home
economics departments. Courses are open to all students and recom.mended for
general education.
Non-teaching major, 33 credits; courses are I, 2, 3, 8, 39, 40, 42, 44, 57,
66, 67-71, 73. Also required are Chemistry 4 or 5-6, Physics 3, Economics I 5,
k i o l o g y I, Biology 4 or 13-14,and 54, Psychology 5, 6, and 3 additional
credits in Social Science.
Non-teachin,g minor,
22
credits including courses
I,
2, 3, 7, 39,40, 42, and 44.
Teaching major, 3 8 credits; courses listed for n o n - t e a c h g major plus 3 3 and
75.
I. CLOTHINGSELECTION,
CARE, AND REPAIR.I.
3 Cr.
-4 study of the factors involved in the choice, care, and repair of clothing.
Beauty in design, becomingness, appropriateness, and some of the textile f2brics
suitable for different uses are topics considered.
'Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a sudent must complete
both semesters.
n.
2.
CLOTHINGCONSTRUC~ON.
z Cr.
This course provides laboratory experience in making simple garments in cotton
and rayon. It includes experiences in planning, cutting, fitting, and suitable
techniques in making garments, the use of the sewing machine, alteration of
garments. Home Economics I prerequisite for Home Economics education majors.
Two double lrboratory periods, one lecture discussion period per week.
3 Cr.
3. ART IN DAILY LNING. I.
A study of art as it is met in the activities of everyday living. Open to all
students.
E. ELEMENTS
OF NUTRITION.11.
3 Cr.
Normal human nutrition applied to food selection for the promotion and
maintenance of health will be considered; student and recommended dietaries
will be analyzed.
3 3. COLOR
AND DESIGN.I.
3 Cr.
A study of the principle of design and color related to selecting, arranging,
and designing of household furnishings. Lettering and simple poster designing.
Some craft experience. Home Economics 3 prerequisite for Home Economics
majors. Three double laboratory periods per week.
11.
z Cr.
36. CRAFTS.
Laboratory experience in various crafts which can 'be done at home or at camps
with simple equipment. Principles of design and color in their application to
crafts will be studied. Two double lrboratory periods per week. (OfTered
1959-60.)
PRINCIPLESOF FOODPREPARATION
AND MANAGEMENT.
Prereq. 8 or
permission of instructor. I, 11.
3, 3 Cr.
Laboratory experience in menu planning, meal service, food purchasing, and
f m d preparation. Three double laboratory period9 a week.
39, 40.
42. MARRIAGE
AND FAMILY
RELATIONSHIPS.
11.
3 Cr.
A course applying principles of cultural living to everyday problems of home
life. Discussions of personal family relationships, preparation for marriage, the
Christian home and its influence in the community, and related subjects. Regular
lectures, talks by guest speakers, illustrated lectures, and tours.
11.
2 Cr.
44. CHILDDEVELOPMENT.
A study of the care and training of the young child as to his physical, mental,
and social development. One lecture period plus one double laboratory period
per week.
Upper Division Courses
57. TEXTILES.
I.
r Cr.
Study of textile fibers, fabrics, and finishes with special emphasis on selection,
use, and care of common household an,d clothing textiles. Two double laboratory
hours a week. (Offered 1959-60.)
64. HISTORY
AND APPRECIATION
OF ART. 11.
3 Cr.
A study of the historical development of archi,tecture, decoration, costume,
furniture, painting, and sculpture. Two regular hours scheduled and field trips
arranged. ( m e r e d 1958-59.)
66. HOMEPLANNINGAND FURNISHING.
11.
3 Cr.
This course includes a consideration of housing, an analysis of floor plans, a
study of the design of exteriors and interiors, and problems in selecting,
arranging, and conserving home furnishings. Home Economics 3 and 3 3 prerequisite for Home Economics Education majors. Three double laboratory periods per
week.
67. FAMILYHEALTH.
I.
r Cr.
Basic facts and practical application of home care of the sick. Problems relating
to environmental disease, prevention of illness and safety measures, as well as to
individual health problem within ,the family group.
HOMEMANAGEMENT
PROBLEMS.
I.
2 Cr.
Con~i~deration
of problems relating to planning, directing, guiding, and COordinating ohe resources of the home for happy, satisfying family living.
71.
73. HOME
MANAGEMENT
LABORATORY.
I.
2 Cr.
Actual experience in ,the regular activities of homemaking such as meal preparation and service, entertaining, care of the house and equipment. Also experience
in various aspects of management met in home living such as management of
money, time, energy, and equipment.. Six weeks residence in a home management house with one conference hour per week. Food costs .to be detemined
by the group.
74. CONSUMEREDUCATION
AND INCOMEMANAGEMENT.
11.
2 Cr.
The wise choice of consumer goods and s e ~ i c e savailable on the market and
the necessity of a careful plan for spending are topics which will be considered
for the purpose of helping the student receive greater satisfaction from the use
of money income.
75. ADVANCED
CLOTHING
CONSTRUCTION.
Prereq. z. I.
2 Cr.
This course provides labrstbry experience in making garments in wool. More
advanced problems in fitting and construction are used than those in Course 2.
Some experience in planning and constructing garments for children is also
given. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. (Offered 1958-59.)
Sr. I.
91. TEACHINGO F HOME ECONOMICS.
See course 91 under Education.
z Cr.
EVALUATION
AND ADULTEDUCATION
IN HOMEECONOMICS.
Sr. 11.
See course gz under Education.
2
92.
Cr.
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
DIVISION OF NATURAL SCIENCES
AND MATHEMATICS
It is the purpose of the division of Natural Science to provide training in
scientific methods and techniques; .to interpret Natural Science in t h e light of
the Word of God; to acquaint the student with the significance of Natural
Science in a modem, changing world; to emphasize a sound mind and a strong
body; to train for vocations in various fields of Natural Science; and to equip
the student with a scientific background which will enrich his life and the lives
of his fellow men.
Department of Biology
MR. NASH, MR. URDAHL,MR. MICKELBERG
The aim of this Department is to give the student a broader scientific background through the study of Biology, to further the use of leisure ,time, and to
prepare for vocations or graduate study.
Major, 24 credits, at least 8 credits in Upper Division courses; minor, 16
credits. Courses 1-2, 3 ~ 7~
, do not count toward the major or minor.
I-2.t THENATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
8 Cr.
The development of scientific foundations in the physical and biological sciences.
Five periods per week consisting of lectures, lecture demonstrations, laboratory
work, and discussions.
A N D PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. I.
4 Cr.
3N. HUMANANATOMY
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with special emphasis
on structure. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week. Students
who have credit for Biol. 4 will not receive credit for Biol. 3N.
4.
HUMAN
ANATOMY
AND PHYSIOLOGY.
Fr. 11.
4 Cr.
A professional course in human anatomy and physiology with emphasis on
h t h structure and function.. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week. Students who have credit for Biol. 3N will not receive credit for
Biol. 4.
I.
3 Cr.
7 ~ .GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
'
1 course in general bacteriology for nurses. Two lectures and two double
laboratory periods per week.
8 Cr.
13-14.? GENERAL
ZOOLOGY.
Fr. I, II.
A survey of the animal kingdom with emphasis on the habitat, morphology,
physiology, ada~tarion,and reproduction of type animals. Biological ~rinciples
are emphasized. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
?Continuation course. To receive credit for this course, a student must complete
tmth semesters.
4. 4 Cr.
25, 26. GENERAL
BOTANY.SO., Jr. I, TI.
A study of the morphology and physiology of higher plants, followed by a
survey of the plant kingdom. Emphasis is also placed on botanical principles.
Fiowering plants are identified in the spring. Three lectures and two single
laboratory periods per week.
3 2. COMPARATIVE
ANATOMY
OF VERTEBRATES.
Prereq.
1 3 - 14.
11.
4 Cr.
A comparative study dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and evolution
of the larger vertebrate ,phyla. Two lectures and two double laboratory periods
per week.
Upper Division Courses
4 Cr.
51. GENETICS.Prereq. 13-14,or 25, 26. So., Jr. I.
A study of the laws involved in heredity and variation. Special emphasis is
placed on the practical application of the genetical laws. Four le~turesper week.
(Ogered 1959-60.)
4 Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14 or 2 5 , 26. So., Jr. 11.
5 2. ECOLOGY.
A survey of local ecological communities, and a study of the general principles
of biological association and succession. Two lectures and one double laboratory
period or field trip per week. (Offered 1959-60.)
;Cr.
Prereq. I 3-14. Sr. I.
5 3. GENERALENTOMOLOGY.
A study of the habitat, morphology, physiology, reproduction, and classification
of insects. Two lectures and one double laboratory period per week. (Offend
1958-59.)
54. GENERALBACTERIOLOGY.
Prereq. Chem. 5-6. 11.
4 Cr..
A review of the general field of bacteriology, including the cause, control, and
prevention of important diseases. Training in modern laboratory techniques. TWO
lectures and two double laboratory periods per week.
3 Cr.
OF FLOWERING
PLANTS.Prereq. 25, 26. Sr. 11.
56. TAXONOMY
Taxonomy of flowering plants. Special emphasis is placed on systematic principles,
systems of classification, rules of nomenclature, etc. Two lectures and' one
double laboratory period per week. (Offered 1958-19.)
60. BIOLOGICAL
TECHNIQUES.
Sr. TI.
I or 2 Cr.
Practical work in mounting of microscopic slides, photography, and doing
projects useful to teachers. (Offered 195 8-59.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.Sr. I.
79. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Chemistry
I t is the purpose of this department ,to give students an understanding and
an appreciation of the nature of matter and the ways (by d i u h this has {been
elucidated. The curriculum in chemistry provides an opportunity .to examine
the chemical aspect of ehe structure, the power and the beauty of one of the
great intellectual accomp1ishmen.t~of man-modern
science, and it provides
dramatic exa,ples of effective ways to handle certain types of ,problems.
Courses in this department are designed to prepare students for teaching
,chemistry in secondary schools, {to provide background for graduate study in
chemistry and f,uroher study in medicine, dentistry, engineerin,g, nursing,
pharmacy, ,medical technology, and other related fields.
Major, 25 credits; minor, 16 credits. Courses 1-2,3N and 4 do not count
tow,ard the major or! minor.
Pre-medical students are required to com,plete the following courses and
should take them in the order shown: Fr. 1-6;Soph. 53-54;Jr. 61, 66. Medical technologists should complete, in the order shown: Fr., 5-6; Soph., 53-14;
Jr., 61.Prospective teachers of chemistry in secondary schools should complete
5-6 and 53-54;61 and 66 are highly recommended, and may ,be substituted for
53-54.Prospective chemists and graduate students should complete 5-6, 53-54,
61,62, 71, 91-92.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
8 Cr.
j ~ CHEMISTRY
.
FOR NURSES.
Fr. I.
3 Cr.
A lecture and laboratory course coverin'g subjects related to nursing in the
fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and pa~hola~ical
ohemistry. Designed
to meet 'the needs of the ,&hools of N'ursing of Lutheran Deaconess Hospital
and Swedish Hospital. Two lectures and two hours of laboratory ,per week.
4. INTRODUCTION
TO CHEMISTRY.
Fr. 11. Prereq. High School algebra (or
4 Cr.
permission of instructor).
A lecture and laboratory course designed for the non-major and to meet the
needs of students in home economics. A study of laws and theories of chernistq
with descriptive material selected from the fields of inorganic, organic, physiological and physical chemistry. Students who complete 1-6 may not receive
credit for Chem. 3N or 4. Students who had chemistry in high school may not
receive credit for Chem. 4 except by permission of instructor. Three lectures and
two hours of laboratory per week.
5-6. GENERALCHEMISTRY
AND QUALITATNE
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math. I or
equiv., or concurrent registration in Math. I. Fr., So., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A study of laws and theories of chemistry and of non-metals and metals and
their compounds. Systematic semimicro qualitative analysis of cations. Three
lectures and four hours of laboratory per week.
Upper Division Courses
53-54.
ORGANICCHE~IISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6. So., Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A discussion of the important classes of aliphatic and aromatic compounds.
Correlations based on elementary molecular orbital theory and modern concepts
of reaction meohanisms. Laboratory work in study of technique and in the
preparation and study of typical organic compounds. Three lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods per week.
61.
Q U A N ~ T A T I VANALYTICAL
E
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. 5-6,and ability t o use
logarithms. (Students receiving less than C in 5-6 may register with
y Cr.
,permission of instructor only.) So., Jr., Sr. I.
Classical methods of gravimetric and volumetric ana1,ysis. Study of ionic equilibrium. Three lectures, one hour of recitation and six hours of laboratory per week.
62.
INSTRUMENTAL
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 61. (Students receiving less than C in
61 may register with permission of instrucmtor only.) So., Jr., Sr. 11. 4 Cr.
Modern menhods of anaNlysis. Electrochemical and optical met.hods; emphasis on
use of instruments. Recent developments in analytical methods. Two lectures
and six hours of laboratory per week.
66.
TO PHYSICAL
CHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. 14, Chem. 61 and
INTRODUCTION
Physics 6. Jr., Sr. 11.
4 Cr.
A course designed t o meet the needs of pre-medical students. A kinetic approach to gas laws, liquids, solutions, chemical equilibrium, rates of reactions,
colloids, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory
period per week. Students completing 91-92 may not receive credit for 66.
71.
ORGANIC
QUALITATIVE
ANALYSIS.
Prereq. 5 3-54. Jr., S r I.
4 Cr.
Methods of q~alita~tive
analysis of organic compounds and mixtures. A study
of theories and mechanisms of substitution and elimination reactions. Two class
discussions and six hours of laboratory per week.
91-92.
PHYSICALCHEMISTRY.
Prereq. Math. $2, Chem. 61 and Physics 6;
Ghern. 53-54 is himghly recommended. Jr., Sr., I, 11.
8 Cr.
A course &or ,prospective graduate students and chemists. An advanced course
in ph'ysical chemistry emphasizin.g ,the thermodynamic approach to the properties of matter. Gas laws, liquids, solids, solutions, !phase rule, thermodyna,mics,
kinetics, and electrochemistry. Three lectures and two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. (Offered on demand, 1959-60.)
Department of Physics
Recent developments in the field of Physics make it imperative that more
than adequate training be provided for those who intend .to continue their
studies in graduate school 04 who intend to pursue a career in the teaching of
,physisics.It is the aim of this department to assure the needed training for both
of these groups and to provide the non-science major with sufficient background
to make i't !possible for him to fallow with some degree of comprehension the
developments in .the field of science as they come to hi,m from # h emedium of
semi-scientific publications.
Major,
28
credits, including courses 5 I , 52, 63, 64, 73, 74.
Minor, 16 credits.
1-2. THE NATURALWORLDAND MAN. Fr. I, 11.
For course description see Department of Biology.
3.
PRINCIPLESOF PHYSICS.Prereq. elementary algebra. Fr. I.
8 Cr.
4 Cr.
A lecture demonstramtion-laboratory course in the principles of physics including mechanics, fluids, heat, electrici.ty, magnetism, 1igh.t and sound. This
course is intended for students of home economia but may be taken by others
who wish. some basic information in ,the field of Physics. Three lectures, cwohour 'laboratory. Students with high school physics may nat receive credit for
Physics 3 except by ,permission of instructor.
5. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. Mach I 3 or concurrent registration in Macth I 3.
Fr., So. I.
4 Cr.
A general elementary course in mechanics, sound, and hea,t. Three lectures,
one quiz, and one two-hour laboratory period per week.
6. GENERALPHYSICS.Prereq. 5. Fr., So. 11.
4 Cr.
This course is a continuation of Phys. and covers electricity, magnetism, and
light. Three lectures, one quiz, and one ,two-hour laboratory period per week.
Uspper Division Courses
N ATOMICAND NUCLEARPHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math.
5 I. I N ~ O D U C T I OTO
5 I or concurrent registration in Math. 5 I. So., Jr. I.
4 Cr.
The hydrogen atom, optical and X-ray spectra determination of "e" and "eY'/m,
radioactivity, disintegration of nuclei, nuclear fission. Four hours lecture per
week.
~
MAGNETISM.Prereq. 6, and Math. 5 1 or concurrent
52. E L E C T R I C IAND
4 Cr.
registration in Math. 5 I.So., Jr. 11.
Electric and magnetic fields, potential, D.C. circuits, A.C. circuits, electrical
instruments, electmnics. Four hours lecture per week.
61.
OPTICS.Prereq. 6 and Math. 51 or concurrent registration in Math. 51.
Jr. I.
4 Cr.
Geometrical and physical optics dealing with topics such as reflection and refraction by both plane and spherical surfaces, less aberrations, interference,
diffraction, polarized light. (Offered 1958-59.)
62.
MECHANICS. Prereq. 6 .and Ma&. 5 I . Jr. 11.
4 cr.
Introduction to vector algebra and vector analysis, forces, motion of a particle,
motion o'f a rigid 'body, work, kinetic energy, vibra~tions in one dimension,
motion in a conservative field. (Offered 1958-59.)
63-64.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and ,magnetism, atarnic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (Offered
1958-59.)
71.
HEATAND THERMODYNAMICS.
Prereq. 6, and Math. 51 or concurrent
registration- in Math. 5 I . Jr., Sr. I, 11.
4 Cr.
A study of temperature, heat, expansion, change of state, ideal gases, first and
secon,d laws of thermodynamics, heat engines. (Offered 1959-60.)
72.
MATHEMATICAL
PHYSICS.Prereq. 6, and Math. 51. Sr. II.
4 Cr.
Discussion of the equations of mathematical physics wirh applications to various
fie1:ds such as mechanics, thermodynamics, heat flow, electricity and magnetism,
optics. (Offered 1959-60.)
73-74.
ADVANCED
PHYSICSLABORATORY.
Prereq. concurrent registration in an
upper division physics course. Jr., Sr. I, 11.
z Cr.
Experiments will be performed in electricity and magnetism, atomic and nuclear
physics, optics, heat and mechanics. One three-hour period per week. (OSered
1959-60.)
OF NATURAL
SCIENCES.
Sr. I.
74. TEACHING
See course 79 under Education.
t
Cr.
Combined Science Major for Teaching
Requirement: 40 credits in Natural Science, including Chemistry 5-6 and
either 53-54 or 61, 66; Biology 13-14 and 25, 26; Physics 5 and 6.
Department of Mathematics
The Department of Mathematics aims to give students a working knowledge
of mathematics sugcient for solvi,ng the simpler problems of life, also to afford
studens in special fields the mathematical foundation needed for a fuller understanding of their subjects. It aims to open to those who major in the subject a
wider horizon with experience chat will make them e6cient workers in their
chosen fields and also give them confidence to pursue further study.
Major, 26 credits; minor,
20
credits.
Courses I, 2, 5 and 6 'do not count toward the major or minor in mathematics, but I and 2 must be completed as prerequisites to other ,courses.
I.
SECOND
COURSEALGEBRA.
Prereq. elem. algebra. Fr. I.
3 Cr.
Fundamentals of algebra continued and proper foundation laid for more advanced work in mathematics. Four hours per week. Students who had higher
algebra in high school may not receive credit for this course.
i . SOLID GEOMETRY.
Prereq. plane geometry. Fr. TI.
3 Cr.
Geometry applied to solids and planes. Area and volume ~hrmulas developed.
Spherical triangles and polygons introduced. Four hours per week.
5 . ENGINEERING
DRAWING.Prereq. 2. I.
3 Cr.
Elements of drafting with an i n t d u c t i o n to the use of graphs and formulas.
Eight hours o week.
3 Cr.
6. ENGINEERING
DRAWING
AND DESCRIP~VE
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 5. TI.
Methods of representation. Graphical and algebraic solutions. Eight hours a
week.
13,
INTRODUCTION
TO MATHEMATICAL
ANALYSIS.Prereq. Math.
I or
equivalent. Fr., So. I, 11.
5. 5 Cr.
This is an integrated course including college algebra, trigonometry and plane
analytical geometry.
14.
Upper Divisi0.n Courses
ELEMENTARY
CALCULUS
AND DIFFERENTIAL
EQUATIONS.
Prereq. I 3,
14. so., ~ r I,
. 11.
5, 5 Cr.
Fundamental concepts are introduced. Formulas for differentiation and integration, and solutions for various types of ordinary differential equations are
developed and applications made.
5 I,
J 2.
53. SOLD ANALYTICAL
GEOMETRY.
Prereq. 14. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Lines and planes in space are studied and their equations developed. Quadratic
surface and transformation are given their proper emphasis.
3 Cr.
OF EQUATIONS.
Prereq. Math. 51.Sr. ll.
54. THEORY
This course includes the study of complex numbers, determinants and other
topics that aid in the solution of equations of higher degree.
OF MATHEMATICS.
Sr. I.
83. TEACHWG
See course 83 under Education.
z Cr.
Department of Health and Physical Education
The aim of the Department of Heal,th and Physical Education is to promote
health and physical fitness through a well-rounded physical education program,
to develop character and good sportsmanship, to further the worthy use of
leisure time, and to provide an effective training program for prospective
teachers of health and physical education.
All students are required to take a physical examination by the college
physician as a part of the registration procedure before participating in any
phase of che physical education program.
One year of physical activities, courses 3 and 4, is required of all students.
Major for men, 32 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, I I, 12, 23,
all upper division courses. Biology 4 also required.
Major for women, 29 credits, including courses 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17,
I?,23, 17, $8,66, 73, 74, 84, 86. Biology 4 also required.
Minor,, 2 1 credits, includinmg courses 2, 3, 4, 1, 6, 8, 1 I, 12, y 1, 73, 74 for
men; 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 17, 18, 73, 74 for women.
2. PERSONAL
AND COMMUNITY
HEALTH.Fr. Offered both semesters.
2 Cr.
-2 study of modern concepts and practices of health and heakhful living applied
to the individual and the community.
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Fr., So. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
II.
ACTIVITIES.(Women). Fr. I,
3, 4. PHYSICAL
n.
%, % Cr.
INTRODUCTION
TO HEALTHEDUCATION,
PHYSICALEDUCATION,AND
RECREATION.
Fr. I.
2 Cr.
P, brief preview of the three present day interrelated fields of heal,th education,
physical education, and recreation.
1.
6. RECREATIONAL
A c m m s . Fr. II.
I Cr.
Theory and practi,ce in teaching recreational activities, social recreation, quiet
games, low organized games, noon hour activities, camp nights, relays, and
modified games. Two hours per week.
K. F ~ AID.
T Fr., SO. 11.
American Red Cross F i a t Aid Course.
I
Cr.
I I.
TEAMSPORTSAND LEAD-UPGAMES.(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
A study of technique, rules, and teaching of lead-up games for soccer, speedball,
and volleyball. Team Games: Touch football, softball, speedball, soccer, and
:rolleyball. Three hours per week.
I 2. INDIVIDUALAND DUAL
SPORTS.(Men). So. 11.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teaching badminton, shbffleboard, handball, Aerial darts,
table tennis, horsehoes, tennis, archery, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week.
2, 2 Cr.
13, 14. TEAMSPORTSFOR WOMEN.So. I, TI.
Theory and practice in the coaching and o6ciating of field hockey, soccer,
basketball, volleyball, and softball. Three hours per week. (OfTered 1959-60.)
17. SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Women). SO. I.
I Cr.
Theory and technique of t e a ~ h i n stunts
,~
and tumbling. Two .hours per week.
(Offered 1958-59.)
AND DUAL SPORTS.(Women). So. 11.
2 Cr.
18. INDIVIDUAL
Theory and practice in teaching skatin~g,skiing, badminton, table tennis, shuffleboard, acchery, tennis, golf, and bowling. Three hours per week. (Otfered
1958-59.)
23. RHYTHMS.So. I.
Folk games and gymnastic rhythms.
I
Cr.
(Men). So. I.
2 Cr.
29. OFFICIATING.
Instruction and application of technique and rules of ofliciating in football,
hockey, basketball, baseball, and track.
Upper Division Courses
5 I . SELF-TESTING
ACTIVITIES.
(Men). Jr, I.
2 Cr.
Theory and practice in teachin,g individual and dual stunts, apparatus, tumbling,
boxing, and wrestling. Three hours ,per week.
57. KINESIOLOGY.
Prereq. Biology 4. So. I.
2 O.
This is a study of ,body movements and the mechanics in the effectinlg of
eflicient movements.
PHYSICAL
EXAMINATIONS
A N D ADAPTEDPHYSICALEDUCATION.
Prereq.
2 Cr.
Biol. 4, and P.E. 57. Jr. 11.
Procedures and interpretation of physical examinations. Analysis of functional
and onganic abnormalities and suggested adapted activities for atypical cases.
58.
COURSEm FIRSTAID. Prereq. 8. Jr. 11.
66. INSTRUCTOR'S
I Cr.
Methods and materials in .teaching ahe American Red Cross First Aid Cowst.
73.
PRINC~PLES
A N D CURRICULUM
OF HEALTH EDUCATION
A N D PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. 5. Sr. I.
3 Cr.
Aims, scope and objectives d health and physical education. Analysis and
evaluation of the elementary and secondary school healrh education and physical
education curriculum.
74.
ORGAN~ATION
A N D ADMINISTRATIONOF HEALTH EDUCATION A N D
PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Prereq. y. Sr. TI.
3 Cr.
Problems of organization, administration, and supervision of health education
and physical education.
81.
COACHING
OF SPORTS:
FOOTBALL
AND BASKETBALL.
Sr. I.
z Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or approval of instructor.
82.
&ACHING
OF
SPORTS:BASEBALL
AND TRACK.
Sr. 11.
2
Cr.
Theory and techniques of coaching. Seniors only, or a,pproval of instructor.
M PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. 11.
I Cr.
84. TESTSAND MEASUREMENTS
A survey and, evaluation of tests in physical education. (Offered 1958-59 and
1959-60. Alternate years after 1959-60.)
86.
COMMUNITY
RECREATION.
Jr., Sr. 11.
z Cr.
Problems of community recreation including programs and program planning,
a survey of activities, and the organization and ad,ministration of recreational
work. (Offered 1958-59.)
OF HEALTH
EDUCATION
AND PHYSICAL
EDUCATION.
Sr. I.
87. TEACHING
See couqe 87 under Education.
2
Cr.
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
INTRODUCTORY
Augsburg Theological Seminary is the training school for the pastors
and missionaries of the Lutheran Free Church. It offers a regular threeyear course of preparation for the Christian ministry, including both
theoretical and practical training. In harmony with the Principles of
the Lutheran Free Church it aims to stress particularly the training of
pastors and spiritual leaders dedicated to the ideal of building Lutheran
ccngregations where the Gifts of Grace are freely cultivated and
nurtured under the authority of the Word and the guidance of the
Holy Spirit.
APPLICATION FOR ADMISSION
Application for admission to the Seminary should be addressed to
the Secretary of the Theological Faculty, and should include the
following:
1. A formal letter of application for admission as a student in the
Seminary, including a personal statement by the candidate concerning
his background, including baptism, confirmation, spiritual experience,
doctrinal convictions, and church membership.
2.
A transcript of the candidate's record in college.
3. Two letters of recommendation from pastors. Normally one of
these should be from the candidate's local church.
4.
A certificate of good health.
These documents should be in the hands of the Secretary of the
Seminary Faculty before July first.
The Committee on Admissions consists of the Faculty and the Seminary Committee of the Board of Trustees.
The first year of study is always considered a probationary year.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
The normal requirement for admission to the Seminary is the Bachelor's degree from a liberal arts college. The college course must have
included the following prerequisite subjects:
2 years
Greek
Philosophy
1 year
German, or
Latin, or
2 years
Norwegian
In the case of mature students of outstanding ability and experience,
an occasional exception from these requirements may be made by
special action of the Committee on Admissions.
SUGGESTED PRE-THEOLOGICAL COURSES
In order that students may derive the greatest possible advantage
from their theological studies, it is recommended that their college
course of study, besides fulfilling requirements as to a major and a
~iiinorand, in addition to the subjects indicated above, include as many
as possible of the following:
2 years
English
1 year
Speech
1 year
Psychology
2 years
History
1 semester
Youth Work
1 year
Natural Science
Sociology, or Economics, or
Political Science, or
1 year
Education
1 year
Typewriting
All candidates for admission to the Seminary must have achieved a
good academic record in their preparatory studies in college.
TRANSFER OF CREDITS AND ADVANCED STANDING
Students are admitted to the Seminary with the understanding that
their studies are to be pursued under the direction of the Theological
Faculty. Any arrangement to take a part of the theological course at
another seminary must have the prior approval of the Theological
Faculty at Augsburg.
Advanced standing is granted in certain instances, when a student
applying for admission presents a transcript of credits indicating work
done in other theological seminaries of recognized standing.
EXPENSES
Seminary students pay no tuition. They do, however, pay a Seminary
fee of thirty dollars ($30.00) per semester. This includes the general
library, health, student activities and mail box fees. Unmarried students
living in the dormitory receive a special grant to cover the cost of
room rent. The cost of board is the same as for the College students.
See under Financial Information. A graduation fee of $7.50 is payable
a month before graduation.
CLASS ATTENDANCE
A student is expected to attend all classes regularly. Unavoidable
absences may be excused by the Dean. Attendance at any conference
involving absence from classes must have the approval of the Dean
well in advance of the conference.
EMPLOYMENT
The work in the Seminary should be regarded as a full time vocation.
However, when a student's circumstances require it, a limited amount
of remunerative work will be permitted. This must be arranged in
consultation with the Dean. Occasional preaching engagements may be
accepted, but a student is not allowed to supply a vacant parish more
frequently than every other Sunday.
CONDITIONS AND INCOMPLETES
A condition or an incomplete received at the end of the semester
must be removed before the end of the following semester or within a
year if the student has not re-enrolled. If incompletes and conditions are
not removed within the time allowed, the condition automatically
becomes a failure and the incomplete will be recorded as a passing
grade only if the average of previous work is sufficiently high.
SEMINARY INTERNSHIP
In addition to the three years of theological study in the Seminary
each student is required to spend six months in practical service, as
appointed and supervised by the Committee on Service. This work is
done during the summer vacations between the beginning and conclusion of the Seminary course.
A limited amount of assigned collateral reading is required during
the in-service period.
The Seminary students are also encouraged to engage in a limited
amount of practical church work during the school year either in the
Twin Cities or in nearby communities.
STUDENT ACTIVITIES
All seminary students are members of the Concordia Society. A
principal purpose of this organization is "to promote and strengthen a
deeper spiritual fellowship among its members." The weekly meetings
are devoted to prayer and to the consideration of student affairs. The
Seminary joins with the College in a daily chapel service.
During his seminary years, each student is associated with a specific
congregation and is encouraged to serve there. As a united project,
the Concordia Society has recently assumed responsibility for conducting Saturday noon services at the Gateway Mission.
The Concordia Society promotes student participation in the InterSeminary Movement and in the Association of Lutheran Seminaries in
America. On a more local level, the student body participates in a
fellowship of five Protestant seminaries in the Twin Cities.
The wives of the seminary students have organized as the Seminettes.
They meet once a month for fellowship and for instruction in subjects
relevant to their vocation.
The Concordia Society publishes a semiannual magazine called
Concord.
GRADUATION AND DEGREES
The Seminary course consists of a three-year cycle of lectures and
study plus six months of practical service in the congregations. Students
who complete all the requirements of the regular course are graduated
with the degree of Bachelor of Theology. These requirements may be
summarized as follows:
1. A minimum of 98 semester credits, including a seminar course
in each of the following four major fields: Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology.
2. Courses in the Biblical languages, Hebrew and Greek, as regularly
offered.
3. The attainment of an honor-point rati.0 of at least 1.5 (C+
average) throughout the three years of Seminary work.
4. Six months of practical Christian service under the direction of
the Faculty C~mrni~ttee
on Service.
5. The preparation of a scholarly thesis, approximately 8,000 words
in length, on an approved theological subject. The subject must be
submitted for faculty approval before April 15 of the Middler year
and the thesis must be completed by January 10 of the Senior year.
6. A comprehensive examination, written and oral, in Old Testament, New Testament, Church History, and Systematic Theology taken
during the third week of March. Written and oral examination sermons.
The degree of Graduate in Theology is conferred upon the students
who have fulfilled the requirements listed above with an honor point
ratio of not less than 1.0 !C average) in their academic work but who
have not met all the normal prerequisites for admission to the Seminary,
or who have not attained an honor point ratio of 1.5 in their Seminary
studies. Candidates for the Graduate in Theology degree are not required to write a thesis.
COURSES OF STUDY*
Theological Orientation Courses
Junior Year
I.
THE BACKGROUND
AND STRUCTURE OF THE BIBLE. A reading course
giving the student a preliminary orientation in the Book which is the chief
source in theological study. Geography of Bible lands. General outline of Biblical
History an,d contemporaneous secular history. Brief survey of the historical
t Cr.
origin of the Biblical writings.
THEOLOGICAL
PROPAEDEUTIC.
A survey of the main ,divisions of Chfistian
Theology; their subdivisions; their relation to the entire field of Theology and
I Cr.
to the whole realm of human knowledge.
A.
'With the exception of the Theological Orientation Courses, offered amual1.y
for Juniors, the Seminary courses are rotated in a three-year cycle.
r. INTRODUCTION
TO DOGMATICS.
A preliminary study of the Ecumenical
Creeds, the Augsburg Gnfession, Luther's Large Catechism, and the Life of
I Cr.
I.ucher.
Old Testament
FOR BEGINNERS.
A study of the essentials of Hebrew grammar,
9-10. HEBREW
using Creager and Alleman's text, and the reading of selected passages from
6 Cr.
Deuteronomy. (Offered I 9 5 8- 59).
11.
THE PENTATEUCH.The course includes a general introduction to the
books and a careful exegetical study of selected passages. (Offered 195 8-59.)
3 Cr.
THE HISTORICAL
BOOKS.A survey of the history of Israel with emphasis
12.
on religious values and -the rise of ~mphetism. Selected passages from the
3 Cr.
historical books are studied. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
13. THE PROPHET ISAIAH. A careful study of the Biblical data concerning
the political and religious conditions of Israel and Judah, together with a survey
of the contemporary history of Assyria, Syria, and Egypt. Attention is given
to the beauty, sublimity, and spiritual richness of the book. (Offered 1959-60.)
3 cr.
14. THEPROPHETJEREMIAH.A studY of the political, moral, and religious
trends of the time of Jeremiah. Special attention is given to Jeremiah's personal
character, his Messianic hope, and to his portrayal of the struggle for spiritual
freedom. (Offered 1959-60.)
3.
I T . THE BOOK OF JOB. A course which aims to make clear the teaching of
the Wisdom Literature of the Old Testament in regard to fundamental problems
2 Cr.
of life. (Offered 1960-61.)
16. PSALMS.The course includes an historical survey, a general introduction to
the larger groups, and a careful exegetical study of a number of Psalms. Reading
assignments give special attention to the religious developments of the post3 Cr.
Exilic period. (Offered I 960-6 I .)
EXEGESIS.Review of the grammar followed by an exegetical
17, 18. HEBREW
study of Amos and the cursory reading of selected passages from other books
z, z Cr.
in ,the Old Testament. (Offered 1 9 ~ 9 - 6 0 . )
A study of archaeological ,discoveries
19. SEMINARIN BIBLICALARCHAEOLOGY.
and their significance in relation to the Bible. The co'urse consists of a number
of introductory lectures followed by student presentations of assigned topics
I Cr.
and class discussion. (Offered 1960-61.)
4
New Testament
20-21.
NEW TESTAMENT
GREEK. Two years of Greek is a requirement f o r
admission to the Seminary; in exceptional cases a remedial course may be taken
without credit in the Seminary, with no reduction of normal load.
r t . INTRODUCTION
TO THE NEW TESTAMENT.
A survey of the contents of
the New Testament, together with the authorship, date, and purpose of the
various books. The process by which these books became a New Testament
Canon will be considered and also the transmission of the text in Greek manu3 Cr.
scripts and early versions. (Offered 19 59-60.)
i3. THE GOSPEL OF MARK. Readings from the Gospel of Mark in Greek,
with selections from Luke, considered irn the historical frame of Jesus' ministry.
Each student will be expected to master a knowledge of the historical outline
3 Cr.
of Jesus' ministry: (Offered 1959-60.)
24. THE GOSPEL OF MATTHEW.Translation from the Greek texf with commentary of the more important discourse passages of this Gospel. Special emphasis on the study of the Jewish background of the times and of this Gospel's
3 Cr.
appeal to the Jews. (Offered 1958-59.)
25. THE GOSPEL OF JOHN. The purpose and special characteristics of the
Fourth Gospel, its authenticity and peculiar value. The latter part of the
semester is devoted to the study of the account of Christ's passion, based on
2 Cr.
the English text with the ai,d of a Gospel harmony. (Offered 1960-61.)
26.
THEJEWISHSECTIONOF
THE APOSTOLICCHURCH. Rapid survey of Acts
This will be followed by a study of the Epistle to the Hebrews and the
Epistle of James as literature written especially for Jewish Christians. (Offered
3 Cr.
1960-61.)
1-12.
27. LIFE AND EPISTLESOF PAUL. A rapid study of the life of Paul as given in
Acts, the historical occasion of his epistles, and the study of selected portions
in English. (Offered 1958-59.)
3 G.
28. INTERPRETATION
OF ROMANS.Reading of the doctrinal portion in Greek
with use of commentaries; the essence of the Gospel as set forth by Paul. T h e
problem of Israel's rejection of Christ (chs. 9-1 I ) , and the section o n the
Christian life (chs. 12-16) will be studied as time permits. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
OF EPHESIANS.In the study of Ephesians special em29. INTERPRETATION
phasis is laid upon the' place of the universal Christian Church as the Body of
t Cr.
Christ and the spiritual goal of history. (Offered 19jg-60.)
OF THE REVELATIONOF JOHN. The course aims a t a
jo. INTERPRETATION
mastery of the contents of the book and its interpretation in the light of Holy
Scriptures in general. Special study of the forms of apocalyptic literature.
(Offered 1958-59.)
t Cr.
Church History
l o . THE EARLYCHURCH. The History of the Christian Church from the
Apostolic Age to the time of Gregory the Great (590). The organization,
doctrine, government, and worship of the Early Church; the downfall of
heathenism in the Roman Empire, and the rise of the Papacy. The course begins
with a brief survey of the Book of Acu. (Offered 1958-59.)
2 Cr.
41. THE CHURCHOF THE MIDDLEAGES. A general survey of the development of Christianity in Western Europe from 590 to the period of the
Protestant Reformation. The course includes the study of the development and
decay of Papacy, monastic orders, scholasticism, and of movements toward
3 Cr.
reform. (Offered I 9 59-60.)
A study of the causes which led to the Protestant
42. THE REFORMATION.
Reformation; the Reformation itself and its results, including the Roman
3
Catholic Counter-Reformation. ( m e r e d 195 6-5 7,)
This course covers the period
43. THE CHURCHAFTER THE REFORMATION.
from the Reformation and up to the present time, with special emphasis on
2 Cr.
the h,istory of the Lutheran Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
HISTORY.Early colonization; planting of churches;
44. AMERICANCHURCH
church government, religious life and worship; separation of church and state;
revivals; denominationalism. The history of the Lutheran Church in America
3 Cr.
is studied with special care. (Offered 1960-61.)
OF CHRISTIAN
DOCTRINE.A study of. the development
45, 46. THEHISTORY
of Christian doctrine and its crystallization into creeds and confessions, including
the Patristic, Scholastic, and Reformation periods. (Offered 1958-19.) 2 , 2 Cr.
CHURCHIN THE WORLDTODAY.
A study of the consti47. THE#LUTHERAN
tution and work of the Lutheran Churches in the various countries of the
world. Special attention to the work of the Lutheran World Federation. I Cr.
Systematic Theology
An inquiry into the field, sources, and
50. BASICPRINCIPLESOF THEOLOGY.
2 Cr.
methods of systematic theology. (Offered 1960-61.)
A N D ANTHROPOLOGY.
A systematic examination of the teach5 I. THEOLOGY
ings of the Bible concerning God and man. The course includes a study of the
Trinity, creation, and man's fall into sin. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
A careful study of the teachings of the Bible concerning
f z . SOTERIOLOGY.
Christ-His Person, states, and ofice; the Person and work of the Holy Spirit;
3 Cr.
the order of salvation. (Offered I 9 5 8-59.)
AND ESCHATOLOGY.
A study of the nature and function
53. ECCLESIOL~GY
of the Church; t h e Sacraments; the doctrine of the last things. (Offered
1958-59.)
z Cr.
54, 55. CHRISTIANETHICS. A study of the religious and ethical implications
of the Christian experience. Special attention is given TO the application of
Christian ethics t o individual, group, and public life. (Offered 1959-60.)
2, 2 Cr.
j6. SYMBOLICS.A careful study of the Book of Concord. Attention is given
to the genesis and development of each creed, its doctrinal significance, and
its place in the present life of the Church. (Offered 1960-61.)
2 Cr.
SYMBOLICS
~
AND RELIGIOUSCULTS. A comparative study
57. C Q M P A R A
of ,the creeds of the great divisions of the Christian Church, and the teachings
2 Cr.
of various modern religious sects and cults. (Offered 1959-60.)
Practical Theology
All members of the Theological Faculty give instruction in this field.
A. Pastoral Theology
Go. PRINCIPLESOF PASTORAL
THEOLOGY.
This course, which is based o n the
Pastoral Epistles, comprises the historical and theoretical study of the foundations of .the pastoral office and the New Testament ministry. (Offered 1960-61.)
t Cr.
61. SOUL-CAREAND THE SPIRITUALLIFE. A study of Christian experience
and its varied expressions, and of the basic principles of soul-care. Collateral
2 Cr.
reading from the great classics of the spiritual life. (Offered 1958-59.)
62. INTRODUCTION
TO PASTORALCOUNSBLING.A course dealing with the
dynamics ,underlying human behavior. Various pastoral counseling techniques
are studied. The course attempts to help the student recognize deviations of
personality, and to know which ones he can handle, and which ones should
I Cr.
be referred to more competent help. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
TRAINING.The purpose of this course is 'to provide an
63. CLINICALPASTORAL
opportunity for the student to learn Pastoral Care through interpersonal relations in a hospital setting. I t will include ward calling, writing of clinical notes,
I Cr.
special seminar and lecture sessions. Middlers. (Offered annually.)
The propagation of the Gospel in new areas, including a
64. EVANGELISTICS.
short survey of the methods and history of Foreign Missions, and inner missions,
2 Cr.
and various types of evangelism. (Offered in 1958-59.)
B. Homiletics
65. PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICEOF PREACHING.Technical and psychological
r Cr.
elements of preaching. Emphasis upon sermons. Juniors.
66. HOMILETICS.
The application of the principles of preaching to the outlining and presentation of ,brief sermons. Emphasis upon thorough preparation
and constant practice in delivery. Middlers.
z Cr.
67. SERMONS.A course in the prepara~ionand delivery of sermons. Both the
structural and spiritual elements are emphasized. Sermons by great preachers
r G.
are studied. Seniors.
C. Polity, Worship, and Parish Work
70. CHURCHPOLITY.A course dealing with the Biblical theory of the congregation; o6cers, organization, and government in the epostoli~c'times; the
growth of the idea of ,the Church; the idea of a free church. I and 11 Corinr Cr.
thians are studied as the best source. (Offered 1960-61.)
A study of the various aspects of congrega71. CHURCH ADMINISTRATION.
tional organization. Methods of increasing e6ciency in the performance of
the pastor's duties. Effective o6ce procedures. The practice and teaching of
Christian stewardship. (Offered 1960-61.)
I Cr.
PROBLEMS.A series of lectures and discussions dealing with
72. PASTORAL
practical problems in the pastor's work in the parish and the local community.
The approach ,to the unchurched. Congregational evangelism. Making the
occasional services effective. Problems of pastoral ethics. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
The principles and forms of public worship. A study of liturgy
73. LITURGICS.
as a means of expressing and moulding religious life with emphasis on its
relation to varying conceptions of the Church. (Offered 1959-60.)
I Cr.
An historical survey of the best selections of hymns from
74. HYMNOLOGY.
the early Christian Church and the Church in Germany, Scandinavia, England,
and America. Special attention is given to Lutheran hymnody. (Offered
1960-61.)
I Cr.
AUGSBURG
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
D. Christian Education and Sociology
76. METHODSOF PARISH EDUCATION.Studies in the application of basic
principles and .methods of education to the subject matter used in catechetical
instruction, Sunday schwls, Parochiai schools, and Bible classes. Emphasis upon
an educational program which includes the whole parish. (Offered 1959-60.)
2 Cr.
78. THE CHURCHAND HUMANSOCIETY.A study of the relation between
the Christian Church and present-day civilization and culture, and of the
organized movements in contemporary society with which the Church must
deal. Emphasis upon the social duties of Christians and upon the world-wide
r Cr.
task of the Church. The Ecumenical Movement.
AND SOCIALWORK.This course is designed .to give the
79. CHRISTIANITY
candidate for the ministry contact with the field of social work, and to enable
him to appreciate its close relation to the work of the Church. Lectures,
r Cr.
reports, and institutional visits.
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
Officers of the Board
. .President
Vice-President
. . Secretary
. Treasurer
Term Expires in 1958
MR. G. S. MICHAELSEN,Minneapolis, Minnesota
Education, Universic~r of Minnesota
Duluth, Minnesota
The REV. D. W. LYNGDAL,
Pastor, Trinity Lutheran Church
Term Expires in 1959
MR. EVEN OSE, Thief River Fdls, Minnesota
Contractor (retired)
The REV. C . T. OLSON,Spicer, Minnesota
Business Manager, Bethesda Homes
Term Expires in 1960
MR. R. F. PAUTZ, Minneapolis, Minnesota
Real Estate, Pautz-Franklin Realty Company
Term Expires in 1961
The REV. GEORGEJ. KNUDSON,
M,arinette, Wisconsin
Pastor, Our Savior's Lutheran Church
Austin, Minnesota
MR. L. S. HARBO,
Superintendent of Schools, Austin, Minnesota
Tenn Expires in 1962
MR. GILBERTBERG,Seattle, Washington
Business, Berg Fuel Company
The REV. CLIFFORDM. JOHNSON,Minneapol,is, Minnesota
Pastor, Oak Grove Lutheran Churoh.
Advisory Members
The REV. DR. T. 0. BURNTVEDT,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, The Lutheran Free Church
DR. BERNHARD
CHRISTENSEN,
Minneapolis, Minnesota
President, Augsburg Colle,ge and Theological Seminary
AUGSBURG
COLLEGE
AND
THEOLOGICAL
SEMINARY
ADMINISTRATlON
. President
Dean of the College
Dean of the Theological Senzinary
. Bzlsiness Manager
Dean o f Stzldents
Dean o f W o m e n
Registrar; Secretary of the General Faculty
Secretary o f the Theological Faculty
. . . . . . Librarian
Director of Placement and Testing
Assistant Treasurer
Director of Dez'elopment Fund
..
Director of Public Relations
Agent; Szcperz'isor of Buildings and Grounds
Assistant Business Manager
Director o f Food Services
Curator of the Museum
. .
.
.Archivist
Director o f Admissions
Assistant Registrar
ADMINISTRATIVE STAFF
Ofiice Sfaff: Beatrice Nelson, Secretary to the President; Mrs. R u t h Gamm,
Office Manager, Public Relations; Mrs. Mildred Cleveland, Secretany, Public Relations M c e ; Banbara Cole, Secretary, Admissions Ofice; Mrs. Valborg Ellingson,
Audio-Visual Assistant; Borghild Estness, Secretary, Registrar's O&e; Lilly
Gerhard, Cashier, Treasurer's Office; Mrs. Mary Jean Holmquist, Recorder,
Registrar's Oflice; Randi Langfeldt, Bookkeeper, Treasurer's Office; Bertha Lillehei, Secretary, Student Personnel Ofice; Tena Mehus, Clerk, Registrar's Office;
Violet Myers, Secretary, Development Office; June Nelson, Secretary to t,he Dean
of the College; Mildred Nelson, Receptionist and Switchboard Operator; Marilyn
Petersen, Secretary, Placement Bureau; Lillian Peterson, Faculty Secretary,
Mimeographing; Delores Rotramel, Secretary to Business Manager; Mrs. Erna
Staub, Clerical Assistant, Library.
Resident Counselors i n Dormitories: Memorial Hall, Philip Nelson; Gerda Mortensen Hall, Mrs. Irene G. Wolf, Delores Rotramel, Joanne Rotramel.
Supervisor of Housekeeping: Olga Hermunslie. Manager of Grill: Arthur C.
Engen.
---
Dr. C. R. Wall and Dr. S. V. Thorson, Physicians; Ali,ce Swensen, R. N.,
Nurse; Myrna Hundtoft, R. N., Assistant Nurse.
COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY
I
I
-1957-1958-
Administration: Christensen, M. Quaekck, Stensvaag, Fosse, Dahlen, Miss
Mortensen, Miss Joel.
I Curriculum: M . Quanbeck, Christensen, Nash, Olson, Stensvaag, Miss Segolson,
II
I
Miss Joel.
Library: Helland, Nash, Landa, A. Anderson, Chrislock.
I
4
Admissions and Scholarship: Miss Joel, M. Quanbeck, J. Thut, Miss Pederson,
Hammarberg.
I
-.
Student Personnel: Hammarberg, Miss Mortensen, Trautwein, P. Quanbeck.
E. Anderson, Dahlen.
I
Athletics: %berg, E. Anderson, Kleven, Hanwick, Savold.
1
Social: Mrs. L. Peterson, Miss Mortensen, Miss Tangjerd, Otolins, Mickelberg.
I
Institutional Studies: R. Anderson, Kleven, Urdahl, Nelson, Wckelson.
Imvocations: Holum,
C h r i s l d , Thut, Miss Mortensen. (Student members
also included in this committee.)
Student-Faculty: M. Quanbeck, Miss Mortensen, Torstenson, Miss Cole.
meinbers also included in this committee.)
Reliaiozls Life: P. Ouambeck, Ozalins, Mrs. L. Peterson. (Student
I
Teacher Education: Johnson, Thorson, Sateren, Urdah(1.
q a c u l t y Council: M. Quanbeck, A. Anderson, Miss Pederson, Landa, Holum,
Trautwein.
I
THE FACULTY
AUGSBURG THEOLOGICAL SEMINARY
BERNHARD
Xi. CHRISTENSEK,
Th.l,I., Ph.D., President and Professor of Theology
A.B., ?rugsburg Collcgr, 1911: Aupsburg Theo:ogical Seminary, 1922-25;
Th.M., I'rinceton T h ~ l o g i c 3 l Seminary, 1927; Ph.D., Hartford Seminary
Foundarion, r 9 zg. Additional study: Columbia, Chiago, Berlin, G~ttingen.
Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, Fargo, North Dakota, 1925-26. Pastoral
work, 1928-30. At Augsburg since 1930. President since 1938.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of New Testament
A.B., Augsburg College, 1915; C.T., Augsburg T,heological Seminary,
19 I 8 ; S.T.M., Hartford Seminary Foundation, 1919; Ph.D., 1930. Additional study: Grenoble, Chicago. Educational Missionary in Madagascar,
192 1-3 8; Professor of New Testament, Lutheran Theological Seminary,
Ivory, Madagascar, 1938-40. At Augsburg since 1941.
IVER
B. OLSON,AM., Th.D., Professor of Systemtic Theology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1931; Th.B., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1945 ; Th.D., Chicago Lutheran
Theological Seminary, 1957. Teaching: Oak Grove Seminary, 1936-39;
Universitv of Minnesota, 1945-46. Pastor, Sand Creek, Wisconsin, 1939-44.
Adviser to SPAN Group in Scandinavia, 1950. At Augsburg since 1945.
PHIL~PA. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Testament and
Rrligiotr; College Cbuplain
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 ~ o ;Th.B., Augsburg Seminary, 195I ; Th.M.,
Princeton T!xuIopical Seminlry, 1914; 'I'h.D., 1957. Pastoral work, 195 1-5 3.
Teaching Fellow, Princeron Theological Seminary, 1954-57. A.t A u g s b q
since 1957.
PAULG.
~ O K X A C K , A.B., Th.B., Assoriait- Pr~frsroro j Cb~trchHistory
A.B., Augsburg Gllesr, 1942; C.T.,Augsburq Thmbgica1 Seminary, 1945;
Th.B., 1947. Addition31 study: University of Chic~go.Pastor, Moose Lake,
Minn., 1945-47. At Augsburg since r949.
STEXSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Profrssor of OIJ Tcston:mt
A. B., Augshurg Callegt, r g 3 6 ; ThB., Augsburg ~ e o l c - g i c a lSeminary,
1939; 5.TII.I.. Nzrrford Seminary Foundzrion, 1940; Ph,D., 1941. Additional study: Johns HopBins, Oslo. Pastor, Mimespolis. Mim., 1942-46.
At Augsburg since 1942.
J ~ H NM.
DORRISFLFSNER,Ph.D., 1 , ~ c t a r r rin Church Hirf0r.y (Seminary)
,\.B., Car1h3~cCollege, r 9 3 6 : B.D., Hamma Diviniry Schoa!, 1939; S.T.M.,
Wsrtburg Lutheran Seminary, 1950; A.M., Univenitp of Chicago, 1953;
Ph.D.. Hartford S e m i n ~ r y , 1956. Associate Professwr of Church History,
Northwestern Lutheran Theological Seminary, I 9 57.
LAWRENCE
M. GUDMESTAD,
A.B., S.T.M., Lecturer in Pastoral Counseling
A.B., Augsburg College, 1939;C.T., Awgsburg Theologi3cal Seminary, 1942;
S.T.M., Andover Newton 'heological Schools, 1955. Pastoral work, 19421954.Chaplain, Lutheran Deaconess Hospital, 1955-. At Augsburg since
AUGSBURG COLLEGE
MANNALDALDRE,M.S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
Diploma of Chemical Engineer, Estonian State University of Technology,
Tallin, Estonia, 1941; M.S., University of Minnesota, 195 I. Additional
study: Minnesota. Teaching: Assistant in Chemistry, Estonian State University of Technology, 1941-42.At Augsburg since 1949.
ALBERTB. ANDERSON,
A.M., Th.B., Instructor in Philosophy
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; l%.B., Luther Theological Seminary, I 95 6.
A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. Additional study: University of
Capenhagen. Teaching: Concordia College, 1954-5 5 ; Luther College,
1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
ERNESTW. ANDERSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor of Health and Physical
Education, Basketball Coach
A.B., Augsburg College, 1937; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1947.
Teaching: High School, 1937-41.U. S. Army, 1941-46.At Augsburg
since 1946.
RAYMOND
E. ANDERSON,
A.M., Associate Professor of Speech
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1946;A.M., 1950.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: University of Vermont, 1949. U. S. Navy, 1946. At
Augsbwg since 1949.
JOHN BATES,M.S., Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., B.S.Ed., Ohio University, 195I ; M.S., University of M i e s o t a , 1952.
Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Awgsburg since 1957.
HAROLDJ. BELGUM,A.M., M. Soc. Work, Instructor in Sociology
A.B., Luther College, Decorah, Iowa, 1933; A.M., University of Iowa,
1937; M. Soc. Work, University of Minnesota, 195 I. Teaching: Mission
House College, Plymouth, Wis., I 934-38; Elrnhurst College, 1938-42;Lakeside School for Boys, Seattle, Wash., 1942-44.Assistant Executive Secretary,
Director off Social Work Services, Lutheran Welfare Society of Minnesota.
At Augsbung since 1954.
HENRYJ. BERTNESS,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of Education
A.B., Augsburg College, 1947; A.M., University af Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., 1955. U. S. IVavy, 1943-46.Teaching: Tacoma Public Schools,
1948-49.Teaching and pidance work: Hyline Public Schools, University
of Washington, Pacific Lutheran College, Tacoma Public Schools, I 95 6-58.
At A,ugsbung since 1949. (On leave of absence, 195 6-58.)
CARLCHRISLOCK,
Ph.D., Associate Professor of History and Polifical Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1937; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947;
Ph.D., 1955. Teaching: High School, 1939-44; Tracy Junior College,
1947-48;Augwtana College, Sioux Falls, S. D., 1948-51.At Augsburg
since 1952.
MARIOCOLACCI,
Th.D., D.Litt., Associate Professor of Classical Languages
Pontificium Atheneum Roman Major Seminary, Th.D., 1932; Pontifical
Biblimcal Institute de Uibe, Rome, L.R.B., 1934; University of Naples,
D.Litt., 1940. Teaching: Regional Seminary, Benevento, Itamly, 1935-40;
Mario Pagano College and Normal Institute, Campobasso, Italy, 1941-49.
At Augsbucg since 1952.
AILENE COLE, A.M., Assistant Professor o f Speech
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1949.A,dditional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools,
1936-56. At Augsburg since 1956.
K. BERNERDAHLEN,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, 193I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940.Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193I -39; Crosby-Ironton
Junior College, 1940-41.U. S. Army Air Forces, 1942-45.At Augsburg
since 1941.
IVANDOSEFF,B.S., 1nstru.ctor in Art
B.S., University of Chicago, 1907. Additional study: Art Institute of
Chicago. Teaching: Cornell College, 19I 8-I 9; Iowa State Teachers College,
1919-21; Luther College, I 922-23; Minneapolis Art Institute, 1928-30;
University of Minnesota, 1926-53. At Augsburg since I 95 y .
CHARLESG. EAKIN,A.M., Instructor in M71sic
A.B., Manhattan School of Music, 1 9 ~ 0A.
; M. Carnegie Institute of Tech.,
1955. Additional study: University of Minnesota. At Augsburg since 1957.
JACK FISHER, S.M.M., Instructor in Organ
B.M., University of Texas, 1946; S.M.M., Union Theological Seminary,
1948.At Augsburg since 1955.
BURTONP. FOSSE,B.B.A., B.M.E., Business Manager
B.B.A., and B.M.E., University of Minnesota, 1949. U. S. A m y , 1943-46.
Ind,ustrial Engineering work, 1949-53.At Aug~burgsince I 95 3.
DARYLGIBSON,Ph.D., Instructor in Brass Instruments
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1934; A.M., 1941;Ph.D., University of
Iowa, 1947.Member of Minneapolis Symphony Orchestra, 1934-44.Teaching: University of Iowa, 1943;University of Montana, 1947-48;Gustavus
Adolsphus College, 1948-52. At Augsburg since 1954.
ORLOUEGISSELQUIST,
A.M., Instructor in History
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1943;A.M., University of Minnesota, 1956.
Tea~hin,~
Bethel
:
College, I 954-56. At Augsburg since I 956.
HARVEYH. GLOMMEN,A.B., Jnstructor in Debate
A.B., Concordia College. Ad'ditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Oak Grove High School. A t Awgsburg sinmce 1917.
A.M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
CARLR. HAMMARBERG,
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1932; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1948. A,d'ditional study: Minnesota. Teac'hing: Bethany College, Lindsborg,
Kan., 1948-53. A t Augsburg since 1953.
THEODORE
J. HANWCK,Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1933; M.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1950. Teaching:
Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1937-38; New York University, 193842; U. S. Naval Academy, 1942-46. Rutgers University, 1946-1956. At
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
MELVINA. HELLAND,S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
A . ROBERTHEMMINGSON,
A.M., instructor in Economics and Business Ad-
ministration
A.B., Dana College, 1953; A. M. University of Nebraska, 1957. Teaching:
University of Nebraska, 19 56-57. At Augsburg since 19 57.
Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
JOHN R. HOLUM,
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching Assistant, University of Minnesota, 1950-52. University of Maryland, 1956. U. S. Armed Forces, 1955-57. At Augsburg since 1957.
MILDREDV. JOEL, A.M., Registrar, w i t h raltk of Assistant Professor
A.B., Augsburg College, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1947.
A,dditional study: Saskat,chewan, Minnesota, Denver. Teaching: High School,
1941-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
EINAR0. JOHNSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Edu.cation
A.B., Concordia College, 1938; A.M., University of Washington, 1950. Additional study: University of Oslo, Norway and University of Washington.
At Augsburg since 195 6.
RALPH KERSTEN,D.D.S., Instructor in Health
D.D.S., School of Dentistry, University of Minnesota, 1939. Priva,te practice, 1939-42; O s c e r , U. S. Navy, 1942-46. A.t Augsburg since 195 5.
~ I I M B.
I KINGSLEY,A.M., Assisfmf P ~ U ~ P S SofMSfimtish
A.B., h f a v i l l e College, 1936; A.M., Universiry of Mexico, 1944. Additional study: Co!urntia, Midne~ora, Teaching: Wagner College, Staten
Lland, N. Y., rg41-42; Friends School, Brooklyn, N. Y., 1946-47. At
Augsburg since 1947.
BERNHARDT
J. KLEVEN,Ph.D., Professor of History and Political Science
A.B., Augsbung College, 1922; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1930;
Ph.D., 1941. Additional study: Harvard. Teaching: High School, 192235; Wheaton College, 1946-47. At Augsburg, 1937-46, and since 1947.
BJARNEE. LANDA,Ph.D., Associate Professor o f Germanic Languages
A.B., Voss State College, Norway, 1925; A.B., University of Southern
California, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1952.
Teaching: High School, 1930-31; University of Minnesota, 1938-42; Fisk
University, 1945-47. U. S. Office of Censorship, 1942-45. A t Augsburg
since 1947.
CARLW. LANDAHL,M.Mus., Assistant Professor o f Music
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1931; B.Mus., Columbia School of Music,
Chicago, 1933; M.Mus., 1934; B.D., California Baptist Theological Serninary, 1950. Teaching: Private Teaching, Chicago, 1931-40; Dakota Wesleyan University, Mitchell, S. D., 1940-42; Northwestern Schools, Minneapolis, 1 9 5 e . A t Augsburg since 1952.
RAMONAH. LEER, A.B., Assistant Librarian
A.B., Concordia College, 1954. Additional study: University of Minnesota.
Teaching: Long Prairie High School, 1 9 ~ 4 - 5 6 A
. t Augsburg since 1957.
BERTHALILLEHEI,A.B. lnstrzrctor in English
A.B., Augsburg College, 1934; Additional study: University of Minnesota.
A t Augsburg 1937-40 and since 1957.
GERTRUDE
S. LUND, A.M., Assistant Professor of S~cretarial Science
A.B., Augsburg College, 1936; A.M., University of Minnesota, 195 I .
Teaching: High School, 1943-45. West Central School of Agriculture,
Morris, 1945-47; Duluth Business University, 1947-48; High School, 194849. At. Augsburg since 1950.
SUE LUND, A.M., 17zstrz~ctorin Edz~cation
A.B., Iowa State Teachers College, 1939; A.M., University of Wisconsin,
1940. -4dditional Study: University of Minnesota. Teachin'g: Oregon, Ill.
Community High School, Iowa State Teachers College, University of Minnesota General College. At Augsburg since 1958.
RUTH A. MARFELL,A.M., lnstructor in Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1940; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1954.
Teaching: High Schools in Minnesota, 1941-56; University of Minnesota,
Summers 1952, 1953. At Augsburg since 1957.
ERWIND. MICKELBERG,
A.B., Instructor in Anatomy
A.B., Augsburg College, 1954. A,dditional study: Columbia, Minnesota.
Teaching: Atwater High School, 19 54-5 6. A t Augsburg since 19 5 6.
JOEL C. MICKELSON,Ph.D., l n s t r ~ ~ c t oinr English
A.B., University of Minnesota, I 9 5 I ; A.M. University of Pennsylvania,
1955; Ph.D., 1956. A t Augsburg since 1956.
RAYMONDMIESNIEKS,A.M., lnstrurtor in German
A.B., Concordia College, 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1913.
Teaching: University of Minnesota, 19 5 5-57. At Augsbung since 1957.
GERDAMORTENSEN,A.M., Dean o f W o m e n w i t h rank o f Professor
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1923; A.M., Columbia University, I 928.
Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: Junior High School, 1917-21; Hankow Private School, Hankow, China, 1934-35. A t Augsburg since 1923.
ARTHURNASH, Ph.D., Professor o f Biology
A.B., Augsburg College, 1922; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1938.
Additional study: Minnesota; Seminar to Australia, 1934-35. U. S. Army
Air Force, 1942-46. Dean, Augsbung College, 1946-50. A t Augsburg since
1922.
EDORC. NELSON,M.Ed., Associate Professor o f Physical Education and Coach
o f Football and Baseball
A.B., Augsburg College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Minnesota, 1948.
Teaching: High School, 1938-41. U. S. Army, 1941-46. At Augsburg since
'946.
CATHERINENICHOLL, A.M., Instructor in English
A.B., Hope College, 1953; A.M., University of Michigan, 1954. Teaching:
Colby Jr. College, 1954-55; Bradford Jr. College, 1955-56; South Oregon
College, 1956-57. A t Aug~bur.gsince 1957.
IVERB. OLSON,M.A., Th.D., Professor o f Scandinavian
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
KARLISOZOLINS,A.B., Th.B., Instrzrctor in Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1 9 5 1 ; B.Th., Augsburg Theological Seminary,
I 9 5 2. Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since I 9 5 5.
HOWARDE. PEARSON,A.M. lnstructor in Physical E d ~ c a t i o n
A.B., Augsburg College, 1953 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1957. A t
Augsburg since I 9 5 6.
ANNE PEDERSON,A.M., Associate Professor of English
A.B., Augsburg College, I 93 2; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 947. Additional study: Minnesota, 'Columbia. Teaching: High School, I 945 -46;
San Mateo Junior College, Calimfornia, one semester, 1946. A t Augsburg
1932-44, and since 1946.
K A ~ E R I NPETERSON,
E
M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1936; M.S., State University of Iowa,
1939. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: High Schools
in South Dakota, 1936-38; University of Minnesota, 1940-56. A t Augsburg since 195 6.
LAVONNE PETERSON, A.M., Assistant Professor of Physical Ed?ccation for
Wmen
A.B., Augsburg College, 1950; A.M., University of Montana, 1953. Additional study: Minnesota, Montana, Ma,cPhail School of Music. A t Augsburg
since 1950.
1952. High School administration, hfantorville, Minn., I 929-36. Teaching:
Waldorf College, 1936-3 8 Registrar, Augsburg College, I 939-46; Dean,
1942-46 and since 1950. A t Augsburg since 1938.
A. QUANBECK,Th.D., Assistant Professor of New Tcstnrnelzt arzd Religion; College Chaplain
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see T h
Seminary Faculty listing.
ILIP
. t Augsburg since 1957.
of Minnesota, 1 9 ~ 5 - 5 7 A
LAND
B. SATEKEN,A.M.,. Professor of Music
University of Minnesota, 1940-43. Educational Director, Ci
Service, 1944-46. A t Augsburg 1941-43, and since 1946.
MAYOSAVOLD,A.B., Associate Professor of Mz~sic
of Minnesota, :928-44; Washington State College, Summer 19 3
burg since 1944.
SOBERG,A.B., C.T., Professor of Mathematics
A. B. Augsburg Col,lege, 1926; C.T., Augsburg Theological
Additional study: Minnesota. A t Augsburg since 1926.
ORGE
G. SONNACK,A.B., Th.B., Associafe Professor of Religion
For statement of academic preparation and experience, see Theologi
inary Faculty listing.
UL
SONSTENG,A.B., Instrzlctor in Home Economics
A.B:, Augsburg College, 1974. Additional study: Universi
Teaching: Hinckley High School, 195 5-5 6; Graduate- Assi
TH
JOHN M. STENSVAAG,
S.T.M., Ph.D., Professor of Religion
For statement of academic -preparation and experience, see Theological
Seminary Faculty listing.
MERTONP. STROMMEN,A.M., Th.B., Lecturer i n Religion
A.B., Augsburg College, 1913; C.T., Augsburg Theological Seminary, 1944;
Th.B., 195 I ; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1955. Additional study: Minnesota. Pastor, Mora, Minnesota, 1944-47. At Augsburg since 1947.
OLAF H. SWENSON,A.M., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota,
1950. Teaching: Gustavus Adolphus College, 1947-49, 1950-51. Probation
OBce, Hennepin County, 195 I - . A t Augsburg since 1953.
AGNESB. TANGJERD,
A.M., Associate Professor of Library Science
A.B., St. Olaf College, 1920; B.S., in L.S., University of Minnesota, 1939;
A.M., 1944. Additional study: Minnesota. Zion Society for Israel, 1922-28.
Teaching: High School, 1929-36. Eau Claire Public Library, 1936-38. A t
Augsburg since 1940.
Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
GERALDH. THORSON,
A.B., Augsburg College, 1943; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1948;
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1957. U. S. Army, 1943-46. Teaching: Wagner College, 1951. A t Augsburg since 1946.
JOHN THUT,A.B., M.Mus., Associate Professor of Voice
A.B., Goshen College, 1923; B.Mus., American Conservatory of Music,
1929; M.Mus., 1936. Additional study: Minnesota; Northwestern University. Private work in singing with Rollin Pease, Charles LaBerge, Aksel
Schiotz. Special studies with Theodore Harrison and Martial Singher.
Teaching: Bethel College, 1924-27; American Conservatory of Music, 193144; Colorado State College of Education, 1946-47. YMCA War Prisoners
Aid, England and Belgium, 1944-46. At Augsburg since 1947.
VERATHUT,B.Mus., Instructor in Piano
B.Mw., American Conservatory of Music, 1927. Additional study: American Conservatory of Music and Minnesota; Master Class Work with Silvio
Scionti; Robyn Normal Teachers Training Course; studied under Kurt
Wanieck. Teaching: American Conservatory of Music, 1926-46; Colorado
state College of Education, 1946-47. A t Augsburg since 1947.
JOEL
S. TORSTENSON,
A.M., Associate Professor o f Sociology
A.B., Augsburg College, I 9 3 8 ; A.M., University of Minnesota, I 940. Additional stud(y: Minnesota. Director of Education and Public Relations, Midland Cooperative Wholesale, 1945-47. A t Augsburg I 93 8-42, and since
1947.
MARVINE. TRAUTWEIN,
A.M., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1935; A.M., Columbia, 1940. Addi,tional
studmy: Hamard, Hawaii, Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 6-42;
Dean, Norfolk Junior College, 1942. Staff, Education and Training O&cer,
V. A., Fort Snelling, 1946-48. Research Assistant and Counselor, Universiny of Minnesota, 1948-50, and 1 9 5 3 - 5 ~ .U. S. A m y Air Force, 1942-46.
A t Augsburg since 19 50.
ERLINGJ. URDAHL,A.M., Associate Professor o f Biology
A.B., Conmrdia College, 1930; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1940. Additional study: Minnesota. Teaching: High School, 193 1-3 1 Principal, Cannon Falls, Minnesota, 193 5-41. A't Augsburg since 1943.
CAROLL
0. SATRE,A.B., Th.B., lnstrzlctw in Religion
A.B., University of Iowa, 1943; Th.B., Luther Theological Seminary, 1945.
Pastor of St. Paul's Lutheran Church, Minneapolis, since 1957. A t Augsburg first semester, 1957.
ARLENSTENSLAND,
A.B., Graduate Assistant in Mathematics
A.B.. Augsburg College, I 9 5 6. Additional study: Luther Theological Seminary. At Augsbung since 1956.
ALP EIKAAS,A.M.. fnstructor in Norwegian
Statens Larersk, Oslo, 1946; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1950. Additional study: Oslo University and Minnesota. Teaching: Elementary and
high schools in Norway, 1946-48; Adult Ed. Dept., (Evening classes) ;
YWCA, Minneapolis, 1952-56; University of Minnesota, 1948-52. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
MARYHELEN HAAS,M.S., Assistant Professor of Home Economics
A.B., Upland College, 195 1 ; M.S., University of California, 1952. Additional study: University of Minnesota. Teaching: Upland Academy, 195152; Upland College, 1912-54; University of Minnesota, 1954-56. A t
Augsburg, 1956-57.
DONALDHELLAND,B.S., Instrz~ctorin Accounting
B.S., Lewis & Clark College, 1950. Additional study: Au,gsburg Theological
Seminary. At Augshurg, I 9 56-57.
R A D O ~ NJONES,
A
B.S., ln~tructorin Library Science
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952. Additional study: University of
Colorado. Teaching: Elementary schools, Great Falls, Mont., Edina, Minn.
At Augsburg, 1956-17.
FACULTY
BRUCELUNKLEY,B.S., Instructor in Music
B.S., University of Minnesota, I 95 I. Additional study: Minn
A~gsburg, 1 95 5 - 5 7.
MILTON, AM., Instructor in English
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1948; A.M., 1951. Additional study:
Minnesota. Armed Forces, 1943-46. At Augsburg, I 949-57.
JOHN
JAMESW. NOEHL,
B.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Minnesota, I 95 5. Additional study: University of
Minnesota. A.t Augsburg, 19 56-57.
ROLFE KERMIT VANDERBILT,
Ph.D., Instri~ctorin English
A.B., Lucher College, 1947; A.M., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D.,
195 6. Teaching: Wartburg College, I 95 I - 5 3 ; University of Minnesota,
1954-57.At Augsburg, 1956-57.
SCOTTD. WALTON, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Business Administration and
Economics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; M.B.A., Harvard University, 1949;
P,h.D., Iowa State College, 1953. Teaching: Iowa State College, 1949-52.
Universi,ty of Minnesota, I 95 2-53. At Augsburg, 195 3-57.
COLLEGE, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anderson, Curtis R.
Anderson, Deloris Ann .
Anderson, Norman E.
.
Anderson, Edward William
Andress, I. Shelby
Barber, Robert Eugene
Bartel, Henry Paul
.
.Minneapolis
Lamberton
Ashland, Wis.
Fargo, N. D.
Saginaw, Mich.
.Hastings
Boraas, J. Sherman
.
.
.Dawson
Britton, Paul R.
Leavenworth, Kansas
Brodin, Arlen George . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Brue, Donald Wayne . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Carrelli, Robert A. . . .
Christensen, Orla J. . . .
Christianson, Mary Joyce -
Minneapolis
. .Clarkfield
Knapp, Wis.
Dickens, Claire Mae
Harrisburg, S. D.
Dongoske, Robert Frank .
Mound
Dreyer, Earl Edwin
Ferndale, Wash.
Dumpys, Hans George
. . .Hutchinson
Eckhoff, Donald E.
Field, Marvin William
Fitch, Gary D. . .
Fowlds, Carol Marie
. . . . . .Osseo
Minneapolis
Gehring, Farolyn Johnson
Minneapolis
Gilbert, Verner Lloyd . . . . . . . .Duluth
Gilbertson, Nora M.
Frontier, Sask., Canada
Gjengdahl, Robert Allen . . . . .Minneapolis
Grinde, Lloyd C. . . . . . . Estherville, Iowa
. Rugby, N. D.
Gunderson, Eulah Irene
Hagen, Elizabeth Gerda
. .Montevideo
Hagen, Harold L. . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Hanggi, Glen &en
. . . . . . . . . . .St. Paul
Hanson, Ruth Ellen .
.
.
. Aikin
Haugen, James S. . . . . . . . . . Minneapolis
Haynes, John W. . . . . . . . . . . .Minneapolis
Helgerson, Luurayne Renoro
Mt. Sterling, Wis.
Holzinger, Robert A.
. . . . .Minneapolis
Honstad, Janet Marie .
Hoversten, momas H. . .
Howard, Charles Henry .
Hsiao, Andrew Keh-hsieh
. Alden, low
. .Lake Crysta
Hunt, Elaine Helen
Jha, Anil Kumar
Larson, Donald Rae
Larson, Melvin W. .
Larson, Robert Duane
Newman Grove, Nebr.
Lee, Russell Curtis
. . . . . . Fosston
Lockwood, Robert Rae
. . .Minneapolis
Lower, Carolyn Elizabeth . . Minneapolis
Ludviksen, Stanley B.
.Portland, Ore.
Lundin, Harvey Allen
Main, Ronald C.
.Portland, Ore.
. .
Meredith, Patricia Jo-Anne . . .Minneapolis
Moen, Ardell John . . . . .Hillsboro, N. D.
Mortensen, Elizabeth Anne . Minneapolis
Moylan, Robert Laverne . Spokane, Wash.
Ose, Roger
.
Overlund, Ervin K.
,
Pearson, James Kenneth
Pederson, James Lowell
Petersen, Marilyn J.
Peterson, Russell Jerome
Radde, Robert Edward
Roos, Robert Allen
Rorvig, Bruce W.
.
Rundquist, Bertil . .
Rykken, Franklyn E.
Saastad, Jerrald A.
Sar5, Donohue R.
Solem, Duane J. .
Sorum, Ann Carlson
.
Steenberg, Evelyn Chanco
. Minneapolis
Stensland, Arlen H. . . Portland, N. D.
Stoa, Harold Merlyn . . . .
. Minneapolis
Swanson, Allen John . .
. Cloquet
Tader, David Leon
Thompson, John .
,
. Staples
. .Minneapolis
.McGregor
Madison, Wis.
Thompson, Theodore T.
Twiton, Margaret Halen
. . . . . Stephen
Estherville, Iowa
Warnes, Wanda E.
Woiden, Gerhard P.
. Fargo, N. D.
Ysteboe, Ruth
COLLEGE, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Arts
Anfinsen, Arthur Morris Jr.
Armstrong, James William
Aranson, Donald W. . .
.
Arvidson, Kenneth
Baker, Stanley B.
Berg, Richard Lloyd
Berg, Sidney
. .
Bernier, Jack L. . .
Berntsen, Rita Maxine . .
Beyers, James Russell M.
Bockhaus, Mary Gail
Borman, Dennes L.
.
Braseth, Mary Ann
.
Burke, Dorothy Ann .
Hopkins
St. Paul
Minneapolis
Rockford, Ill.
.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
,
.Minneapo!is
. . .Minneapolis
Escanaba, Mich.
.St. Louis Park
... .
Mound
,
.Minneapolis
. .Amery, Wis.
Minneapolis
,
.
Ingebretson, E. Arlene
Minneapolis
Jamieson, Robert Grant
Jensen, Carl A. . . . . .
Jespersen, Morris Gene
Johanson, Eldri Ruth .
Johnson, Marshall Duane
Johnson, Ralph Stanley
Johnson, Ronald Clarence
Johnson, Wilgard G.
,
Koltved, Leon M.
Koupins, Alfreds Egons
Knox, Philip S. . . .
Kolden, Lois Jeanette
Minneapolis
Racine, Wis.
St. Paul
. .
Dalton
Middle River
. . . . . Duluth
. . St. Paul
. . . Herman
Rockford, Ill.
.Minneapolis
. .Minneapolis
Portland, Ore.
. . Bagley Loidig, Anneliese . . . . . . . willmar
Christianson, Harlan Charles
James
William
Minneapolis
~
~. . ~
l
i
conyers,L ~ ~ R ~~ . ~ ~ ~ b i ~~ Lanning,
~~
t~
.
.Minneapolis
Larson, Patricia Ann
st. paul
Co[nelius, Jane Collins
Larson, Richard John . . . . . Kerkhaven
Larsson, Nancy Elaine . Wahpeton, N. D.
Dahl, Linnea M.
Minneapolis
Laufenburger, Barbara A. . . . . . . .Roseau
Lecander, Roger V. . . Menomonie, Wis.
Emery, Curtis V. .
Minneapolis
. ..
. . . . . . Fasstan
Lee, Harris W.
Engedal, C. Gayle
,
Minneapolis
.
.Minneapolis
Lindsley, Dale A.
Faust, Daniel Gordon
Valley City, N. D.
. . . . .Lake Lillian
Flann, Duncan D. . .
Forss, Grace Lois
.
. .Minneapolis
Franzmeier, Richard Allan
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Freedland, David A. Jr. . .
Gehring, Virgil Robert
Minneapolis
Gibson, '~ruce Allen
. . . . Lamberton
. . Minneapolis
Gilbert, Barbara Ann
Glasoe, James Lowell
. .Minot, N. D.
Grant, Gloria Helen . Cumberland, Wis.
Graus, Gilbert L.
. .
. .McGregor
. . . Benson
Grimstad, Jason .
.
Minneapolis
Grinde, Raymond A.
Gutzmann, Gordon Keith
.
St. Paul
Hamre, Paul Andrew
Hofflander, Thomas M.
Holmes, Dean Karstens
Holmgren, Charles Gordon
Holt, Evereti V.
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Cannon Falls
St. Paul
. . Carver
Mackey, Roger Clarence
Main, Christine Munson
Manguson, Jean Marie
Martin, Gerald A.
.
Mindrum, Gerald . .
Moe, Erwin John .
.
Monson, Harley C. . .
Moren, Orval Kenneth
.
Nelson, David J.
Nelson, Victor E. .
Nielsen, Bernard G.
Norman, James A.
Nyhus, ,Paul Luther
Ohlin,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
Olson,
...
John L.
Beverly JoAnn
David W. .
Jeanetie I. .
John H. .
Oscar E. Jr.
.
Minneapolis
. .Atwater
. .Tracy
.Minneapolis
Minneap~lis
Excelsior
Minneapolis
.Mentor
. . Minneapolis
Whitehall, Mich.
. .Minneapolis
. . . . .Minneapolis
Cumberland, Wis.
.
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
New London
Minneapolis
Cottonwood
. .Mound
~
Ose, Gaylen
Oslund, Robert C.
Thief River Falls
..
. St. Paul
Paton, Richard James
Peterson, W. Fred .
Pickering, Donald M. . .
Plumedahl, James Duane
.Minneapolis
Minneapolis
St. Paul
Robbinsdale
Rasmussen, Joyce Marie
. .
Rodvik, Marvin S.
Rokke, Robert John .
Rovick, Doris Jean . .
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Strandquist
.Minneapolis
.
. . Donnelly
Sather, Judith Ann
Schuldt, Kenneth Edward
Minneapolis
Seaver, Raymond E. .
Minneapolis
, .Minneapolis
Sherry, Richard J. . .
Skovholt, Verna Joanne
Mooreton, N. D.
Snider, Neal E. . .
Pembina, N. D.
Sorenson, Peggy-Joyce
Sunde, John P.
Swenson, Darwin Warren
Minneapolis
Minneapolis
Lake Lillian
Tamminen, Joon Katherine
Stambaugh, Mich.
Tebben, Peter J.
Sebeka
Bod@, Norway
Thomassen, lvar .
Thompson, Rodney F.
Minneapolis
Trelstad, Gordon Anthony
Minneapolis
Vevle, Richard Harold
Minneapolis
Warme, Thomas Martin
Welckle, John Edwin
Welde, Ronald 6.
Minneapolis
Woad Lake
Minneapolis
Zinn, Wilton Harley
.
St. Paul
SEMINARY, 1956
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Berntsan, Rudolph E.
Carlsen, Glenn T. .
Goodrich, Quentin A.
.
Edinburg, N. D.
Minneapolis
.Minneapolis
Lyngdal, Lloyd W.
Duluth
Rimmereid. Arthur V.. New Rockford, N. D.
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Unseth, Malcolm Wulff
Rockford, Ill.
SEMI NARY, 1957
With the degree of Bachelor of Theology
Hanska
Minneapolis
Newfolden
Evenson, Leland E.
Helland, Donald E.
Huglen, Erling S. B.
Nyhus, Edward 0.
Sandness, Albert J
Shiell, James L.
Cumberland, Wis.
La Moure, N. D.
Hoffman
With degree of Graduate in Theology
Anderson, Eugene C.
Elness, Jerome
Willmar
Garfield
Nelson, Maynard L.
Salem, Ore.
STUDENT REGIS=
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
College
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
I
Total
Men
..
Senior
Junior . .
Sophomore
Freshman
Speciol
.
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1 956-1957
Clan
Men
Senior . . . . .
Junior
. . .. .
Sophomore
. .
Freshman
....
Special
. . . ...
Fr. Nurse (S. H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Women
-
-
523
433
Total
Theological Seminary, 1956-1957
Semester II
Semester I
Men
Third Year
Second Year
First Year
Special
Total
Women
8
I
Men
10
8
8
10
8
I
-
-
-
27
1
26
Women
Total
Women
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1956-1957
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students .
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment
,
,
STUDENT ENROLLMENT, 1957-1 958
COLLEGE
First Semester
Class
Men
Women
Second Semester
Total
Men
Senior
Junior . . . . . .
Sophomore . . .
Freshman . . . . .
Special
.....
Fr. Nurse (S.H.)
Fr. Nurse (D. H.)
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
Total
Total College Enrollment, 1957-1958
Class
Men
Senior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .&3
Junior . . . . . . . . . . . . . W
Sophomore . . . . . . . . . . I29
Freshman . . . . . . . 195
Special . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Fr. Nurse (S. H.) . . . . .
Fr. Nurse (D. H.) . . . . .
Jr. Nurse (D. H.)
......
Total
...........
520
Women
27
39
81
130
16
88
38
32
451
Total
Women
Total
Theological Seminary, 1957-1958
Semester I
Semester II
Men
Men
Third Year .
Second Year
First Year . .
Special
.
.
Total
Men
8
8
7
Total
TOTAL ENROLLMENT, 1957-1958
COLLEGE
Men Students
Women Students
Total
SEMINARY
Men Students
Women Students
Total
Total enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . , .
Deducting those counted more than once
SUMMARY OF GRADUATES
SEMINARY
Total
COLLEGE
Total
Total Graduates
Page
Page
Academic Administration
. . . . . 34
Accounts, Payment of . . . . . . . . . 16
Accreditation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Admission. College .
.
. 34
.
.
. 96
Admission. Seminary .
Administration . . . . . .
. . 108
Administrative Staff . . . . . . 108
Advanced Standing . . . . .
Aims. Fundamental . . . . . . .
Alumni Association. The . . . . . .
Ancient and Classical Languages .
Archives. The
. . . . . . . . . . .
Art
. . . . . . . . . . . .
Athletics . . . . . . . . . .
Attendance. Chapel
..
..
Attendance. Class .
. .
AudieVisual Education
....
Augsburg Foundation. The . . .
Awards
. . . . . . . . . .
Diaconate . . . . . . . . . . . . . .48
Dining Hall . . . .
2 11. 6
Discipline . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . 27
Distinction. Degree with . . . . . . . . 41
Divisional Organization .
.
..54
Dramatics . .
. . .
30. 64
Band
31. 7 0
Biology. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Board. Estimate of Cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
. . . . 107
Board of Trustees .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Business Administration. Curriculum . . . 46
Business Administration and Economics 80
Calendar
. . . .
4
.
.
36
Cancellation
31. 7 0
Cantarians . . . . .
.
21
Chapel Service. The
. 88
Chemistry. Department of
Choir
. . . . . . .
31. 7 0
Church History (Seminary)
. . . . 103
..
59
Classical Languages . . . .
Classification of Students .
. . . . . 37
Clubs
. . . .
30. 31. 99
. . . 29
Cc-curricular Program .
. 109
Committees of the Faculty .
Community Standards and Discipline . 27
Conditions . . . . . . . . . . 38. 98
.
9
Control. Financial Support and
. . . . . . . .
. 22
Convocation
. 27
Coordinator of Student Activities
Counseling . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Course Fees . I . . . . .
15
Courses of Study. College . . . . 53
Credits .
.
.
41. 53
.
.
.
42
Curriculums
.
Degrees
Dentistry. Pre-Dental Courses
.
39. 99. 100
.
50
Economics
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Educational Plant . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Elimination of Students . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Employment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20. 98
Engineering. Pre-Engineering Course . . 5 0
English. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 0
Enrollment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Entrance Requirements. College . . . . 34
Evening School . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Examinations
.............
38
Expenses
..........
Faculty. The
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Assistance . . . . . . . . .
Financial Information . . . . . . . .
Financial Support and Control
...............
Fine Arts
Food Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forensics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foundation. Augsburg . . . . . . . . . . . . .
French . . . . . . . . . . . .
...
26
31
10
66
General Information . . . . .
5
Geography
........
-74
German
......
. . . 65
Grade Values . . . .
39
Graduates . . . . . . . .
120
Graduates--(1870-1957)
Summary of 125
Graduation Requirements
,
.39. 99
Grants-in-aid
. . . .
20
Greek
.
...........
59
.
Health and Physical Education . .
73
25
Health Service . . . . . . . . . . . .
Hebrew . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .60. 101
High School Teaching. Curriculum
44
Historical Sketch . . . . . . . . . .
6
History. Department of . . . . . .
72
Home Economics. Department of
83
45
Home Economics. Vacations in
Homiletics
. . . . . . . . .
105
Honor Pbnfs
. . . . .
39. 41
Honors
. . . . . . . . .
Hospital Affiliation . . . . .
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . .
Humanities. Division of the
Page
Page
. . . . .33. 41
. . . . . . . . 13
. . . . 26
Polity. Worship. and Parish Work . . . .105
Practical Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .104
Prizes. Scholarships and . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Probation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .37
Psychology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Publications
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Purpose
.................... 5
. . . 59
.
Incompletes
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .38. 98
Intercollegiate. Athletics. Purpose and
Philosophy of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Journalism
. . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Lower Division Requirements .
Laboratories. Natural Science
Latin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Law. Pre-Law Courses . . . .
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Library Science
.........
Loan Funds . . . . . . . .
Location
. . . . . . .
Majors .
.............
40
Male Chorus . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31, 70
Mathematics, Department of
92
Medical Staff . . . . . .
109
Medical Technology . . . . . . . .13, 48
Medicine, Pre-Medic Courses . . . . . . 5 l
Membership in Educational Associations 10
Ministry, Preparation for the . . . .42, 97
Minors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .40.
Missionary Work. Preparation for . . 43
Modern Languages. Department of
. 65
Museum. The
...
. . 11
Music. Department of
. . .
68
Music Fees . . . . .
15
Music. Organizations
31 70
.
Natural Sciences and Mathematics.
Division of . . . . .
New Testament (Seminary) . .
Norwegian. Courses in .
.
.
Numbering of Courses
.
.
Nursing. Pre-Nursing Courses . .
Nursing. Affiliation with Schools of
Old Testament (Seminary)
Oratory
.........
Organ . . . . . . . . . .
.
Organizations. Student
. .
Orientation
. .
86
1 02
66
53
49
13
. . . . 101
31, 64
. . . . . 70
30. 99
25 77
.
Parish Work. Preparation for
Pastoral Theology . . . . . .
Payment of Accounts . . . . . . .
Personnel Services. Student
Philosophy. Department of . . . . .
Physical Education. Department of
Health and . . . . .
Physics. Department of
...
Piano . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Placement Service for Graduates .
Political Science . . . . . . . . . .
.
Recreation
. . . . . . . . . . . . ..22. 32
Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Registration
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Registration. Change of . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Religion and Philosophy. Division of . . 55
Religious Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Residence Requirement . . . . . . . . . 41
Room Costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Scandinavian Language and Literature 66
Scholarships and Prizes . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Secretarial Studies . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Secretarial Work Curriculum . . . . 52
Seminary. Admission . . . . . . 96
Seminary. Faculty
. . . . . . . . . . .110
Seminary. Courses of Study . . . . . . 100
Seminary. Expenses . . . . . . . ..14. 98
Seminary. Graduation and Degrees . . 99
. Seminary
. . . .
Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Social and Recreational Activities . . . . . 22
Sociology. Department of
. .
75
Social Sciences. Division of the . .
72
Social Work Curriculum . .
. . . . 47
Span . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Spanish
. . . . .
. . . . . . . . 67
Special Programs of Study
.....
13
Speech. Department of . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Student Activities. Coordination of .
27
Student Community Life
. . . . . 21
Student Government . . .
2 8
Student Personnel Services .
. . 23
Student Society. The .
. 27
Systematic Theology . .
103
Table of Contents
.
Teacher's Certificate . . . . . .
Teaching Curriculum .
. . .
Testing
. . . . . . . . . .
Theology. College Preparation for
Theological Orientation Courses
Theological Seminary. Augsburg
Transfer and Advanced Standing .
Trustees. B w r d of . . . . . . . . . .
Tuition and Fees . . . . . . . . .
37
41
University Courses . . .
Upper Division Requirements
Veterans. Admission of
Voice .
.
35
70
Augsburg College is located on Twenty-first Avenue South between Seventh and Eighth
Streets South with administrative ofices located in Science Hall on Seventh Street a t
Twenty-first Avenue South.
The college may be reached, via public transportation on the following lines:
1 . The Franklin bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Franklin
2. The Minnehaha Falls or Fort Snelling bus t o Twenty-first Avenue South and Riverside
3. The Plymouth-East Twenty-fifth Street bus to Seventh Street and Cedar Avenue
4. The Olson Highway bus t o Seventh Street and! Cedar Avenue
&h+mdkce
may de a&ued
a a &ellowa;
ADMISSION TO THE COLLEGE-Requests for bulletins, application blanks, application
for employment blanks, information regarding registration and admission procedure and
requirements for admission.
OfFice of Admissions
ADMISSION TO THE
Theological Seminary.
SEMINARY-Information
and
requests for
admission
t o the
Secretary of the Theological Faculty
EVALUATION OF CREDITS-Transcripts of credits, requirements for graduation, transfer
of credits, scholastic progress, and withdrawal of matriculated students.
O f i c e of the Registrar
HOUSING OF STUDENTS-Questions
pertaining specifically to housing and dormitory life.
Dean of Students
For information that does not appear t o be covered above
Augsburg College and Theological Seminary
Minneapolis 4, Minnesota
Show less